draft environment impact assessment report …

DRAFT ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

&

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

OF

AT

NEAR VILLAGE: KAJIPUR, TALUKA: SATLASANA,

DISTRICT: MEHSANA, STATE: GUJARAT

OVER AN AREA OF-3.1443 (Ha)

BASELINE MONITORING PERIOD-MARCH-MAY 2019

APPLICANT

M/S MANICO RESOURCES PVT. LTD.LAWRENCE & MAYO BUILDING, 278, D.N. ROAD, 2ND FLOOR, FOR,

MUMBAI-400001

PREPARED BY

GEOGREEN ENVIRO HOUSE PVT LTDQCI/NABET Accredited & ISO 9001:2008 Certified Company

Office: 403, Aimen Apartment, 29 Chandralok Colony, Aliganj, Lucknow, U.P-

226024

Phone: +91 9415215163, +91 9161202020, 0522-2339000

Email: [email protected], Website: www.geogreen.in

MANICO RESOURCES PRIVATE LIMITED(Formerly Known as iGemAshapura Granite (Gujarat) Pvt. Ltd.,)

Regd., Off.: Lawrence & Mayo Building, 276, D. N. Road, 2nd Floor, Fort, Mumbai - 400 001. Tel.:+91-22 66651700

GIN : U14102MH1993PTCO72589

Corporate Environmental" Health and Safetv Policy I

Our integrated EHS (Environment, Health and Safety) policy ensures that we are

committe dto Zerc harm to our people and there is minimal adverse impact on the

environment due to our operations, The Environment, Health and Safety remains

core to all our functions and operations and we commit to:

o Adopt best mining and process technology for prevention, control and

mitigation of emissions, effluents and waste.

o Conserve energy, water and natural resources with absolute responsibility

and ownership.e Manage environmental risk on a site-specific basis to achieve planned

environmental outcomes.

o Contribute to the social and economic welfare of the communities living in

and around our operations and ensure environment protection.

. Complying with applicable legal and other requirements including

environment, forests and CRZ clearances, consents and permits.

o Identf.fying, assessing and managing the risks to employees, contractors

and communities.

o Providing relevant EHS training for employees, contractors and our host

community.o Auditing our EHS management system and taking measures to rectify any

lacunae.

The EHS policy will be reviewed periodically for its continuing applicability and

relevance to our operations and it will be ensured that everyone is responsible for

and must be involved in implernentation of the EHS policy.

Chetan N. S-hah

DirectorDate: 10,01 .2019

viii

Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project, Mehsana Draft EIA/EMP

M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. ix

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

CER Corporate Environmental Responsibility

CPCB Central Pollution Control Board

DMP Disaster Management Plan

EC Environmental Clearance

EIA Environment Impact Assessment

EMC Environmental Management Cell

EMP Environment Management Plan

EMP Environment Management Plan

GPCB Gujarat Pollution Control Board

IB Inter Burden

ISCST3 Industrial Source Complex, Short Term

LOI Letter of Intent

MoEF&CC Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change

NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standard

NABET National Accreditation Board for Education and Training

NABL National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories

OB Overburden

OM Office Memorandum

ORGC Otalpur Rangpur (Gadh) Granite Cluster

R&R Resettlement and Rehabilitation

SB Side Burden

SC Scheduled Caste


M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. x

SEAC State Expert Appraisal Committee

SEIAA State Environment Impact Assessment Authority

ST Scheduled Tribe

ToR Terms of Reference

Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project, Mehsana Executive Summary

M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. xi

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. Introduction

1.1Purpose of The Report

The proposed Kajipur Granite Block – 1 is spread across 3.1443 Ha andis situated nearVillage –

Kajipur, Taluka – Satlasana, District – Mehsana, State – Gujarat.The project is proposed by M/s

Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. is for Granite mining. It is a non-forest govt. waste land. LOI for the

quarry leaseswas issued by the Commissioner of Geology and Mining, Gandhinagar vide letter

noCGM/Lease/Auction/Minor/Granite/MSN/2018/3674, dated 14th August 2018. The maximum

annual production of the proposed project is targeted at1,20,000TPA(ROM). Open cast semi-

mechanized mining method without blasting is proposed to be adopted to mine out the minerals.

The cost of the project is Rs. 3Crores.

Pertaining to the MoEF&CC Notification S.O. 141(E) dated 15th January 2016 and S.O. 2269 (E)

of 1st July 2016, MoEF&CC OM (F. No. L-11-11/175/2018-IA-II (M) dated 12th December 2018

and SEAC, Gujarat Office Letter (Ref. No. EIA-10-2019/SEAC/GEN/59/19/507) dated 1st

February 2019 the project of Kajipur Granite Block – 1 falls under the preview of EC by means of

Cluster. The proposed project falls under Category B1 & Schedule 1(a) of Mining of Minerals.

1.2 Brief Description of Nature, Size, Location of The Project and Its Importance to

Country, Region

1.2.1 Nature of Project

Kajipur Granite Block – 1 is a green field project characterized by open-cast semi mechanised

mining in nature. The land under the use is non-forest Government waste land. There is no

proposal of blasting at all throughout the mining period. The extracted mineral shall be sold in the

domestic and international market.

1.2.1 Size of the Project

The total mine lease area is 3.1443 Ha of mineral Granite. The lease area is a Government waste

land.

1.2.2 Location of the Project

The proposed project falls on Survey of India toposheet no. 46A/09 near village Kajipur. 10 km

study area covers Taranga Hills, Sabarmati River, Tarang Lake, Taranga Hills Railway Station,

Taranga Hills, villages Timba, Hadol, Kanedia, Dabhoda etc. In addition to this, prominent

features within 15 km of the cluster area are Chimnabai Sarovar, Kheralu Railway Station,

Dharoi, etc.The coordinates of the project are 23°57’7.180” N and 72°43’53.763” E.

1.3 Identification of Project Proponent

1.3.1 Project Proponent

M/s Manico Resources Private Limited has its registered office at Lawrence & Mayo Building,

278, D.N. Road, 2nd Floor, Fort, Mumbai - 400 001. Manico Resources Private Limited is a

partnership firm. Name of the partners are –

1. Mr. Chetan Shah

2. Mrs. Dina Shah

The authorized signatory is Mr. Kamal Kant Vyas.

1.3.2 Environmental Consultant

Name: Geogreen Enviro House Pvt, Ltd.

Address – 403, Aimen Apartment, 29 Chandralok Colony, Aliganj, Lucknow, U.P- 226024


M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. xii

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1720/IA0023; Valid till 02.04.2020

1.3.3 Laboratory Details

Name: Gaheli Environmental Laboratory

(A unit of GaheliCenter of Research and Development Pvt. Ltd.)

(EnISO 9001:2015, 14001:2015 Certified Company)

(En OHSAS 18001:2007 Certified Lab)

Address –DSIDC, Shade – 2nd Floor, Opposite Meghraj Sweets, Wazirpur Industrial Area, New

Delhi-110052

2. Project Description

2.1Need of the Cluster

Granite is having a great value in domestic as well as international market due to its various

shades, compressive strength, tensile strength, density etc. The project will bring various benefits

to the project proponent and to the people in its vicinity.

Following are some benefits listed below –

1. It will increase the value of Indian Export market and adds economy to the country.

2. It will provide direct employment to the people of nearby villages, which will help in

improving their livelihood.

3. It will provide indirect employment to the people associated with the project activities like

transportation, trading etc.

4. The project will felicitate green belt & landscape development and will enrich the flora of the

area.

5. It will provide various socio-economic benefits to the people like education facility, medical

camp facility, water supply facility etc.

6. The project will benefit the state as well as central government in the form of Royalty, sales

tax, income tax.

7. The project will ensure efficient use of the resources.

Therefore, project will have a great importance both in the regional as well national prospective.

2.2 Location of the Cluster

The cluster project is situated near Village Kajipur, Taluka Satlasana, District Mehsana and State

Gujarat. 10 km study area covers Taranga Hills, Sabarmati River, Tarang Lake, Taranga Hills

Railway Station, Taranga Hills, villages Timba, Hadol, Kanedia, Dabhoda etc. In addition to this,

prominent features within 15 km of the cluster area are Chimnabai Sarovar, Kheralu Railway

Station, Dharoi, etc.

2.3Salient Features of the Project

Table 2.1 – Brief Description of The Cluster

S.

No. Details of Project Description

1 Mine Leases Area 5.3023 Ha

2 Proposed Production The Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project is meant for the

mining of the mineral Granite. The maximum annual

production of the cluster is targeted at 1,20,000 MT (ROM)

with a maximum cumulative cluster capacity of 1,37,500 MT

(ROM).

3 Mine Lease Period Lease deed have not been executed. Period of mine leases will

be for a period of 30 years from the date of execution of its

deed as per LOIs.


M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. xiii

4 Excavation Proposed 2019-20 to 2023-24

5 Lessees S.

No.

Name of the

Proponent Contact Details

1 M/s Manico

Resources Pvt.

Ltd.

Authorised Signatory – Mr. Kamal

Kant Vyas

Address – D-409-A, Shivalik Corp

Park, Satellite Ahmedabad, Gujarat

380015

Mobile No. – +91 7069038649

Email – [email protected]

2 Kiritsinh P.

Vaghela

Authorised Signatory – Kiritsinh P.

Vaghela

Address – Plot No. 611/2 Sector 6B

Gandhinagar, Gujarat 382006

Mobile No. – +91 9712288444

Email – [email protected]

6 Site Coordinates (As Per

Approved DGPS Map) M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd.

Pillar

Boundary

No.

Latitude Longitude

1 23º 57' 12.0553'' 72º 43′ 45.5352″

2 23º 57' 11.6831'' 72º 43′ 47.7006″

3 23º 57' 09.8567'' 72º 43′ 53.3531″

4 23º 57' 05.3248'' 72º 43' 51.8025″

5 23º 57' 03.7518'' 72º 43' 51.3364″

6 23º 57' 05.1336'' 72º 43' 46.9927″

7 23º 57' 07.0209'' 72º 43' 47.5704″

8 23º 57' 08.4623'' 72º 43' 47.5704″

9 23º 57' 09.2176'' 72º 43' 46.4353″

Kiritsinh P. Vaghela

Pillar

Boundary

No.

Latitude Longitude

1 23º 57' 8.2304'' 72º 43' 57.5545''

2 23º 57' 6.536'' 72º 44' 2.8801''

3 23º 57' 2.4083'' 72º 44' 0.2516''

4 23º 57' 4.199'' 72º 43' 55.4452''

7 Type of Land Government waste land

8 Minerals of Mine Granite

9 Geological Reserve S.

No. Leasee

Geological

Reserves (MT)

1 M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. 27,14,055

2 Kiritsinh P. Vaghela 6,67,722

Total 33,81,777

10 Mineable Reserve The mineable reserves have not been provided in the approved

mine plans. However, an approximate cumulative value of

15,69,260 MT has been calculated based on geological

reserves, blocked minerals due to benches and 7.5 m statutory

barrier and processing losses for the proposed cluster.


M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. xiv

S.

No. Leasee

Geological

Reserves (MT)


2 Kiritsinh P. Vaghela 2,74,016

Total 15,69,260

11 Topo-Sheet Number 46A/09

12 Project Cost Rs. 4 Crores (approx.)

13 No of Working Days 275

14 Method of Mining Open cast semi-mechanized

2.4 Life of Cluster

The maximum life of the mine present in the cluster as per approved mine plans will be 16 years.

Table 2.2 – Life of Mines of Leases in Cluster

S.

No. Leasee Mine Life (Years)

1 M/s Manico Resources Private Limited 13

2 Kiritsinh P. Vaghela 16

(Source: Approved Mine Plans)

2.5Development &Production Plan

Table 2.3 –Development & Production Plan of All The Leases of The Cluster

Yea

r

Pit

No.

Total ROM (MT) Total

Overburden

Waste (m3)

Saleable Ore

to Waste

Ratio

(MT/m3)

Total ROM Saleable Ore Mineral

Reject

(1) (2) (1) (2) (1) (2) (1) (2) (1) (2)

1 P-1 60,000 10,00

0 24,000 4,000 36,000 6,000 6,097 774

1.59:

1

12.92:

1

2 P-1 60,000 12,50

0 24,000 5,000 36,000 7,500 4,924 280

1.73:

1

44.64:

1

3 P-1 72,000 17,50

0 28,800 7,000 43,200

10,50

0 5,427 282

1.78:

1

62.05:

1

4 P-1 96,000 17,50

0 38,400 7,000 57,600

10,50

0 5,966

18,50

0

1.89:

1 9.46:1

5 P-1 1,20,00

0

17,50

0 48,000 7,000 72,000

10,50

0 0 480

2.67:

1

36.46:

1

Total 4,08,00

0

75,00

0

1,63,20

0

30,00

0

2,44,80

0

45,00

0

22,41

4

20,31

6

(1) Kajipur Granite Block – 1

(2) Kajipur Granite Block – 2


2.4.3 Reclamation of Mine Area

The depth persistence of the deposit may likely to be continued for little downward, it is proposed

not to backfill the mine pit in this plan period backfilling is not required as the mining operation

will be carried out up to the ground level only. Plantation will be done in the statutory boundary


M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. xv

and in the government waste land. As the cluster land is a Govt. waste land, the question of

Rehabilitation and Resettlement of project affected people does not arise.

2.4.4 Water Requirement

The water requirement at the cluster mine site is for the Drinking & domestic uses, dust

suppression and for plantation purposes. The total water requirement for the proposed cluster is

18.3 KLD. Water requirement of the proposed project for the domestic purpose will be fulfilled

by procuring it from nearby village and transported through mobile water tankers.

Apart from domestic requirement, water for dust suppression, plantation & other purposes will be

fulfilled by collecting rainwater into the mined out pits whenever possible.

2.4.5 Employment Generation

The total manpower requirement for the proposed cluster is 44persons. Preference for employment

will be given to locals. The proposed cluster will also generate indirect employment opportunities

for the locals. The employment potential/manpower requirement for the proposed clusterwill be

fulfilled by hiring geologist/mining engineer, mining mate, driver, watchman, skilled man power,

semi-skilled man power and unskilled manpower.

2.4.6 Mining Equipment

The mines will be developed and operated using the drilling machine, wire saw, hydraulic

excavator, crane, HEIWA, JIB cranes, jack hammers and compressor for the purpose of

excavation, loading and transportation.

3. Description of Environment

Baseline study was conducted pre-monsoon period during March-May 2019. To assess the

baseline environmental quality land environment, water environment, ambient air environment,

noise quality, ecological status and sociological survey was conducted for Kajipur Granite

ClusterMining Project. NABL accredited laboratory was used for baseline data generation.The

study area was divided in two zones, core zone was considered area within mine lease and buffer

zone considered area outside 10 km radius from project site. Different environmental attributes

were considered for baseline environmental data.

3.1 Land Environment

At present the cluster is a part of hilly terrain and is a government waste land.The vegetation is

very sparse within the cluster.No building or infrastructure is located within the 500 m radius of

the proposed cluster.

3.2 Seismicity of Project Area

Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project falls under Seismic Zone III.

3.3 Water Environment

To analyze the surface and ground water quality of study area, sampling has been carried out by

NABL accredited laboratory for primary data. Secondary data has been collected from CGWB

district brochure of Mehsana. The depth of dug wells range from 15-30 mbgl and of bore wells

from 100-120 mbgl.Sampling of surface and ground water was collected as per IS 3025 Part I.

Total 9 ground water locations were selected to study baseline ground water quality. Village name

for sampling of ground water areKajipur, Dabhoda, Otalpur Kanedia, Dharavania, Hadol,

Shahupura, Timba and Vav. Two surface water samples were also collected at Sabarmati River

East Bank and Tarang Lake. All the parameters have been analyzed by IS 3025: Part 4 to Part 62.


M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. xvi

After analysis it was found that pH was 7.56 and 7.82 in the sample SW-1 and SW-2 respectively.

Electrical conductivity was measured as 882 and 925 µmohs/cm in the sample SW-1 and SW-2

respectively. Total dissolved solid was found to be 612 and 633 mg/l in the sample SW-1 and

SW-2 respectively Dissolved oxygen was present at 7.3 and 6.9 mg/l in the sample SW-1 and

SW-2 respectively. Magnesium was found to be 20.8 and 24.8 mg/l and Calcium was found 75

and 74 mg/l in the sample SW-1 and SW-2 respectively.

Turbidity of the ground water samples were found between 0.21-2.79 NTU. pH values vary from

7.32 to 8.26.Total dissolved solids were found within permissible limits of 2000 mg/liter, ranged

from 112 to 1812 mg/l. There is no heavy metal detected in any sample like cadmium, arsenic,

lead, zinc, Cr6+, and aluminum.

3.4 Air Environment

Site specific meteorological data was collected by installing weather station near to cluster site.

Primary metrological data was collected for three months from March 2019 to May 2019.

Predominant wind direction during study period was found from South West to North East.

Secondary data was collected from IMD Climatological normal 1961-1990 for Idar location. As

per IMD data minimum temperature was found in January 4.8 °C, maximum temperature was

found 47.6 °C during April. Yearly relative humidity was found between 64-72%, Maximum

rainfall was found in the month of August averaged 229.2 mm.

Name of villages where AAQM locations were selected are near mine site areKajipur, Dabhoda,

Otalpur, Kanedia, Dharavania, Hadol, Shahupura, Timba and Vav.The nearest receptor from the

proposed cluster is KajipurVillage.

Ambient air quality monitoring was conducted as per Indian standard and CPCB guidelines.

Gravimetric method was used for particulate matter quantification and spectrophotometer method

was used gaseous analysis. Samples were collected using Respirable Dust Sampler make

Envirotech. Ambient air quality monitoring stations were selected on the basis of predominant

downwind direction and anticipated receptor due to truck transportation of granite.

Parameter wise 98th percentile maximum and minimum values were observed at all the 9

monitoring locations. Parameter wise 98th percentile maximum and minimum values were

observed at all the 9 monitoring locations. The minimum and maximum level of PM2.5 recorded

within the study area was in the range of 30.5 and 42.8 µg/m3 respectively with the 98th percentile

ranging between 37.8 µg/m3 to 42.65 µg/m3. The minimum and maximum level of PM10

recorded within the study area was in the range of 64.6 and 84.5 µg/m3 respectively with the 98th

percentile ranging between 76.8 to 84.1 µg/m3. The minimum and maximum concentration of

SO2 recorded within the study area was 3.7 and 7.5 µg/m3 respectively with the 98th percentile

ranging between 17.6 to 19.8 µg/ m3. The minimum and maximum level of NO2 recorded within

the study area was in the range of was 11.7 to 19.8 µg/m3 respectively with the 98th percentile

ranging between 17.6 to 19.8 µg/m3. The minimum and maximum level of CO recorded within

the study area was in the range of was 0.5 to 0.8 µg/ m3 respectively with the 98th percentile

ranging between 0.7 to 0.8 µg/ m3.

Mineralogical composition for free silica and other minerals was analyzed and this was found that

free silica present at concentration 0.13 µg/m3 in PM10.

3.5 Noise Environment

Noise levels of all the 10 receptor locations were monitored as per guidelines specified by Central

Pollution Control Board. 24 hourly monitoring of noise environment was conducted and divided

in to day and night levels whereas 6 am to 10 pm was considered day time values and 10 pm to 6

am was considered as night values.

In residential and industrial areas, noise level is ranging between 54.9 dB(A) recorded at at NQ-5

and NQ-8 to 43.8 dB(A) recorded at NQ-10 during day time and 43.6 dB(A) recorded at NQ-5 to


M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. xvii

33.1 dB(A) recorded at NQ-10 during night time. Ambient noise quality standards for residential

areas day time is 55 dB.

3.6 Soil Environment

Soil quality samples were collected from 10 locations as per Indian standards. Physical

characteristics of soil were characterized through specific parameters viz bulk density, porosity,

water holding capacity, pH, electrical conductivity and texture. Soil pH plays an important role in

the availability of nutrients. Soil microbial activity as well as solubility of metal ions is also

dependent on pH. In the study area, variations in the pH of the soil were found to be slightly

acidic to slightly basic (6.38 to 7.82). Electrical conductivity is a measure of the soluble salts and

ionic activity in the soil. In the collected soil samples, the conductivity ranged from 642 – 812

µmhos/cm.

3.7 Biological Environment

Flora and fauna survey was done at core and buffer zone of the cluster area and primary and

secondary data was collected.The major area in study area is agricultural land. Based on primary

and secondary surveys, the major agricultural crops grown during monsoon season in the study

area are Rice (Oryza sativa) and Castor (Ricinus communis), while during winter Wheat (Triticum

aestivum) is cultivated as the major crop. Bajra (Pennisetumtyphoides) is also grown by the

villagers while vegetables grown in this region include Bhindi (Abelmoschus esculentus) and

Brinjal (Solanum melongena).

Fruits such as Bors (Zizyphus glabrata), Amlas (Emblica officinalis), Mangoes

(Mangiferaindica), were Chikoos (Manilkarazapota) and Papayas (Carica papaya) are also

grown in the study area.

3.8 Social Environment

Primary social survey was conducted in the study area and observed there is no affected family

within the proposed cluster area.

The proposed cluster covers 68 villages in Mehsana district in Gujarat state having a total

population of 1,20,657 people. The percentages of male & female population are 51.39 % &

48.61 % respectively. Male literacy rate of the study area is 45,820 (37.97%) and female literacy

rate is 31,424 (26.04%). Sex ratio (number of Females per thousand Male) of the study area is 945

which shows that male population is higher in the study area as compared with the female

population. The SC population within the study area is 10,362 (8.58%) of the total population

with 5,379 (4.45%) Male and 4,983 (4.13%) are female and the ST population within the Study

Area is 428 (0.35%) of the total population with 229 (0.18%) Male and 199 (0.17%) Female.

The number of total workers in the study area is approximately 49,007 (40.61%) in which 33,992

(28.17%) are male worker and 15,015 (12.44%) are female workers. 39,783 persons are Main

workers which is 81.17 % of total workers and 32.97% of total population and 9,224 persons are

marginal workers which is 18.82 % of the total workers and 7.64 % of total population. The total

number of non-workers population is approximately 71,650which is 59.38% of the total

population.

4. Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

5.1 Impact on Land Use

Land use of proposed cluster will be change at the end of mines closure. The mined-out areas are

approximately 2.67 Ha at the end of 5-year mining period. At the end of life of various mines

located within the proposed cluster, the dugout pits will be converted to water reservoirs. Ultimate

working depth will be maximum be 229 m R.L.


M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. xviii

Mitigation measures have been proposed for land use change. Plantation will be done in the

statutory boundaries. The mined-out areas will be converted to water reservoirs. Dust suppression

will be done regularly during the mining period.

5.2 Impact on Water Environment

There is no surface water body which can be affected due to proposed cluster. Water table will not

be intersected due to mining activities. The required quantity of water for the mining operations is

approximately 18.3 KLD which will be procured from nearby village.

4.3Impact on Air Quality

Source of air pollution will be excavation of material, loading of material and transportation of

granite.

Incremental concentrations have been predicted by using ISCST3 and Caline 4 models. 16 trucks

per day of 15 MT capacity will run on haul road per day.

Metrological data was used for air quality modeling from March 2019 to May 2019. The 24-

hourly average values of PM2.5 were compared with the NAAQS and found that all sampling

stations recorded in the study area are within the applicable limits i.e., 60 µg/m3 for PM2.5 in

rural areas. The 24-hourly average values of PM10 were compared with the NAAQS and found

that all sampling stations recorded in the study area are within the applicable limits i.e., 100 µg/m3

for PM10 in rural areas. The 24-hourly average values of SO2 were compared with the NAAQS

and it was found that all sampling stations recorded values are below the applicable limits 80

µg/m3 for rural areas.The 24-hourly average values of NO2 were compared with the NAAQS and

it was found that all sampling stations recorded values are below the applicable limits 80 µg/m3

for rural areas. The 1 hourly average values of CO were compared with the NAAQS and it was

found that all sampling stations recorded values are below the applicable limits 4000 µg/m3 for

rural areas.

Baseline air environmental conditions after incremental pollution load are below than national

ambient air quality standards.

5.4 Impact on Noise Quality

Noise will be generated within the proposed cluster area due to excavator, drilling machine and

dumpers. Noise generation due to transportation truck will be temporary for any receptor location.

4.5 Impact on Biological Environment

There is no flora fauna within project site or mine lease area being a government waste land and

mined out area.

Dust generated due to transportation at haul road may cause harmful impact due to stomata block

of plants to prevent photosynthesis. Water sprinkling will be done regularly to reduce the impact

of dust emission.No surface water body likely to get affected due to proposed cluster. Green belt

will be developed in 33 % of total mine lease areas present in the cluster.

4.6 Traffic Density Due to Project

Total 16 trucks will be added to the transportation network due to the proposed cluster. The total

PCU/day will be 257.5 as per IRC guidelines. After addition of incremental vehicles, the LOS

will be A i.e. Excellent (V/C Ratio 0.17).

4.7 Impact on Socio-Economic Environment

There is no project affected family within proposed cluster area and no negative impact will be on

social community.The project will have positive impact to nearby communities by providing CSR

activities and employment to local people working at the mining sites.


M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. xix

5. Alternative Technology and Site Analysis

Since the mining activity is site specific and it depends upon the occurrence of minerals and ores.

Therefore, alternative site analysis is not done.

6. Environmental Monitoring Programme

1. To ensure proper implementation of environmental management plan. Environmental

monitoring program has been planned.

2. Air pollution, water pollution, noise pollution, soil analysis will be conducted sixmonthly to

ensure compliance conditions in environmental clearance.

3. Environmental management cell be established for fully functional monitoring of

environmental parameters. General Manager and environmental engineer will be kept for

reclamation planning and management, air and water pollution control and all statutory

compliance.

4. PM10, PM2.5, NOx and SO2 with CO will be monitored.

5. Health checkup is proposed for all villagers nearby resident to project site.

6. Environmental monitoring cost per annum for proposed cluster is approximately Rs. 0.5

Lakhs per annum for Kajipur Granite Block – 1.

7. Additional Studies

7.1 Public Hearing

This is Draft EIA report; public hearing is yet to be conducted. Details of public hearing will be

incorporated after conducting public hearing.

8.Project Benefits

1. Employment will be given to 44 persons nearby the proposed cluster. All the labours will be

from nearby villages;

2. Rs. 8 Lakhs per year (approx.) has been earmarked under Corporate Environment

Responsibility;

3. Rs. 2 Lakhs per year (approx.) have been earmarked under Labour Welfare Activities;

4. The project will fulfil the requirement of Granite for the country, and will provide royalty to

the government;

5. The proposed cluster will lead to the overall development of the nearby areas through

employment generation, improved standard of living, revenue to the state in the form of

royalty, improved transport facilities etc.;

6. The project proponents will also contribute through Corporate Environmental Responsibility

and Labour Welfare Programs.

9. Environmental Management Plan

1. Approximate annual recurring cost for dust suppression will be Rs.0.8 Lakh for Kajipur

Granite Block – 1.

2. Recurring cost for Environmental monitoring will be approximately Rs.0.5 Lakh peryear for

Kajipur Granite Block – 1.

3. Green belt development will be done at Rs.0.2 Lakhper annumas recurring cost for Kajipur

Granite Block – 1.

10. Conclusions

The mining operations will meet the compliance requirements of MoEF&CC. Community will

have beneficial impacts, as the proposed cluster will generate significant economic benefits for

the region. Adoption of best available technology and best management practices along

withenvironment friendly process and with the effective implementation of the Environment


M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. xx

Management Plan during the mining activities. The proposed clustercan proceed without any

significant negative impact on environment.

*******

ұӕӾ ӅӚӋԆӟӄӕҥһ ӌ̔չһӋમાઇિનંગ ԐӢҸ ӟһ, મહેસાણા ұӕӊӪұӕӋәસારાંશ

M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. xxi

ұӕӊӪұӕӋәસારાંશ

1. પિરચય

1.1 અહેવાલ હેતુ

ӑӛӖҶӀ�ұӕӾ ӅӚӋ�Ԇӟӄӕҥһ�կӌӢұ�– 1, 3.1443 Ha ӒӟһӋӉӕҡ�ӆӟӌӕӊӟӌӢ�ҷӟ�ң ӄӟ�Ӏӟ�ҳӕӉ�- ұӕӾ ӅӚӋ, તાલુકો -

સતલાસણા, ӖҸճӌӢ�- મહેસાણા, Ӌӕԧ �- ҳӚҸӋӕӀ�ӄӾ ұ�Ҥ ӎӟӌӚҡ�ҷӟ��Ҥ �ԐӢҸ ӟһ�ӉӟӑӑӪ�ӉӟӄәұӢ�

ӖӋӑӢӖӑӪӑ�Ԑӕ�Ӗӌ��ՀӕӋӕ�ԐչӀӕӖӎӀ�ҷӟ��Ӗӌ��Ԇӟӄӕҥһ�ӉӕҥӖӄҡҳ�Ӊӕһӟ�ҷӟ��Ӏӟ�ӎӄ-વન સરકાર છે. કચરો

ҸӉәӄ��Մ ӢӋә�ӌәҹ�Ӊӕһӟ�Ҭ ӌү Ҥ Ҧ , ӈӛչӀӋӖӎҸӤingäӕӄ�ң ӄӟ�Ҳ ӕҿ ұӕӉ�ұӖӉՇӋ, ҳӕҡӃәӄҳӋ�ՀӕӋӕ�

ӽ Ӌә�ұӋӎӕӉӕҡ�Ҥ յӊӕ�ӒӀӕ, Ӆԋ�ӄҡӇ Ӌ�ӑәӾ Ҭ Ӊ��ӌәҹ��ӒӋӕӾ ��ӉӕҥӄӢӋ��Ԇӟӄӕҥһ��Ҭ ӉҬ ӑҬ ӄ��

2018/3674, ӀӕӋәҲ �¬̄ �Ӊә�ү ҳչһ�«¬³ ��ӑӛӖҶӀ�ԐӢҸ ӟһӄӚҡ�ӉӒԱӉ�ӎӕӖӐӪұ�ҧըӅӕӂӄ�ӌԠ ӕҡӖұӀ�ҷӟ�

1,20,000 TPA (ROM) પર છે. ખિનજોને બહાર કા toӎӕ�Ӊӕһӟ�կӌӕӖչһҡҳ�Ӗӎӄӕ�ү Ӆӄ�ұӕչһ�ң ӃӪ-

િમકેિનઝાઇડ માઇિનંગ ӅԺ ӖӀ�ң ӅӄӕӎӎӕӄӢ�ԐչӀӕӎ�ҷӟ��ԐӢҸ ӟһӄә�ӖұҡӉӀ�ԁ ��®�ұӋӢҽ�

એમઓઇએફ અને સીસી સૂચનને લગતા એસ.ઓ. 141 (ઇ) તા .15 ӽ լӊӚҤ Ӌә, 2016 ને એસ.ઓ. 2269

(ઇ) 1 લી જુલાઈ, 2016 ના, એમઓઇએફ અને સીસી ઓએમ (એફ. નંબર એલ-11-11 / 175/2018-

આઈએ-II (એમ)) 12 ӖҽӑӟձӇ Ӌ2018 અને એસઇએસી, ગજુરાત Officeિફસ લેટર (ӑҡӂӈӪ. ઇઆઇએ -10)

-2019 / SEAC / GEN / 59/19/507) તા .1 ӆӟԓ ӚҤ Ӌә2019 ના રોજ ұӕӾ ӅӚӋԆӟӄӕҥһ կӌӢұӄӢԐӢҸ ӟһ -

1 ӌ̔չһӋӄӕӉӕիӊӉӁәઇસીના ӅӛӎӕӪӎӌӢұӄ હેઠળ આવે છે. સૂિચત ԐӢҸ ӟһ ӎҳӪB1 અને અનુસૂિચ 1 (એ)

ની ң ҡӀҳӪӀ આવે છે. ખિનજોની ખાણકામ.

1.2 ԐұӜӖӀ, કદ, ԐӢҸ ӟһӄӚҡչӁӕӄ અને દેશ, Ԑӂӟӏ માટે તેનંુ ӉӒըӎӄӚҡӑҡӖԟՃ ӎҿ Ӫӄ

1.2.1 ԐӢҸ ӟһӄәԐұӜӖӀ

ұӕӾ ӅӚӋ�Ԇӟӄӕҥһ�կӌӢұ�- ¬�Ҭ �Ԇәӄ�ӆәճҽ�ԐӢҸ ӟһ�ҷӟ�Ҹ ӟ�ԐұӜӖӀӉӕҡ�ү Ӆӄ-ұӕչһ�ӑӟӉә�ӖӉұӟӖӄҹӕҥҽ�

માઇિનંગ ՀӕӋӕ�ӎҳӯұӜӀ�Ӂӊӟӌ�ҷӟ��ҧӅӊӢҳ�ӒӟҼӍӄә�ҸӉәӄ�ӖӇ ӄ-વન સરકારી કચરાની જમીન છે.

Ҳ ӕҿ ұӕӉӄӕ� ӑӉԆ� ӑӉӊҳӕӍӕ� ӂӋӖӉӊӕӄ� կӌӕӖչһҡҳӄә� ұӢҦ� ӂӋҲ ӕչӀ� ӄӁә��

દૂર કરો Ҥ ӎӟӌ�Ҳ ӖӄҸ�չӁӕӖӄұ�ң ӄӟ�Ҥ ҡӀӋӋӕՋӬәӊ�Ӈ ӽ ӋӉӕҡ�ӎӟҶӎӕӉӕҡ�Ҥ ӎӏӟ

1.2.1.1 ԐӢҸ ӟһӄӚҡકદ

કુલ ખાણ લીઝ ӖӎչӀӕӋ�®�¬̄ ¯ ®�ӒӟһӋ�Ҳ ӖӄҸ�Ԇӟӄӕҥһ�ҷӟ��ӌәҹ�ӖӎչӀӕӋ�ӑӋұӕӋә�ұҶӋӢ�ҷӟ

1.2.2 ԐӢҸ ӟһӄӚҡչӁӕӄ

સૂિચત ԐӢҸ ӟһ ӑӎӲIndiaફ ҥӖլҽӊӕӄӕટોપોશીટ નં. 46 એ / 09 ұӕӾ ӅӚӋ ગામ ӄӾ ұ. 10 િક.મી.ના

ң հӊӕӑ ԟӟԋӉӕҡતારંગા ӖӒճӑ , સાબરમતી નદી, તારંગ તળાવ, તારંગા ӖӒճӑ Ӌӟճӎӟչһӟӏӄ, તારંગા ӖӒճӑ ,

ગામ ટીબંા, હાડોલ, કનેિડયા, ડભોડા વગેર ે છે. આ ઉપરાંત, ӌ̔չһӋ ӖӎչӀӕӋӄә15 િક.મી.ની અંદરની

ӉӚ՚ӊ ӌӕԟӖҿ ұӀӕү ӖҶձջӕӇ ӕҦ સરોવર, ખેરાલુ Ӌӟճӎӟչһӟӏӄ, ધરોઇ, વગેરે ԐӢҸ ӟһӄӕұӢү ӖҽӪӄӟգӑ 23 °

57'7.180 "એન અને 72 ° 43'53.763" ઇ છે.


M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. xxii

1.3 ԐӢҸ ӟһ ԐӢӅӢҹӋӄәઓળખ

1.3.1 ԐӢҸ ӟһ ԐӢӅӢҹӋ

ӉӟӑӑӪમેનીકો ӖӋӑӢӖӑӪӑ ԐӕҦӎӟһ િલિમટેડની ӌӢӋӟլӑ અને મેયો ӖӇ Ӗճҽҡҳ, 278, ડી.એન. રોડ, બીજો

માળ, ӖұճӌӢ, મંુબઇ - 400 001 પર તેની નોધંણી કરાયેલ hasિફસ છે. મેનીકો ӖӋӑӢӖӑӪӑ ԐӕҦӎӟһ

િલિમટેડ ભાગીદારી પે .◌ી છે. ભાગીદારોના નામ છે–

1. Ԛәચેતન શાહ

2. ԚәӉӀәિદના શાહ

અિધકૃત સહી કરનાર Ԛәકમલકાંત յӊӕӑ છે.

1.3.2 ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ әӊ સલાહકાર

નામ: Ӿ ү Ԇ әӄ એનિવરો હાઉસ Ԑӕ.િલ.

સરનામંુ - 403, આમેન Ҭ ӅӕһӪӉӟլһ, 29 ҶҡԍӌӢұ કોલોની, અલીગજં, લખનઉ, યુ.પી.- 226024

ԐӉӕҿ Ӆԋ નંબર એનએબીઇટીટી / ઇઆઇએ / 1720 / આઈએ 30023; 02.04.2020 સુધી Ӊӕլӊ

1.3.3 લેબોરટેરી િવગતો

નામ: ગહેલી ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ әӊ ԐӊӢҳӏ ӕӍ ӕ

(ગહેલી ӑӟլһӋઓફ ӖӋӑҶӪҬ լҽ ҽӟӎӌӅӉӟլһ Ԑӕ.િલ.નું એકમ)

(એિનસો 9001: 2015, 14001: 2015 ӑӖһӪӆӕҥҽ કંપની)

(એન ઓએચએસએએસ 18001: 2007 ӑӖһӪӆӕҥҽલેબ)

સરનામું –ડીએસઆઈડીસી, શેડ - બીજો માળ, મેઘરાજ չӎәգӑӄәસામે, ӎӾ ӋӅӚӋ ԾӢӖҳұ

ԟ ӟԋ, નવી ӖӂճӒә-110052

2. પિરયોજના નંુ ӎҿ Ӫӄ

2.1 ӌ̔չһӋӄәҸ ԁ Ӌ

િવિવધ ԐұӕӋӄӕӏӟեӑ , ұӢձԐӟӖӏӎ չһӬӟլӁ, һӟӖլӑӌ չһӬӟլӁ, ҽӟӖլӑһәવગેરનેે કારણે ԆӟӄӕҦһӄӚҡչӁӕӖӄұ તેમજ

Ҥ ҡӀӋӋӕՋӬәӊ Ӈӽ ӋӉӕҡઘણું Ӊӛճӊ છે. આ ԐӢҸ ӟһ ԐӢҸ ӟһ ԐӢӅӢҹӋ અને તેની આસપાસના લોકોને

િવિવધ ફાયદાઓ પહોચંાડશે.

નીચે કેટલાક ફાયદા નીચે ӑӛӖҶӇ Ժ છે –

1. તે ભારતીય િનકાસ Ӈӽ ӋӄӚҡӉӛճӊ વધારશે અને દેશમાં ң ӁӪյӊӎչӁӕӄӟઉમેરશે.

2. તે ӄӾ ұӄӕગામોના લોકોને સીધી રોજગાર આપશે, જે તેમના Ӿ ӎӄӖӄӎӕӪӒӄӟસુધારવામાં મદદ

કરશે.

3. તે પિરવહન, વેપાર વગેર ે જવેા ԐӢҸ ӟһ ԐӎӜӖԱ સાથે સંકળાયલેા લોકોને ӅӋӢԟ રોજગાર આપશે.


M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. xxiii

4. આ ԐӢҸ ӟһ Ԇәӄ Ӈ ӟճһ અને ӌӟլҽչұӟӅ િવકાસને ӑլӉӕӄ કરશે અને તે ӖӎչӀӕӋӄӕӎӄչӅӖӀӄӟ

ӑӉӜԺ બનાવશે.

5. તે લોકોને Ӗӏԟҿ , તબીબી િશિબર સુિવધા, પાણી પુરવઠાની સુિવધા વગેર ે જવેા િવિવધ

સામાિજક-Ҥ ӖӁӪұલાભો પૂરા પાડશે.

6. આ ԐӢҸ ӟһӁәӋӕԧ તેમજ ұӟլԍસરકારને ӋӢӊճһә, વેચાણ વેરો, આવકવેરાના ԁ ӅӉӕҡફાયદો થશે.

7. ԐӢҸ ӟһ સંસાધનોના ұӕӊӪԟӉ ઉપયોગની ખાતરી કરશે.

તેથી, ԐӕӂӟӖӏұઅને ӋӕՋӬәӊ સંભિવત બંનેમાં ԐӢҸ ӟһӄӚҡખૂબ ӉӒըӎ હશે.

2.2 ӌ̔չһӋӄӚҡչӁӕӄ

ӌ̔չһӋ ԐӢҸ ӟһ ગામ ұӕӾ ӅӚӋ, તાલુકા સતલાસણા, ӖҸճӌӕમહેસાણા અને Ӌӕԧ ગજુરાત ӄӾ ұ

આવેલું છે. 10 િક.મી.ના ң հӊӕӑ ԟ ӟԋӉӕҡતારંગા ӖӒճӑ , સાબરમતી નદી, તારંગ તળાવ, તારંગા

ӖӒճӑ Ӌӟճӎӟչһӟӏ ӄ , તારંગા ӖӒճӑ , ગામ ટીબંા, હાડોલ, કનેિડયા, ડભોડા વગેર ે છે. આ ઉપરાંત,

ӌ̔չһӋ ӖӎչӀӕӋӄә15 િક.મી.ની અંદરની ӉӚ՚ӊ ӌӕԟ Ӗҿ ұӀӕү ӖҶձջӕӇ ӕҦ સરોવર, ખેરાલુ Ӌӟճӎӟ

չһӟӏ ӄ , ધરોઇ, વગેર.ે

2.3 ԐӢҸ ӟһӄәӉӚ՚ӊ સુિવધાઓ

ұӢՋұ 2.1 - ӌ̔չһӋӄӚҡӑҡӖԟՃ ӎҿ Ӫӄ

એસ.

ના.ԐӢҸ ӟһӄәિવગતો ӎҿ Ӫӄ

1 ખાણ ӅԨӕү ӖӎչӀӕӋ 5.3023 Ha

2

સૂિચત ҧըӅӕӂӄұӕӾ ӅӚӋ Ԇӟӄӕҥһ ӌ̔չһӋ માઇિનંગ ԐӢҸ ӟһ ખિનજ Ԇӟӄӕҥһӄӕ

ખાણકામ માટેનો છે. ӌ̔չһӋӄӚҡӉӒԱӉ ӎӕӖӐӪұ ҧըӅӕӂӄ 1,20,000

MT (ROM) પર ӌԠ રાખવામાં Ҥ յӊӚҡછે, જમેાં ӉӒԱӉ 1,37,500

MT (ROM) ની ӌ̔չһӋԟӉӀӕછે.3 ખાણ લીઝ સમયગાળો લીઝ ડીડ ચલાવવામાં આવી નથી. ખાણ ӅԨӕү ӄӢસમયગાળો

એલઓઆઈ મુજબ તેના ખતની અમલની તારીખથી 30 ӎӐӪӄӕ

સમયગાળા માટે રહેશે.4 ખોદકામ ӂӋҲ ӕչӀ 2019-20 to 2023-24

5 લેસીઝ S.No.

ӂӋҲ ӕչӀ

કરનારનું નામӑҡӅұӪિવગતો

1 ӉӟӑӑӪમેનીકો

ӖӋӑӢӖӑӪӑ Ԑӕ.

િલ.

અિધકૃત સહી કરનાર - Ԛәકમલકાંત

յӊӕӑ

સરનામું - ડી -409-એ, િશવાિલક ұӢӅӪ

ӅӕұӪ, સેટેલાઇટ અમદાવાદ, ગજુરાત380015


M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. xxiv

મોબાઈલ ӄձӇ Ӌ. +91 7069038649

Email – [email protected] િકરીટિસંહ

પી.વાઘેલા

અિધકૃત સહી કરનાર - િકરીટિસંહ પી.

વાઘેલા

સરનામંુ - խӌӢһ નંબર 611/2 ӑӟһӋ6

બી ગાંધીનગર, ગજુરાત 382006

મોબાઈલ ӄձӇ Ӌ. – +91 9712288444Email – [email protected]

6 સાઇટ ұӢү ӖҽӪӄӟգӑ

(Ӊӕլӊ ҽәӾ ӅәҬ ӑ નકશા

મુજબ)

ӉӟӑӑӪમેનીકો ӖӋӑӢӖӑӪӑ Ԑӕ. િલ.

չӀҡӈ

સીમા

નં.

ң ԟ ӕҡӏ રખેાંશ

1 23º 57' 12.0553'' 72º 43′ 45.5352″2 23º 57' 11.6831'' 72º 43′ 47.7006″3 23º 57' 09.8567'' 72º 43′ 53.3531″4 23º 57' 05.3248'' 72º 43' 51.8025″5 23º 57' 03.7518'' 72º 43' 51.3364″6 23º 57' 05.1336'' 72º 43' 46.9927″7 23º 57' 07.0209'' 72º 43' 47.5704″8 23º 57' 08.4623'' 72º 43' 47.5704″9 23º 57' 09.2176'' 72º 43' 46.4353″

િકરીટિસંહ પી.વાઘેલા

չӀҡӈ

સીમા

નં.

ң ԟ ӕҡӏ રખેાંશ

1 23º 57' 8.2304'' 72º 43' 57.5545''2 23º 57' 6.536'' 72º 44' 2.8801''3 23º 57' 2.4083'' 72º 44' 0.2516''4 23º 57' 4.199'' 72º 43' 55.4452''

7 જમીનનો ԐұӕӋ સરકારી કચરો જમીન8 ખાણ ખનીજ Ԇӟӄӕҥһ9 ભૌગોિલક અનામત એસ.

નં.લીસી

ભૌગોિલક અનામત

(એમટી)1 ӉӟӑӑӪમેનીકો ӖӋӑӢӖӑӪӑ Ԑӕ. િલ. 27,14,055

2 િકરીટિસંહ પી.વાઘેલા 6,67,722

કુલ 33,81,777

10 ખિનજ અનામત Ӊӕլӊ ખાણ યોજનાઓમાં Ҳ ӕէռӊӢ՛ӊ અનામત આપવામાં Ҥ յӊӕ

નથી. જો કે, ӈӛչӀӋӏӕՅ әӊ અનામત, Ӈ ӱҶӢӄӟલીધે અવરોિધત

ખિનજો અને 7.5 મીટર વૈધાિનક અવરોધ અને સૂિચત ӌ̔չһӋӄӟ

ԐӢӑӟӖӑҡҳ નુકસાનના આધારે અંદાિજત 15,69,260 MT ની સંિચત

િકંમતની ગણતરી કરવામાં આવી છે.

એસ.

નં.લીસી .◌ંડાઈ ભૌગોિલક અનામત

(એમટી)

1 ӉӟӑӑӪમેનીકો ӖӋӑӢӖӑӪӑ Ԑӕ. િલ. 12,95,244

2 િકરીટિસંહ પી.વાઘેલા 2,74,016


M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. xxv

કુલ 15,69,260

11 ટોપો-શીટ નંબર 46A/09

12 ԐӢҸ ӟһ Ҳ ҶӪ ԁ . 4 કરોડ (આશર.ે)13 કામકાજના િદવસો નથી 275

14 ખાણકામની ӅԺ ӖӀ ઓપન ұӕչһ ң ӃӪ-ӊӕҡӖԋұ

2.4 ӌ̔չһӋӄӚҡӾ ӎӄ

Ӊӕլӊ ખાણ યોજનાઓ મુજબ ӌ̔չһӋӉӕҡહાજર ખાણનંુ ӉӒԱӉ Ӿ ӎӄ 16 ӎӐӪહશે.

ұӢՋұ 2.2 - ӌ̔չһӋӉӕҡલીઝની ખાણોનંુ Ӿ ӎӄ

એસ.

નં.લીસી ખાણ Ӿ ӎӄ (ӎӐӪ)

1 ӉӟӑӑӪમેનીકો ӖӋӑӢӖӑӪӑ ԐӕҦӎӟһ િલિમટેડ 13

2 િકરીટિસંહ પી.વાઘેલા 16

(Յ ӢӀ: Ӊӕլӊ ખાણ યોજનાઓ)

2.5 િવકાસ અને ҧըӅӕӂӄ યોજના

ұӢՋұ 2.3 - ӌ̔չһӋӄәતમામ લીઝનો િવકાસ અને ҧըӅӕӂӄ યોજના

ӎӐӪખા

ડા

નં.

કુલ રોમ (એમટી)કુલ

ү ӎӋӇ ҽӲӄ

કચરો (એમ 3)

ӎӟչһ રિેશયો

(વેચવાનંુ

ԐӉӕҿ )

(એમટી / એમ3)

કુલ રોમӎӟҶӕҿ ӊӢ՛ӊ

ઓર

ખિનજ

ң չӎәұӕӋ

(1) (2) (1) (2) (1) (2) (1) (2) (1) (2)

1 P-1 60,00010,00

024,000 4,000 36,000 6,000 6,097 774

1.59:1

12.92:1

2 P-1 60,00012,50

024,000 5,000 36,000 7,500 4,924 280

1.73:1

44.64:1

3 P-1 72,00017,50

028,800 7,000 43,200

10,500

5,427 2821.78:

162.05:

1

4 P-1 96,00017,50

038,400 7,000 57,600

10,500

5,96618,50

01.89:

19.46:1

5 P-11,20,00

017,50

048,000 7,000 72,000

10,500

0 4802.67:

136.46:

1

Total4,08,00

075,00

01,63,20

030,00

02,44,80

045,00

022,41

420,31

6

(1) ұӕӾ ӅӚӋԆӟӄӕҥһ կӌӢұ – 1

(2) ұӕӾ ӅӚӋԆӟӄӕҥһ կӌӢұ – 2(Source: Approved Mine Plans)


M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. xxvi

2.4.3 ખાણ ӖӎչӀӕӋӄәફરી સુધારણા

થાપણની ડાઈની ӖչӁӋӀӕ થોડંુ નીચે તરફ ચાલુ રહેવાની સંભાવના છે, આ યોજનાના

સમયગાળામાં ખાણના ખાડાને બેકિફલ ન કરવાની ӂӋҲ ӕչӀ કરવામાં આવી છે, કારણ કે

ખાણકામનું કામ ӆԝ ભૂિમ չӀӋ સુધી કરવામાં આવશે. કાયદાકીય Ӈ ӕҧլҽӬәӉӕҡઅને સરકારી ӎӟչһ

જમીનમાં ӎӜԟ ӕӋӢӅҿ કરવામાં આવશે. ӌ̔չһӋજમીન સરકારની હોવાથી કચરો જમીન, ԐӢҸ ӟһ

ң ӑӋԆ չӀ લોકોના ӅӚӄӎӪӑӄ અને ӅӚӄӎӪӑӄӄӢԐՇ ઉભો થતો નથી.

2.4.4 પાણીની Ҥ ӎնӊұӀӕ

ӌ̔չһӋમાઇન સાઇટ પર પાણીની Ҹ ԁ ӖӋӊӕӀ પીવાના અને ઘરલેું ઉપયોગ માટે, ધૂળના દમન માટે

અને વાવેતર હેતુ માટે છે. સૂિચત ӌ̔չһӋ માટે પાણીની કુલ Ҥ ӎնӊұӀӕ18.3 કેએલડી છે. ઘરલેુ

ҧԹӟնӊ માટે સૂિચત ԐӢҸ ӟһӄәપાણીની Ҥ ӎնӊұӀӕӄӾ ұӄӕગામમાંથી ખરીદી કરીને મોબાઇલ

વોટર һӟլұӋՀӕӋӕપિરવહન કરવામાં આવશે.

ઘરલેું Ҹ ԁ ӖӋӊӕӀ િસવાય, ԧ ӕӋӟપણ ӏ Ԟ હોય ըӊӕӋӟખાણકામ કરાયેલા ખાડામાં વરસાદી

પાણીનો ӑҡԆ Ӓ કરીને ધૂળ દબાવવા, વાવેતર અને ң լӊ હેતુઓ માટેનું પાણી ӅӛԀҡકરવામાં આવશે.

2.4.5 રોજગાર ગેનેરશેન

ӑӛӖҶӀ�̔ӌչһӋ�Ӊӕһӟ�ұӚӌ�ӉӕӄӎӇ Ӎӄә�Ҹԁ ӖӋӊӕӀ�̄ ¯ �յӊӖԝ ү �ҷӟ��չӁӕӖӄұӢӄӟ�ӋӢҸҳӕӋ�Ӊӕһӟӄә�Ӆӑҡӂҳә�

Ҥ ӅӎӕӉӕҡ�Ҥ ӎӏӟ��ӑӛӖҶӀ�̔ ӌչһӋ�չӁӕӖӄұ�ӌӢұӢӄӟ�ӅӋӢԟ�ӋӢҸҳӕӋӄә�ӀұӢ�Ӆҿ �ҧըӅՂ�ұӋӏӟ��ӑӛӖҶӀ�

ӌ̔չһӋ�Ӊӕһӟӄә�ӋӢҸҳӕӋ�ӑҡӈӕӎӄӕ��ӉӕӄӎӏӖԝ ӄә�Ҹԁ ӖӋӊӕӀ�ӈӛչӀӋӏӕՅ ә��Ҳ ӕҿ ұӕӉ�ҥҸӄӟӋ,

ખાણકામ સાથી, ҽӬӕҦӎӋ, ચોકીદાર, કુશળ મેન પાવર, ң ӃӪ-કુશળ મેન પાવર અને અકુશળ માનવબળની

ӈӋӀә�ՀӕӋӕ�Ӆӛҿ Ӫ�ұӋӎӕӉӕҡ�Ҥ ӎӏӟ�

2.4.6 ખાણકામ સાધનો

ખાણો ખોદકામ, લોિડંગ અને પિરવહનના હેતુ માટે ӖҽӬӖӌҡҳ મશીન, વાયર સો, ӒӕҥҽӬӢӖӌұ Ҭ ӑՄ ӟһӋ,

ԃӟӄ, Ҭ ҶҤ ҦҽկճӊӚ, જઆેઈબી ԃӟլӑ , જકે હેમર અને ұӢձԐӟӑӋӄәમદદથી ખાણો િવકિસત અને સંચાિલત

કરવામાં આવશે..

3. ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ ӄӚҡӎҿ Ӫӄ

બેઝલાઈન ң հӊӕӑ ӉӕҶӪ-મે 2019 દરિમયાન ચોમાસા ӅӛӎӲӄӕસમયગાળા દરિમયાન કરવામાં

Ҥ յӊӢ હતો. ұӕӾ ӅӚӋ Ԇ ӟӄӕҥһ ӌ̔չһӋ માઇિનંગ ԐӢҸ ӟһ માટે બેઝલાઈન ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ әӊ

ҳӚҿ ӎԱӕӎӕӍ ӕજમીનના વાતાવરણ, જળ ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ , આસપાસના હવાના વાતાવરણ, અવાજની

ҳӚҿ ӎԱӕ, ҥұӢӌӢӾ ұӌ ӖչӁӖӀ અને ӑӉӕҸӏ ӕՅ әӊ ӑӎӲԟ ҿ આકારણી કરવામાં Ҥ յӊӚҡહતું.

એનએબીએલ ӉӕլӊӀӕԐӕՃ ԐӊӢҳӏ ӕӍ ӕબેઝલાઇન ડેટા જનરશેન માટે ઉપયોગમાં લેવાઈ હતી.

ң իӊӊӄ ԟ ӟԋӄӟબે ઝોનમાં ӎӒӱҶӎӕӉӕҡҤ յӊӢહતો, કોર ઝોનને માઇન લીઝમાંનો ӖӎչӀӕӋ અને

બફર ઝોનને ԐӢҸ ӟһ સાઇટથી 10 િક.મી. Ӗԋԧ ӕӄәબહારનો ӖӎչӀӕӋ માનવામાં આવતો હતો.

બેઝલાઈન ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ әӊ ડેટા માટે િવિવધ ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ әӊ ӌԟ ҿ ӢիӊӕӄӉӕҡલેવામાં Ҥ յӊӕҡહતાં.

3.1 જમીન ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ

હાલમાં ӌ̔չһӋ ડંુગરાળનો એક ભાગ છે અને તે સરકારી કચરો છે. ӌ̔չһӋӄәઅંદર ӎӄչӅӖӀ ખૂબ

જ િવરલ હોય છે. સૂિચત ӌ̔չһӋӄӕ500 મીટર Ӗԋԧ ӕӉӕҡકોઈ ӖӇ Ӗճҽҡҳ અથવા ҥլԑӕչһӬҶӋӖչӁӀ

નથી.


M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd.xxvii

3.2 ԐӢҸ ӟһ ԟ ӟԋӄәધરતીકંપ

ұӕӾ ӅӚӋԆ ӟӄӕҥһ ӌ̔չһӋમાઇિનંગ ԐӢҸ ӟһ ӖӑӖչӉұઝોન III હેઠળ આવે છે.

3.3 જળ ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ

ң հӊӕӑ ԟ ӟԋӄәસપાટી અને ӈ ӛҳӈ Ӫજળ ҳӚҿ ӎԱӕӄәӖӎՉ ӟӐҿ કરવા માટે, એનએબીએલ ՀӕӋӕ

Ӊӕլӊ માિહતી ԐӕՃ ԐӊӢҳӏ ӕӍ ӕՀӕӋӕԐӕӁӖӉұ ડેટા માટે નમૂના લેવામાં Ҥ յӊӕછે. મહેસાણાના

ӑәӾ ҽկճӊӚӇ ә ӖҸճӌӕ ӅӚӖչӀұӕӉӕҡӁә ӉӕիӊӖӉұ ડેટા Ҭ ұӖԋӀ કરવામાં Ҥ յӊӢ છે. ખોદાયેલા

કુવાઓની ◌ંડાઈ 15-30 Ҭ ӉӇ әӾ Ҭ ӌ અને બોરવેલની 100-120 Ҭ ӉӇ әӾ Ҭ ӌ સુધીની છે.

આઇએસ 3025 ભાગ I મજુબ સપાટી અને ӈ ӛҳӈ Ӫજળના નમૂના લેવામાં Ҥ յӊӕહતા.

બેઝલાઇન ӈ ӛҳӈ Ӫજળ ҳӚҿ ӎԱӕӄӢң հӊӕӑ કરવા માટે કુલ 9 ӈ ӛҳӈ Ӫજળ չӁӕӄӢӄәપસંદગી

કરવામાં આવી હતી. ӈ ӛҳӈ Ӫજળના નમૂના લેવાના ગામનું નામ ұӕӾ ӅӚӋ, ડભોડા, ઓટલપરુ

કનેિડયા, ધારાવાણીયા, હાડોલ, શાહુપુરા, ટીબંા અને વાવ છે. સાબરમતી નદી ӅӛӎӪકાંઠે અને તરંગ

તળાવ પર પણ સપાટીના બે પાણીના નમૂના Ҭ ұӖԋӀ કરાયા હતા. બધા પિરમાણો IS 3025 ՀӕӋӕ

ӖӎՉ ӟӐҿ કરવામાં Ҥ յӊӕછે: ભાગ 4 થી ભાગ 62.

ӖӎՉ ӟӐҿ પછી ӽ ҿ ӎӕӉմӊӚҡકે પી.એચ. ң ӄӚԃӉӟનમૂના SW-1 અને SW-2 માં 7.56 અને 7.82 હતા.

ӖӎԾӚӀ વાહકતાને ң ӄӚԃӉӟનમૂના SW-1 અને SW-2 માં 882 અને 925 ohmhs / સે.મી. નમૂના

Ҭ ӑҽկճӊӚ-1 અને Ҭ ӑҽկճӊӚ-2 માં ң ӄӚԃӉӟઓગળેલા ү ӖӑҸӄ ң ӄӚԃӉӟ7.3 અને 6.9 ӖӉӖӌԆ ӕӉ

/ િલટર ઓગળેલા oxygenӖӑҸӄ ң ӄӚԃӉӟ7W અને 6.9 ӖӉӖӌԆ ӕӉ / એલ હાજર હતા. Ӊӟ՛ջӟӖӏ ӊӉ

20.8 અને 24.8 ӖӉӖӌԆ ӕӉ / એલ અને ұӟӖճӏ ӊӉ ң ӄӚԃӉӟ75 અને 74 Ҭ ӉӾ / એલ નમૂનામાં જોવા

ӉմӊӚҡહતું.

0.21-2.79 એનટીયુ ӎ՞ҶӟӈӛҳӈӪજળના નમૂનાઓની һӇ ӯӖҽһәમળી હતી. પીએચ ӉӛճӊӢ7.32 થી 8.26

સુધી બદલાય છે. 112 થી 1812 ӖӉӖӌԆӕӉ / િલટર સુધીના, કુલ ઓગળેલા ӑӢӖӌեӑ 2000 ӖӉӖӌԆӕӉ /

િલટરની અનુમિત ӉӊӕӪӂӕӉӕҡમળી Ҥ յӊӕહતા. કેડિમયમ, Ҥ ӑӲӖӄұ, સીસા, જસત, સીઆર 6 + અને

Ҭ ճӊӚӖӉӖӄӊӉ જવેા કોઈપણ નમૂનામાં કોઈ ભારે ધાતુ મળી નથી.

3.4 હવા વાતાવરણ

ӌ̔չһӋસાઇટ ӄӾ ұ હવામાન չһӟӏ ӄ չӁӕӖӅӀ કરીને સાઇટ ӖӎӖӏ Ջ હવામાન માિહતી Ҭ ұӖԋӀ

કરવામાં આવી હતી. ӉӕҶӪ2019 થી મે 2019 સુધીના ԋҿ મિહના માટે ԐӕӁӖӉұ ӉӟһӬӢӌӢӖҸұӌ ડેટા

Ҭ ұӖԋӀ કરવામાં Ҥ յӊӢહતો. ң հӊӕӑ સમયગાળા દરિમયાન પવનની િદશા ӂӖԟ ҿ ӅӖՆ ӉӁә

ҧԱӋ ӅӛӎӪસુધીની મળી હતી. ઇડર չӁӕӄ માટે ગૌણ માિહતી આઇએમડી ӌ̔ӕӊӉӟһӢӌӢӖҸұӌ

ӑӕӉӕլӊ 1961-1990માંથી Ҭ ұӖԋӀ કરવામાં આવી હતી. આઇએમડી ડેટા મજુબ լӊӚӄԱӉ તાપમાન

ӽ լӊӚҤ ӋәӉӕҡ8.8 ӖҽԆ әનોધંાયું હતું, Ҭ ӖԐӌ દરિમયાન ӉӒԱӉ તાપમાન .6 47..6 સે. ӎӕӖӐӪұ

ԐӉӕҿ Ӊӕҡભજે-64-7272% ની ӎ՞Ҷӟજોવા ӉմӊӢહતો, ӉӒԱӉ વરસાદ ү ҳչһ મિહનામાં સરરેાશ

૨9 .2.૨ મીમી નોધંાયો હતો.

ગામોના નામ ԧ ӕҡAAQM ની Ҹ՛ӊӕү પસંદ કરવામાં આવી હતી તે ખાણની સાઈઝની ӄӾ ұ છે

ұӕӾ ӅӚӋ, ડભોડા, ઓટલપુર, કનેિડયા, ધારાવાણીયા, હડોલ, શાહુપુરા, ટીબંા અને વાવ. સૂિચત

ӌ̔չһӋӉӕҡӁәӄӾ ұӄӚҡӋәӑӟխһӋұӕӾ ӅӚӋગામ છે.

ӈ ӕӋӀәӊ�ӃӢӋҿ �ң ӄӟ�ӑәӅәӑәӇ ә�ӉӕҳӪӂӖӏ Ӫұӕ�ӉӚҸ Ӈ �ӎӕӀӕӎӋҿ әӊ�Ӓӎӕ�ҳӚҿ ӎԱӕӄәદેખરખે હાથ

ӃӋӎӕӉӕҡ�Ҥ ӎә�ӒӀә��Ԇ ӟӎәӉӟӖһӬұ�ӅԺ ӖӀӄӢ�ҧӅӊӢҳ�ӅӕӖһӪԞ Ӛӌӟһ�ӉӟһӋ�Մ ӢլһәӖӆұӟӏ ӄ�Ӊӕһӟ�

ұӋӎӕӉӕҡ�Ҥ յӊӢ�ӒӀӢ�ң ӄӟ�չӅӟһӬӢӆӢһӢӉәһӋ�ӅԺ ӖӀӄӢ�ҧӅӊӢҳ�ӎӕӊӚ�ӖӎՉ ӟӐҿ �ұӋӎӕӉӕҡ�Ҥ յӊӢ�

ӒӀӢ��ӄӉӛӄӕү �ӋӟӖչӅӋӟӇ ӌ�ҽչһ�ӑӟձӅӌӋ�Ӊӟұ�Ҭ լӎӕӊӋӢһӟұӄӢ�ҧӅӊӢҳ�ұӋәӄӟ�Ҭ ұӖԋӀ�ұરવામાં


M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd.xxviii

Ҥ յӊӕ�ӒӀӕ��Ԇ ӕҥӄӕҥһӄӕ�һӬұ�ӅӖӋӎӒӄӄӟ�ұӕӋҿ ӟ�Ԑ՚ӊӕӀ�ҽӕҧӄӎӕҥլҽ�Ӗӂӏ ӕ�ң ӄӟ�ң ӅӟӖԟ Ӏ�

ӋәӑӟխһӋӄӕ�Ҥ ӃӕӋӟ�ӎӕӀӕӎӋҿ әӊ�Ӓӎӕ�ҳӚҿ ӎԱӕ�ӖӄӋәԟ ҿ �չһӟӏ ӄӢӄә�Ӆӑҡӂҳә�ұӋӎӕӉӕҡ�Ҥ ӎә�

હતી.

બધા 9 મોિનટિરંગ չӁӍ ӢҬ પિરમાણ મજુબ 98 ટકા ӅӑӪӄӌӕҥӌ ӉӒԱӉ અને ӌҴӚԱӉ ӉӛճӊӢ

જોવા Ӊմӊӕҡછે. બધા 9 મોિનટિરંગ չӁӍ ӢҬ પિરમાણ મજુબ 98 ટકા ӅӑӪӄӌӕҥӌ ӉӒԱӉ અને

ӌҴӚԱӉ ӉӛճӊӢજોવા Ӊմӊӕҡછે. ң իӊӊӄ ԟ ӟԋӉӕҡનોધંાયેલ પીએમ 2.5 નું լӊӛӄӀӉ અને ӉӒԱӉ չӀӋ

ң ӄӚԃӉӟ30.5 અને 42.8 µg / m3 ની ӋӟլҸ Ӊӕҡહતુ,ં જે 98 મી ટકાવાળું tile ...8 µg / m3 થી 42.65 42g /

m3 ની ӎ՞Ҷӟછે. ң հӊӕӑ ԟ ӟԋӉӕҡનોધંાયેલ પીએમ 10 નું ӌҴӚԱӉ અને ӉӒԱӉ չӀӋ ң ӄӚԃӉӟ.6 76.

per અને .1 84.µ µg / એમ 3 ની ӎ՞Ҷӟ98 મી ટકાવારી સાથે ң ӄӚԃӉӟ64.6 અને 84.5 µg / m3 ની

ӋӟլҸ Ӊӕҡહતું. ң հӊӕӑ ԟ ӟԋӉӕҡનોધંાયેલ એસઓ 2 ની ӌҴӚԱӉ અને ӉӒԱӉ ӑӕҡԍӀӕң ӄӚԃӉӟth cen

મી ટકાવારી સાથે ң ӄӚԃӉӟm. m અને .5.. Μg / એમ 3 હતી જે 17.6 થી 19.8 µg / m3 ની ӎ՞Ҷӟછે.

ң հӊӕӑ ԟ ӟԋӉӕҡનોધંાયેલ એનઓ 2 નું ӌҴӚԱӉ અને ӉӒԱӉ չӀӋң ӄӚԃӉӟ11.7 થી 19.8 µg / m3 ની

ӋӟլҸ Ӊӕҡહતુ,ં 98 મી ટકાવારી 17.6 થી 19.8 µg / m3 ની ӎ՞Ҷӟહતી. ң հӊӕӑ ԟ ӟԋӉӕҡનોધંાયેલ CO નું

લઘુતમ અને ӉӒԱӉ չӀӋң ӄӚԃӉӟ0.5 થી 0.8 /g / m3 ની ӋӟլҸ Ӊӕҡહતું જે 98 મી ટકાવારી 0.7 થી 0.8

µg / m3 ની ӎ՞Ҷӟછે.

મફત િસિલકા અને ң լӊ ખિનજો માટેના મીનરraલોિજકલ રચનાનું ӖӎՉ ӟӐҿ કરવામાં Ҥ յӊӚҡહતું

અને આ ӉմӊӚҡહતું કે પીએમ 10 માં 0.13 /g / m3 માં Ҭ ұӕԆ Ӏӕપર Ӗӄӏ Ӛճұ િસિલકા હાજર છે.

3.5 અવાજ ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ

ӑӟլһӬӌ ԐӂӛӐҿ Ӗӄӊҡԋҿ Ӈ ӢҽӪՀӕӋӕӖӄӖӂӪՋ ӉӕҳӪӂӖӏ Ӫұӕઅનુસાર તમામ 10 ӋәӑӟխһӋ չӁӍ Ӣӄӕ

અવાજ չӀӋપર નજર રાખવામાં આવી હતી. અવાજના વાતાવરણનું 24 કલાક ӖӄӋәԟ ҿ કરવામાં

Ҥ յӊӚҡહતું અને તેને િદવસ અને રાતનાં չӀӋӢӉӕҡӎӒӱҶӎӕӉӕҡҤ յӊӚҡહતું ԧ ӕӋӟસવાર ે 6 થી 10

ӎӕ՛ӊӕસુધીના સમયના ӉӛճӊӢઅને Ӌӕԋӟ10 થી સવાર ે6 ӎӕ՛ӊӕસુધી રાતના ӉӛճӊӢતરીકે ગણવામાં

આવતું હતું.

રહેણાંક અને ԾӢӖҳұ ӖӎչӀӕӋӢӉӕҡ, અવાજનું չӀӋ 54..9 ડીબી (એ) ની ӎ՞Ҷӟહોય છે, જે Ҭ ӄԞ Ӛ-and

અને Ҭ ӄԞ Ӛ-8 થી .8 43..8 ડીબી (એ) ની ӎ՞Ҷӟહોય છે, ԧ ӕӋӟિદવસ દરિમયાન Ҭ ӄԞ Ӛ-10 અને .6

43. d ડીબી (એ) Ҭ ӄԞ Ӛ- 5 થી 33.1 ડીબી (એ) Ӌӕԋӟસમય દરિમયાન Ҭ ӄԞ Ӛ-10 પર નોધંાયેલ છે.

રહેણાંક ӖӎչӀӕӋӢમાટેના અવાજની ҳӚҿ ӎԱӕӄӕધોરણો િદવસનો સમય 55 ડીબી છે.

3.6 માટી ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ

ભારતીય ધોરણો મજુબ 10 չӁӍ ӢҬ Ӂәમાટી ҳӚҿ ӎԱӕӄӕનમૂના લેવામાં Ҥ յӊӕહતા. ҸթӁӕӄә

ઘનતા, પોરોિસટી, પાણી પકડવાની ԟ ӉӀӕ, પી.એચ., ӖӎԾӚӀ વાહકતા અને પોત જવેા ҶӢԜ ӑ

પિરમાણો ՀӕӋӕ માટીની શારીિરક ӌӕԟ Ӗҿ ұӀӕү ӌӕԟ Ӗҿ ұӀӕ હતી. પોષક ӀըӎӢӄә

ҧӅӌկӃӀӕӉӕҡસોઇલ પીએચ ӉӒըӎӅӛҿ Ӫભિૂમકા ભજવે છે. માટીની ӉӕҥԃӢӇ ӕӊӌ ԐӎӜӖԱ તેમજ

મેટલ આયનોની ԍӕյӊӀӕપણ પીએચ પર આધાિરત છે. ң իӊӊӄ ԟ ӟԋӉӕҡ, જમીનના પીએચમાં

િવિવધતા એિસિડકથી થોડો મૂળભૂત (6.38 થી 7.82) હોવાનું જોવા ӉմӊӚҡ. ӖӎԾӚӀ વાહકતા એ

જમીનમાં ԍӕյӊ ԟ ӕӋ અને આયનીય ԐӎӜӖԱӄӚҡએક માપ છે. Ҭ ұӖԋӀ જમીનના નમૂનાઓમાં

વાહકતા 642 - 812 8mhos / સે.મી.


M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. xxix

3.7 જિૈવક ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ

ӌ̔չһӋ ӖӎչӀӕӋӄӕકોર અને બફર ઝોનમાં ծӌӢӋӕઅને Ԑӕҿ әӑӜӖՋӄӢӑӎӲકરવામાં Ҥ յӊӢહતો

અને ԐӕӁӖӉұ અને ӉӕիӊӖӉұ ડેટા Ҭ ұӖԋӀ કરવામાં Ҥ յӊӢહતો. ң իӊӊӄ ԟ ӟԋӄӢӉӚ՚ӊ ԟ ӟԋ એ

કૃિષ જમીન છે. ԐӕӁӖӉұ અને ӉӕիӊӖӉұ ӑӎӲԟ ҿ ӄӕ આધાર,ે ң հӊӕӑ ԟ ӟԋӉӕҡચોમાસાની

ઉગાડવામાં દરિમયાન ઉગાડવામાં આવતા ӉӚ՚ӊ કૃિષ પાકો ચોખા (ઓિરઝા સિટવા) અને એરંડા

(રીિકનસ ұձӊӚӖӄӑ ) છે, ԧ ӕӋӟિશયાળા દરિમયાન ઘઉં (ӖһӬӖһұӉ Ҭ ӖչһҬ ӖչһӊӉ) ની ખેતી ӉӚ՚ӊ

પાક તરીકે થાય છે. ગામલોકો ՀӕӋӕબાજરા (પેિનસેટમ һӕҥӆӢҥեӑ ) પણ ઉગાડવામાં આવે છે

ԧ ӕӋӟઆ Ԑӂӟӏ Ӊӕҡઉગાડવામાં આવતા ӏ ӕұӈ ӕӾ ү Ӊӕҡભીડંી (Ҭ Ӈ ӟӌӉӢչҶӑ Ҭ ӑԞ Ӛӌһӑ ) અને

Ӗԓ ҡҸӌ (સોલનમ મેલજોના) શામેલ છે.

Ӈ ӢӑӪ��ҹ әӖҹ ӆӑ�՛ӌӟԓ ӕһӕ�, Ҥ Ӊӌӕӑ��Ҭ Ӗձկӌұӕ�ӖӆӄӕӖӌӑ�, ұӟӋә��ӉҡӖҳӆӟӋӕ�Ҧլҽәұӕ��Ҹ ӟӎӕ�

ӆӍ ӢӄӢ�ң հӊӕӑ�ң հӊӕӑ�ԟ ӟԋӉӕҡ�Ӂӕӊ�ҷӟ�

3.8 સામાિજક ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ

ң հӊӕӑӄӕԟ ӟԋӉӕҡԐӕӁӖӉұ સામાિજક મોજણી કરવામાં આવી હતી અને ӖӄӋәԟ ҿ ұӊӚӭહતું કે

સૂિચત ӌ̔չһӋԟ ӟԋӉӕҡકોઈ ң ӑӋԆ չӀ કુટંુબ નથી.

સૂિચત ӌ̔չһӋӉӕҡગજુરાત Ӌӕԧ ӄӕમહેસાણા ӖҸճӌӕӄӕ68 ગામોને આવરી લેવામાં Ҥ յӊӕછે, જમેાં કુલ

ӎչӀә1,20,657 લોકો છે. ӅӚԀӐ અને Յ әӎչӀәӄӚҡԐӉӕҿ ң ӄӚԃӉӟ51.39% અને 48.61% છે. ң իӊӊӄ

ԟӟԋӄӢӅӚԀӐ ӑӕԟӋӀӕદર 45,820 (37.97%) અને Յ әӑӕԟӋӀӕદર 31,424 (26.04%) છે. ң իӊӊӄ ԟӟԋӄӚҡ

િલંગ રિેશયો (Յ әદીઠ ӅӚԀӐӢӄәӑҡ՚ӊӕ) 945 છે જે ӂӏӕӪӎӟછે કે Յ әӎչӀәӄәતુલનામાં ң հӊӕӑ ԟӟԋӉӕҡ

ӅӚԀӐӄәӑҡ՚ӊӕવધુ છે. ң իӊӊӄ ӖӎչӀӕӋӉӕҡએસસીની ӎչӀә5,379 (4.45%) ӅӚԀӐ અને 4,983 (4.13%)

ધરાવતા કુલ ӎչӀәӄә10,362 (8.58%) મિહલા છે અને ң իӊӊӄ ԟӟԋӉӕҡએસટીની કુલ ӎչӀәકુલ ӎչӀәӄӕ

428 (0.35%) છે 229 (0.18%) ӅӚԀӐ અને 199 (0.17%) Յ әસાથે.

ң հӊӕӑ ԟ ӟԋӉӕҡકુલ કામદારોની ӑҡ՚ӊӕઆશર ે 49,007 (40.61%) છે જમેાં 33,992 (28.17%) ӅӚԀӐ

કામદાર છે અને 15,015 (12.44%) મિહલા કામદાર છે. 39,783 յӊӖԝ ү ӉӚ՚ӊ કામદાર છે જે કુલ

કામદારોના 81.17% છે અને કુલ ӎչӀәӄӕ32.97% અને 9,224 յӊӖԝ ү સીમાંત કામદારો છે જે

કુલ કામદારોના 18.82% છે અને કુલ ӎչӀәӄӕ7.64% છે. કામદારો િસવાયની ӎչӀәӄәકુલ ӑҡ՚ӊӕ

આશર ે ,૧,650૦ છે જે કુલ ӎչӀәӄӕ.3 59..38% છે.

4. ң ӅӟӖԟ Ӏ ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ әӊ અસરો અને શમન પગલાં

5.1 જમીનના ઉપયોગ પર અસર

ખાણો બંધ થયાના અંતે સૂિચત ӌ̔չһӋӄӢજમીન ઉપયોગ બદલાશે. Ed ӎӐӪӄӕમાઇિનંગ અવિધના

અંતે કા નાખવામાં આવેલા ӖӎչӀӕӋӢ આશર ે 2.67 હે. સૂિચત ӌ̔չһӋӄә અંદર ӖչӁӀ િવિવધ

ખાણોના Ӿ ӎӄӄӕઅંતે, ખોદાયેલા ખાડાઓ જળાશયોમાં ફેરવાશે. અંિતમ ұӕӊӪұӕӋәdepth◌ંડાઈ

ӉӒԱӉ હશે 229 મીટર આર.એલ.

જમીનના ઉપયોગમાં ફેરફાર માટે શમન પગલાં સૂચવવામાં Ҥ յӊӕ છે. કાયદાકીય સીમાઓમાં

ӎӜԟ ӕӋӢӅҿ કરવામાં આવશે. ખોદાયેલા ӖӎչӀӕӋӢӄӟજળાશયોમાં ફેરવાશે. ખાણકામના સમયગાળા

દરિમયાન ધૂળની દમન િનયિમત કરવામાં આવશે.

5.2 જળ ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ પર અસર


M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. xxx

સપાટીની કોઈ સપાટી નથી જે સૂિચત ӌ̔չһӋӄӟકારણે અસર કરી શકે છે. ખાણકામની ԐӎӜӖԱү ӄӟ

કારણે પાણીના ұӢՋұӄӟઆંતરછેદ કરવામાં આવશે નહી.ં ખાણકામ કામગીરી માટે Ҹ ԁ ӋәҸթӁӢ

આશર ે18.3 કેએલડી છે જે ӄӾ ұӄӕગામમાંથી મેળવવામાં આવશે.

4.3 હવાની ҳӚҿ ӎԱӕપર અસર

Ӓӎӕӄӕ�ԐӂӛӐҿ ӄӢ�Յ ӢӀ�ӑӕӉԆ әӄә�Ҳ ӢӂұӕӉ , ӑӕӉԆ әӄӚҡ�ӌӢӖҽҡҳ�ң ӄӟ�Ԇ ӟӄӕҥһӄӚҡ�ӅӖӋӎӒӄ�Ӓӏ ӟ

આઇએસસીએસટી 3 અને કેિલન 4 ӉӢҽӟճӑӄӢ ઉપયોગ કરીને ӎӜӖԺ Ե ұ ӑӕҡԍӀӕӄәઆગાહી

કરવામાં આવી છે. દરરોજ 15 એમટી ԟ ӉӀӕӄӕ16 һӬұ દૈિનક ӉӕҳӪપર દોડશે.

ӉӟһӬӢӌӢӖҸұӌ ડેટાનો ઉપયોગ ӉӕҶӪ2019 થી મે 2019 સુધી હવા ҳӚҿ ӎԱӕӄӕમોડેિલંગ માટે કરવામાં

Ҥ յӊӢહતો. પીએમ 2.5 ની 24-કલાકની સરરેાશ િકંમતો Ҭ ӄҬ Ҭ Ԟ ӚҬ ӑ સાથે સરખાવી હતી

અને ӽ ҿ ӎӕӉմӊӚҡકે ң հӊӕӑ ԟ ӟԋӉӕҡનોધંાયેલા બધા નમૂના નમૂનાઓ લાગુ ӉӊӕӪӂӕӉӕҡએટલે કે 60

µg છે / m3 Ԇ ӕӉәҿ ӖӎչӀӕӋӢӉӕҡPM2.5 માટે. પીએમ 10 ના 24 કલાકના સરરેાશ ӉӛճӊӢӄәતુલના

Ҭ ӄҬ Ҭ Ԟ ӚҬ ӑ સાથે કરવામાં આવી હતી અને ӽ ҿ ӎӕӉմӊӚҡછે કે ң հӊӕӑ ԟ ӟԋӉӕҡનોધંાયેલા

તમામ નમૂનાના չһӟӏ ӄӢલાગુ ӉӊӕӪӂӕӉӕҡએટલે કે, Ԇ ӕӉәҿ ӖӎչӀӕӋӢӉӕҡપીએમ 10 માટે 100 µg /

m3 માં છે. એસઓ 2 ના 24-કલાકના સરરેાશ ӉӛճӊӢӄәતુલના Ҭ ӄҬ Ҭ Ԟ ӚҬ ӑ સાથે કરવામાં

આવી હતી અને એવું ӽ ҿ ӎӕӉմӊӚҡછે કે ӋӟұӢҽӪકરલેા બધા નમૂના չһӟӏ ӄӢԆ ӕӉәҿ ӖӎչӀӕӋӢમાટે

80 ӉӊӕӪӂӕ / m3 ની લાગુ ӉӊӕӪӂӕӁә નીચે છે. એનઓ 2 ના 24-કલાકના સરરેાશ ӉӛճӊӢӄә

સરખામણી Ҭ ӄҬ Ҭ Ԟ ӚҬ ӑ સાથે કરવામાં આવી હતી અને એવું ӽ ҿ ӎӕӉմӊӚҡછે કે ӋӟұӢҽӪકરલેા

બધા નમૂના չһӟӏ ӄӢԆ ӕӉәҿ ӖӎչӀӕӋӢમાટે 80 80g / m3 ની લાગુ ӉӊӕӪӂӕӁәનીચે છે. સીઓના 1

કલાકના સરરેાશ ӉӛճӊӢӄәતુલના Ҭ ӄҬ Ҭ Ԟ ӚҬ ӑ સાથે કરવામાં આવી હતી અને એવું ӽ ҿ ӎӕ

ӉմӊӚҡછે કે ӋӟұӢҽӪકરલેા બધા નમૂના չһӟӏ ӄӢԆ ӕӉәҿ ӖӎչӀӕӋӢમાટે લાગુ ӉӊӕӪӂӕ4000 mg / m3 ની

નીચે છે.

વધતા જતા ԐӂӛӐҿ લોડ પછી બેસલાઇન હવા ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ әӊ ӅӖӋӖչӁӖӀү ӋӕՋӬәӊ Ҭ ӖձӇ ӊլһ વાયુ

ҳӚҿ ӎԱӕӄӕધોરણો કરતા નીચે છે.

5.4 અવાજની ҳӚҿ ӎԱӕપર અસર

ખોદકામ કરનાર, ӖҽӬӖӌҡҳ મશીન અને ҽձӅӋӢӄӕકારણે સૂિચત ӌ̔չһӋ ԟ ӟԋӉӕҡઅવાજ પેદા થશે.

һӬӕլӑӅӢһӲӏ ӄ һӬұӄӟકારણે ઘોઘંાટ પે કોઈપણ ӋәӑӟխһӋչӁӕӄ માટે હંગામી હશે.

4.5 જિૈવક ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ પર અસર

ԐӢҸ ӟһ સાઇટ અથવા માઇન લીઝ ԟ ӟԋӉӕҡકોઈ ӎӄչӅӖӀ Ԑӕҿ әӑӜӖՋ નથી જે સરકારી કચરો

ધરાવતો જમીન છે અને ખાણકામ ӖӎչӀӕӋ છે.

Ԑұӕӏ ӉӕҳӪપર વાહન յӊӎӒӕӋӄӟલીધે પેદા થતી ધૂળને કારણે Ԑұӕӏ ӑҡՉ ӟӐҿ અટકાવવા છોડના

չһӢӉӕһӕկӌӢұӄӟલીધે નુકસાનકારક અસર થઈ શકે છે. ધૂળના ҧըӑҸӪӄӄәઅસર ઘટાડવા માટે

પાણીના છંટકાવ િનયિમત કરવામાં આવશે. સૂિચત ӌ̔չһӋӄӟલીધે કોઈ સપાટીના ҸӍ չӀӋӄӟ

અસર થવાની સંભાવના નથી. ӌ̔չһӋӉӕҡહાજર કુલ ખાણ લીઝના 33% ӖӎչӀӕӋӢӉӕҡԆ әӄ Ӈ ӟճһӄӢ

િવકાસ કરવામાં આવશે.

4.6 ԐӢҸ ӟһӄӟકારણે һӬӕӖӆұગીચતા

સૂિચત ӌ̔չһӋӄӟકારણે કુલ 16 һӬұ પિરવહન ӄӟһӎұӪӉӕҡઉમેરવામાં આવશે. આઈઆરસી


M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. xxxi

ӉӕҳӪӂӖӏ Ӫұӕમજુબ કુલ પીસીયુ / િદવસ 257.5 રહેશે. વધારાનું વાહનો ҧӉӟӊӕӪપછી, એલઓએસ એ

એટલે કે ҧԱӉ (વી / સી રિેશયો 0.17) હશે.

4.7 સામાિજક-Ҥ ӖӁӪұવાતાવરણ પર અસર

સૂિચત ӌ̔չһӋ ԟ ӟԋӉӕҡકોઈ ԐӢҸ ӟһ ң ӑӋԆ չӀ કુટંુબ નથી અને સામાિજક સમદુાય પર કોઈ

ӄұӕӋӕԵ ұઅસર નહી ં પડે. ખાણકામ չӁӍ Ӣપર કામ કરતા չӁӕӖӄұલોકોને સીએસઆર ԐӎӜӖԱү

અને રોજગારી આપીને આ ԐӢҸ ӟһ ӄӾ ұӄӕસમુદાયોને ӑұӕӋӕԵ ұઅસર કરશે.

5. ӎӠұӖճӅұતકનીક અને સાઇટ ӖӎՉ ӟӐҿ

ખાણકામ ԐӎӜӖԱ સાઇટ ӖӎӖӏՋ છે અને તે ખિનજો અને ң ӊչұӄәઘટના પર આધાિરત છે. તેથી,

ӎӠұӖճӅұસાઇટ ӖӎՉ ӟӐҿ કરવામાં આવતું નથી.

6. ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ әӊ દેખરખે ұӕӊӪԃӉ

1. ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ әӊ સંચાલન યોજનાના ӊӢ՛ӊ અમલીકરણની ખાતરી કરવા. ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ әӊ દેખરખે

ұӕӊӪԃӉӄӚҡઆયોજન કરવામાં Ҥ յӊӚҡછે.

2. વાયુ ԐӂӛӐҿ , જળ ԐӂӛӐҿ , իӎӖӄ ԐӂӛӐҿ , માટી ӖӎՉ ӟӐҿ ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ әӊ મજૂંરીમાં પાલનની

ӖչӁӖӀӄӟӑӚӖӄӖՆ Ӏ કરવા માટે છ માિસક હાથ ધરવામાં આવશે.

3. ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ әӊ પિરમાણોના ӑҡӅӛҿ ӪұӕӊӪұӕӋәદેખરખે માટે ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ әӊ સંચાલન સેલની

չӁӕӅӄӕકરવામાં આવે છે. જનરલ મેનજેર અને ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ әӊ ઇજનેરને ફરીથી સુધારણાના

આયોજન અને સંચાલન, હવા અને જળ ԐӂӛӐҿ Ӗӄӊҡԋҿ અને તમામ વૈધાિનક પાલન માટે

રાખવામાં આવશે.

4. PM10, PM2.5, NOx અને CO સાથેના SO2 પર નજર રાખવામાં આવશે.

5. ԐӢҸ ӟһસાઇટ પર ӄӾ ұӄӕરહેવાસી તમામ ગામલોકો માટે Ҥ ӋӢ՛ӊ તપાસણી સૂિચત છે.

6. સૂિચત ӌ̔չһӋમાટે ӎӕӖӐӪұવાતાવરણની દેખરખે િકંમત આશર ેԁ . ұӕӾ ӅӚӋԆ ӟӄӕҥһ կӌӢұ

માટે ӎӕӖӐӪұ 0.5 લાખ - 1.

7. વધારાના ң հӊӕӑ

7.1 ӽ ӒӟӋસુનાવણી

આ ҽӬӕծһ EIA અહેવાલ છે; ӽ ӒӟӋ સુનાવણી હાથ ધરવામાં આવવાની બાકી છે. ӽ ӒӟӋ સુનાવણી

હાથ ӃӊӕӪપછી ӽ ӒӟӋ સુનાવણીની િવગતો શામેલ કરવામાં આવશે.

8. ԐӢҸ ӟһલાભો

1. સૂિચત ӌ̔չһӋӄә ӄӾ ұӄӕ 44 յӊӖԝ ү ӄӟરોજગાર આપવામાં આવશે. બધા મજૂર ӄӾ ұӄӕ

ગામોના હશે

2. ԁ . દર ӎӐӲઆઠ લાખ (અંદાજ)ે ұӢӅӷӋӟһ ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ ӄәજવાબદારી હેઠળ રાખવામાં Ҥ յӊӕછે;

3. ԁ . દર ӎӐӪઆઠ લાખ (અંદાજ)ે ұӢӅӷӋӟһ ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ ӄәԐӖӀӖԃӊӕહેઠળની અવિધનો સમાવેશ થાય

છે;

4. આ ԐӢҸ ӟһ દેશ માટે Ԇ ӟӄӕҦһӄәҸ ԁ ӖӋӊӕӀӄӟӅӛҿ Ӫકરશે, અને સરકારને ӋӢӊճһәԐӂӕӄ કરશે;

5. સૂિચત ӌ̔չһӋરોજગાર પેદા કરવા, Ӿ ӎӄӃӢӋҿ Ӊӕҡસુધારણા, રાજયને ӋӢӊճһәӄӕԁ ӅӉӕҡ

આવક, સુધારલેી પિરવહન સુિવધાઓ વગેર ેՀӕӋӕӄӾ ұӄӕӖӎչӀӕӋӢӄӕӑӎӕӭҳәિવકાસ તરફ

દોરી જશે;


M/s. Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd.xxxii

6. આ ԐӢҸ ӟһӄӕԐչӀӕӎұӢұӢӅӷӋӟһ ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ әӊ જવાબદારી અને મજૂર ұճӊӕҿ ұӕӊӪԃӉӢՀӕӋӕ

પણ ફાળો આપશે..

9. ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ әӊ յӊӎչӁӕӅӄ યોજના

1. ધૂળ દમન માટે આશર ેӎӕӖӐӪұ િરકિરંગ િકંમત ԁ . ұӕӾ ӅӚӋԆ ӟӄӕҥһ կӌӢұમાટે 0.8 લાખ - 1.

2. ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ әӊ દેખરખે માટે િરકિરંગ િકંમત આશર ેԁ . ұӕӾ ӅӚӋ Ԇ ӟӄӕҥһ կӌӢұ માટે દર ӎӐӲ

0.5 લાખ - 1.

3. Ԇ әӄ Ӈ ӟճһ ҽӟӎӌӅӉӟլһ ԁ . ұӕӾ ӅӚӋ Ԇ ӟӄӕҥһ կӌӢұ - 1 માટે િરકિરંગ Ҳ ҶӪતરીકે ӎӕӖӐӪұ 0.2

લાખ

10. ӖӄոұӐӪ

ખાણકામ કામગીરી, MoEF અને CC ની પાલન Ҥ ӎնӊұӀӕү ӄӟӅӛҿ Ӫકરશે. સમુદાયને ફાયદાકારક

અસરો થશે, કારણ કે સૂિચત ӌ̔չһӋઆ ԟӟԋ માટે ӄӢҡӃӅӕԋ Ҥ ӖӁӪұ લાભ પેદા કરશે. માઇિનંગ ԐӎӜӖԱү

દરિમયાન ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ ӉӠԋәӅӛҿ ӪԐӖԃӊӕӄә સાથે સાથે ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ յӊӎչӁӕӅӄ યોજનાના અસરકારક

અમલીકરણ સાથે ԚӟՌ ҧӅӌկӃ તકનીકી અને ԚӟՌ સંચાલન ӅԺ ӖӀү ӄӢ չӎәұӕӋ. સૂિચત ӌ̔չһӋ

ӅӊӕӪӎӋҿ પર કોઈ ӄӢҡӃӅӕԋ ӄұӕӋӕԵ ұઅસર િવના આગળ વધી શકે છે.

*******


M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. Page 1

CHAPTER 1 – INTRODUCTION 1.1 Preamble EIA is a process, used to identify the environmental, social and economic impacts of a project prior to decision-making. It is a decision-making tool, which guides the decision makers in taking appropriate decisions for proposed projects. EIA aims predicting environmental impacts at an early stage of project planning and design, find ways and means to reduce adverse impacts, shape projects to suit the local environment and present the predictions and options to decision makers. By using EIA, both environmental & economic benefits can be achieved. By considering environmental effects prediction & mitigation, early benefits in project planning, protection of environment, optimum utilization of resources, thus saving overall time & cost of the project. In order to assess the likely impacts arising out of the cluster mining project, the EIA study is undertaken, which is followed by preparation of a detailed EMP to minimize those adverse impacts. 1.2 General Information on Mining of Minerals Geologically, Gujarat is a treasure trove of various mineral-bearing rocks ranging in age from Pre-Cambrian, Jurassic, Cretaceous, Tertiary and Quaternary Formations. Gujarat is endowed with rich minerals like Petroleum & Natural Gas, Granite, Lignite, Bauxite, Limestone, Bentonite, Fire-Clay, China-Clay, Fluorspar, Marble, Agate, Chalk, Gypsum and decorative &dimension stones with which, the State possesses a prominent place in mineral production in India. Mineral production has been a major factor in providing employment especially in backward areas, earning valuable royalty and foreign exchange. The existence of high-class infrastructure facilities and business environment, further add to the prospect of mineral development and mineral based industries in the state. 1.3 Purpose of The Report EIA is carried out as per cluster study of 2 leases in the cluster of Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project (total mining area in the cluster is 5.3023 Ha of mineral Granite only). Details of all the mines are discussed in the further chapters. One of the mine in the cluster named Kajipur Granite Block – 1 having lease area 3.1443 Ha and Survey No. 42, 43, 112 Paiki (Old Survey No. 68, 69 Paiki) was granted ToR on 19thJune 2019, vide letter no. SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/1(a)/954/2019. This report is prepared in compliance to the ToR points and submitted for the purpose of grant of EC. 1.4 Identification of The Project and The Project Proponent The proposed project, Kajipur Granite Block – 1is a granite mining project near village Kajipur,Taluka Satlasana, DistrictMehsana, StateGujarat.M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. had applied via tender document no. MSN/GNT/03/2018/004/01 for participating in e-auction of Kajipur Granite Block – 1, Kajipur Village, Satlasana Taluka, Mehsana District. The block area comprises of 3.1443 Ha area of Survey No. 42, 43, 112 Paiki (Old Survey No. 68, 69 Paiki). The e-auction process was conducted on date 4th August 2018 in accordance with the tender documents and M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. was declared as preferred bidder. Then after Commissioner of Geology and Mining had issued the LOI vide letter no. CGM/Lease/ Auction/Minor/Granite/MSN/2018/3674, dated 14th August 2018 and has been attached as Annexure I. As per the LOI issued by Commissioner of Geology and Mining, the lessee had to submit approved mining plan under Rule-12 of granite conservation and development rule-1999 and Chapter VIII of Gujarat Minor Mineral Concession Rule-2017, within two years from the date of issuance of LOI. Hence M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. had engaged Mr. Bhavinkumar D. Shah (M.Sc. Geology & RQP) to prepare the mining Plan by following the guidelines prescribed by



the commissioner of Geology and Mining, Gandhinagar, and the guidelines given in Gujarat minor mineral concession rule-2017 in compliance with Granite Mineral Conservation and Development Rule-1999 by undertaking Topographical survey and Geological mapping under the supervision of RQP.The mine plan was approved vide letter no. AGM/QL/MPC/60, dated 1stJanuary2019. The approved mine plan has been attached as Annexure II. M/s Manico Resources Private Limited has its registered office at Lawrence & Mayo Building, 278, D.N. Road, 2nd Floor, Fort, Mumbai - 400 001. Manico Resources Private Limited is a partnership firm. Name of the partners are – 1. Mr. Chetan Shah 2. Mrs. Dina Shah The authorized signatory is Mr. Kamal Kant Vyas. 1.5 Brief Description of Nature, Size, Location of The Project and Its Importance to

Country, Region 1.5.1 Nature of Project Kajipur Granite Block – 1 is a green field project characterized by open-cast semi mechanised mining in nature. The land under the use is non-forest Government waste land. There is no proposal of blasting at all throughout the mining period. The extracted mineral shall be sold in the domestic and international market. 1.5.2 Environment Clearance The EC for the said lease is addressed by means of cluster as per MoEF&CC Notification S.O. 141(E) dated 15th January 2016 and S.O. 2269(E) dated 1st July 2016, MoEF&CC OM (F. No. L-11-11/175/2018-IA-II (M) dated 12th December 2018 and SEAC, Gujarat Office Letter (Ref. No. EIA-10-2019/SEAC/GEN/59/19/507) dated 1st February 2019. The proposed project falls under Category B1 & Schedule 1 (a) of Mining of Minerals. 1.5.3 Size of the Project The total mine lease area is 3.1443 Ha of mineral Granite. The lease area is a Government waste land. 1.5.4 Location of the Project The proposed project falls on Survey of India toposheet no. 46A/09 (Open series sheet no. F43A09) near village Kajipur. The cluster is approximately 1 km away from Kajipur village in South direction which can be accessed by public road at distance of 600 m in South direction from the mine lease. SH56 is about 1.5 km from the project site in the NW direction. The nearest Railway Station is Taranga Hills Railway Station which is about 1.5 km in West direction. Ahmedabad Airport is about 97 km in South direction.

Table 1.1 – Coordinates of The Proposed Project S.

No. Particulars Details

1 Latitude 23°57’7.180” N

2 Longitude 72°43’53.763” E

1.5.5 Importance of the Project Granite is the most affordable, widely used and cheap stone used in construction, both at



commercial and residential sectors. Moreover, with the grant of LOI, M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd.paid Rs. 6,99,300/- as the first instalmentto the state Govt. of Gujarat. On the grant of the EC and commencement of miningoperation, the royalty will be paid regularly too. Therefore, the importance of granite mining. At regional level, employment creation shall be the direct linkages and countless possibilities of trickle-down phenomenon via indirect linkages. One can easily understand the importance of granite mining at national level by going through the below excerpt – “India is endowed with abundant resources of a wide variety of granite comprising over 200 shades. As on 1.4.2010, resources of granite dimension stone of all types are estimated at 46,230 million cubic meters. Of these resources, 264 million cubic meters (less than 1%) fall under reserves category, while the remaining 45,966 million cubic meters or about 99% fall under resources category. Of the total granite reserves, about 36 million cubic meters of all grades fall under proved category while 228 million cubic meters fall under probable category. About ninety-four percent reserves relate to coloured granite and the balance 6% fall under black granite. About 98% reserves are located in Rajasthan, Odisha and Karnataka with a share of 42%, 30% and 26%, respectively. State wise breakup of total resources reveals that Karnataka & Rajasthan share about 20% each of the resources which are followed by Jharkhand (19%), Gujarat (18%), Andhra Pradesh (5%) and Madhya Pradesh (4%).These states together account for 86% of the total resources.” (Source: Indian Minerals Yearbook 2018, 57th Edition) 1.4 Scope of Study – Details of Regulatory Scoping Carried Out (as per ToR) The regulatory scope of the EIA is comprised of the following chapters based on Appendix III, of EIA Notification, dated 14th September 2006 (Generic Structure of Environmental Impact Assessment Document) – 1. Introduction 2. Project Description 3. Description of The Environment 4. Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures 5. Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Site) 6. Environmental Monitoring Programme 7. Additional Studies 8. Project Benefits 9. Environmental Management Plan 10. Summaryand Conclusion 11. Disclosure of Consultants Engaged ToR for the Kajipur Granite Block – 1 was obtained vide letter no. SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/1(a)/954/2019 dated 19th June2019 and has been attached as Annexure III.

Table 1.2–Point-Wise Compliance of PrescribedToR S.

No. Conditions Reply

1 A copy of the document in support of the fact that the Proponent is the rightful lessee of the mine should be given with compliance of lease condition validated by the concerned district geologist. In case of ordinary clay mining. NA permission/permit/applicable permissions

Copy of document in support of the fact that the proponent is the rightful lesse presented as Annexure Ifrom Page 201 to 207as LOIissuedfrom Commissioner of Geology and Mining, Gandhinagar.



from competent authority shall also be submitted with compliance of conditions therein.

2 All documents including approved mine plan, EIA and Public hearing should be compatible with one another in terms of the mine lease area, production levels, waste generation and its management, mining technology etc. and should be in the name of lessee.

All documents including approved mine plan and Draft EIA for Public Hearing is compatible with one another in terms of the mine lease area, production levels, waste generation and its management, mining technology etc. The details regarding the same has been given in Chapter 2 underSection 2.5and2.6fromPage 27 to28. Approved mine plan has been attached as Annexure II from Page209 to 282.

3 All corner coordinates of the mine lease area, superimposed on High Resolution imagery/ toposheet, topographic sheet, geomorphology and geology of the area should be provided including longitude, latitude. Such an Imagery of the proposed area should clearly show the land use and other ecological features of the study area (core and buffer zone).

All corner co-ordinates of the mine lease are given in Chapter 2 under Section 2.4from Page 17 to19. Mine lease area, superimposed on High Resolution imagery/ toposheet, topographic sheet, geomorphology and geology of the area has been provided inChapter 2 asFig. 2.3andFig. 2.4 on Page 20 and 21respectively.

4 Information should be provided in Survey of India Toposheet in 1:50,000 scale indicating geological map of the area, geomorphology of land forms of the area, existing minerals and mining history of the area, important water bodies, streams and rivers and soil characteristics.

Information has been provided in Survey of India Topo-Sheet in 1:50,000 scale including geological map of the area, geomorphology of land forms of the area, important water bodies and rivers and soil characteristics has been given in Chapter 2 asFig. 2.3 on Page 20.

5 It should be clearly stated whether the proponent Company has a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be spelt out in the EIA Report with description of the prescribed operating process/procedures to bring into focus any infringement/deviation/ violation of the environmental or forest norms/ conditions? The hierarchical system or administrative order of the Company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions may also be given. The system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the Company and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large, may

The proponent Company has a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors. It is also mention in the starting pages of the EIA Report. The Environment policy prescribed for standard operating process to bring into focus any infringement/deviation/ violation of the environment and forest norms/conditions that the company operations will implement operational and risk management practices that provide for maximum protection of people and the environment. Details are given in Chapter 6underSection 6.2.2and6.2.3from Page 163to164.



also is detailed in the EIA Report. 6 Issues relating to Mine Safety, including

subsidence study in case of underground mining and slope study in case of open cast mining should be detailed. The proposed safeguard measures in each case should also be provided.

This is an opencast mine. Issues related to mine safety has been given in mine plan and provided in EIA report in Chapter 7 under Section 7.13on Page 176.

7 The study area will comprise of 10 km zone around the mine lease from lease periphery and the data contained in the EIA such as waste generation etc. should be for the life of the mine / lease period.

The study area comprises of 10 km zone around the mine leases from lease peripheries. Details of waste generation for the entire life of mine have been given in Chapter 2 under Section2.5 from Page 27to28.

8 Land use of the study area with distance delineating forest area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife sanctuary, national park, migratory routes of fauna, water bodies, human settlements and other ecological features should be indicated. Land use plan of the mine lease area should be prepared to encompass preoperational, operational and post operational phases and submitted. Impact, if any, of change of land use should be given.

Land use of the cluster study area with distance delineating forest area, agricultural land, grazing land, water bodies, human settlements, and other ecological features etc are shown in Chapter 3 asFig. 3.2on Page 46and is supported by area breakup of the land use within 10 km radius from the mine sites in Chapter 3 in Table 3.3on Page 45. There is no wildlife sanctuary, national park or migratory routes of fauna present within 10 km buffer from the mine site.

9 Details of the land for any Over Burden Dumps outside the mine lease, such as extent of land area, distance from mine lease, its land use, R&R issues, if any, should be given.

There are no OB dumps outside the mine lease area. There is no project affected family therefore R&R issues are not applicable to this project.

10 A Certificate from the Competent Authority in the State Forest Department should be provided, confirming the involvement of forest land, if any, in the project area. In the event of any contrary claim by the Project Proponent regarding the status of forests, the site may be inspected by the State Forest Department along with the Regional Office of the Ministry to ascertain the status of forests, based on which, the Certificate in this regard as mentioned above be issued. In all such cases, it would be desirable for representative of the State Forest Department to assist the Expert Appraisal Committees.

The mine lease area is a non forest government waste land. Land use pattern of the project has been discussed in Chapter 3 under Section 3.2.2 on Page 45and in Fig. 3.2 on Page 46.

11 Status of forestry clearance for the broken-up area and virgin forestland involved in the Project including deposition of net present value (NPV) and compensatory

There is no forest land involved in the lease area. Forest Clearance is not required for the project.



afforestation (CA) should be indicated. A copy of the forestry clearance should also be furnished.

12 Implementation status of recognition of forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should be indicated.

There are no scheduled tribes and other traditional forest dwellers within mine lease because no forest land is involved in the entire cluster area.

13 The vegetation in the RF / PF areas in the study area, with necessary details, should be given.

First hand information regarding the vegetation in the study area was collected and is enlisted in Chapter 3 under Section 3.8.2.2from Page87 to 92. A letter for the same has been submitted at Forest Office, Mehsana for perusual and attached as Annexure IV(a)from Page 289 to 290.

14 A study shall be got done to ascertain the impact of the Mining Project on wildlife of the study area and details furnished. Impact of the project on the wildlife in the surrounding and any other protected area and accordingly, detailed mitigative measures required, should be worked out with cost implications along with approved wildlife conservation plan from the competent authority and same shall be submitted.

Wildlife baseline data has been collected through primary and secondary sources and it is discussed in Chapter 3 under Section3.8 from Page85to 92. Possible impacts have also been studied in Chapter 4 under Section 4.9.1 on Page 147 and appropriate measures have been proposed in Chapter 4 under Section 4.9.2 from Page 147to 154. As per primary survey during field visit, no Schedule I species were found therefore wildlife conservation plan may not be needed, although the authenticated flora fauna list is awaited from the DFO office, Mehsana. A letter for the same has been submitted at Forest Office, Mehsana for perusual and attached as Annexure IV(a)from Page 289 to 290.

15 Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Ramsar site, Tiger/Elephant Reserves/ (existing as well as proposed), if any, within 10 km of the mine lease should be clearly indicated, supported by a location map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden. Necessary clearance, as may be applicable to such projects due to proximity of the ecologically sensitive areas as mentioned above, should be obtained from the Standing Committee of National Board of Wildlife and copy furnished.

There is no National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Ramsar site Tiger/ Elephant Reserves/ (existing as well as proposed), within 10 km of the mine lease area. 10 km Buffer Map is attached in Chapter 2 as Fig. 2.3 on Page 20.

16 A detailed biological study of the study area [core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of the periphery of the mine lease)] shall be carried out. Details of flora and fauna, endangered, endemic and RET

A detailed biological study of the study area [core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of the periphery of the mine lease)] has been carried out. The flora fauna species found in the study area of core



Species duly authenticated, separately for core and buffer zone should be furnished based on such primary field survey, clearly indicating the Schedule of the fauna present. In case of any Scheduled-I fauna found in the study area, the necessary plan along with budgetary provisions for their conservation should be prepared in consultation with State Forest and Wildlife Department and details furnished. Necessary allocation of funds for implementing the same should be made as part of the project cost.

zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of the periphery of the mine lease) is given in Chapter 3 under Section 3.8from Page 85to92. No Schedule I species was found during primary survey. Although the DFO data is awaited for the same. Therefore, necessary plan along with budgetary provisions for their conservation may not be needed.

17 Proximity to Areas declared as ‘Critically Polluted’ or the Project areas likely to come under the ‘Aravalli Range', (attracting court restrictions for mining operations), should also be indicated and where so required, clearance certifications from the prescribed Authorities, such as the SPCB or State Mining Department should be secured and furnished to the effect that the proposed mining activities could be considered.

The project area does not fall under critically polluted zone as prescribed by CPCB and MoEF&CC. A letter has been sent to state mining department to confirm wether the proposed project comes under Aravali Range or not. In case the project comes under Aravalli Range, clearance certificate from prescribed authorirty will be sought and made available in Final EIA/EMP as directed by SEAC/SEIAA.

18 Similarly, for coastal Projects, A CRZ map duly authenticated by one of the authorized agencies demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ area, location of the mine lease w.r.t CRZ, coastal features such as mangroves, if any, should be furnished. The Mining Projects falling under CRZ would also need to obtain approval of the concerned Coastal Zone Management Authority.

CRZ is not applicable to this project.

19 R&R Plan/compensation details for the Project Affected People (PAP) should be furnished. While preparing the R&R Plan, the relevant State/National Rehabilitation & Resettlement Policy should be kept in view. In respect of SCs/STs and other weaker sections of the society in the study area, a need-based sample survey, family-wise, should be undertaken to assess their requirements, and action programmes prepared and submitted accordingly, integrating the sectoral programmes of line departments of the State Government. It may be clearly brought out whether the village(s) located in the mine lease area will be shifted or not. The issues relating to shifting of village(s) including their R&R and socio-economic aspects should be

R&R issue is not applicable to this project because there is no project affected family due to mining activity in that area.



discussed in the Report. 20 One season (non-monsoon) [i.e. March-

May (Summer Season); October-December (post monsoon season); December-February (winter season)] primary baseline data on ambient air quality as per CPCB Notification of 2009, water quality, noise level, soil and flora and fauna shall be collected and the AAQ and other data so compiled presented date-wise in the EIA and EMP Report. Site- specific meteorological data should also be collected. The location of the monitoring stations should be such as to represent whole of the study area and justified keeping in view the pre-dominant downwind direction and location of sensitive receptors. There should be at least one monitoring station within 500 m of the mine lease in the pre-dominant downwind direction. The mineralogical composition of PM10, particularly for free silica, should be given.

One season non-monsoon data for March-May 2019 has been opted for baseline data collection of environmental parameters like ambient air, ground water, surface water including microbiological studies, noise quality, and soil quality of the cluster study area. Baseline data along with the lab reports have been given in Chapter 3from Sections 3.3to3.6from Page 45to92. We have purchased one-year meteorological data from ENVITRANS (January 2018- December 2018) for the preaparation of Wind Rose. The prominent wind direction and wind rose has been studied in Chapter 3 under Section3.5.3and Fig. 3.9 from Page 67to 69. No habitation is involved within 500 m of the lease area; hence it was hard to fix an air station with in the 500 m of the cluster area. The nearest air station was fixed at village Kajipur which is about 1 km from the cluster in South direction. The mineralogical composition of PM10 has been given in Chapter 3 under Section 3.5.6 in Table 3.13on Page 81.

21 Air quality modelling should be carried out for prediction of impact of the project on the air quality of the area. It should also take into account the impact of movement of vehicles for transportation of mineral and other operating mine in study area with cumulative impact considering their full operation status in totality. The details of the model used and input parameters used for modelling should be provided. The air quality contours may be shown on a location map clearly indicating the location of the site, location of sensitive receptors, if any, and the habitation. The wind roses showing pre-dominant wind direction may also be indicated on the map.

Ambient air quality modeling has been carried out to predict the impact of project on air quality of the study area by using USEPA model ISCST3. The impact of movement of vehicles for transportation of mineral and other operating mines in study area with their cumulative impact has been considered. The details of the model used and input parameters used for modeling has been provided in Chapter 4 under Section 4.5.3.3onPage 139. The air quality contours has been shown on a location map clearly indicating the location of the site, location of sensitive receptors is given in Chapter 4 under Section 4.6 asFig. 4.3 on Page 143. The wind rose showing pre-dominant wind direction has been given in Chapter 3 under Section 3.5.3 as Fig. 3.9 on Page 69.

22 The water requirement for the Project, its availability and source should be furnished. A detailed water balance should

Total water requirement of the proposed project is 8 KLD and will be sourced from nearby village through water tankers. NOC



be provided. Fresh water requirement for the project should be indicated.

Gram Panchayat has been obtained and attached as Annexure V on Page293. Fresh water requirement for drinking and domestic uses is also furnished in the same chapter. Water balance is provided in Annexure VI on Page317.

23 Necessary clearance from the Competent Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of water for the Project should be provided.

Necessary clearance from the Competent Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of water has been obtained from the Gram Panchayat and has been attached as Annexure V on Page293.

24 Description of water conservation measures proposed to be adopted in the Project should be given. Details of rainwater harvesting proposed in the Project, if any, should be provided.

The mined out area of the proposed project at the end of 5 years mining period as per approved mine plan will be approximately 2.4626 Ha which will be converted into water reservoir after the end of mine life.

25 Impact of the Project on the water quality, both surface and groundwater, should be assessed and necessary safeguard measures, if any required, should be provided.

The proposed mining will not intercept the ground water table. Hence there is no disturbance in existing gound water table due to mining.Anticipated impacts are assessed for water environment in Chapter 4 under Section 4.4.1and mitigation measures are addressed under Section 4.4.2 on Page 133.

26 Based on actual monitored data, it may clearly be shown whether working will intersect groundwater. Necessary data and documentation in this regard may be provided. In case the working will intersect groundwater table, a detailed Hydro Geological Study should be undertaken and Report furnished. The Report inter-alia, shall include details of the aquifers present and impact of mining activities on these aquifers. Necessary permission from Central Ground Water Authority for working below ground water and for pumping of ground water should also be obtained and copy furnished.

Based on actual monitored data it is clear that mining will not intersect ground water table. Therefore, hydrogeological study need not be carried out. Central Ground Water Authority Permission for working below ground water and for pumping of ground water is not required as pumping is not proposed in this project.

27 Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise, passing through the lease area and modification/diversion proposed, if any, and the impact of the same on the hydrology should be brought out.

No stream or seasonal water body is passing through mine lease area so no diversion or modification is proposed.

28 Information on site elevation, working depth, groundwater table etc. Should be provided both in AMSL and bgl. A schematic diagram may also be provided for the same.

Information on site elevation has been provided in mine plan and attached as Annexure II from Page209 to 282. Information on working depth, groundwater table etc. is given in Chapter 2 inSection 2.7.4.3fromPage 35to 35.

29 A time bound Progressive Greenbelt 33 % of mine lease area will be developed



Development Plan shall be prepared in a tabular form (indicating the linear and quantitative coverage, plant species and time frame) and submitted, keeping in mind, the same will have to be executed up front on commencement of the Project. Phase-wise plan of plantation and compensatory afforestation should be charted clearly indicating the area to be covered under plantation and the species to be planted. The details of plantation already done should be given. The plant species selected for green belt should have greater ecological value and should be of good utility value to the local population with emphasis on local and native species and the species which are tolerant to pollution.

as green belt designed as 1 plant per 5 m2 of land. Phase-wise plan of plantation includes about 170 saplings will be proposed to be planted per year. Plant species considering for green belt development is given in Chapter 4 under Section 4.9 in Table 4.13from Page 148to156. The plant species selected for green belt are greater ecological value and of good utility value to the local population with emphasis on local and native species and the species are tolerant to pollution.

30 Impact on local transport infrastructure due to the Project should be indicated. Projected increase in truck traffic as a result of the Project in the present road network (including those outside the Project area) should be worked out, indicating whether it is capable of handling the incremental load. Arrangement for improving the infrastructure, if contemplated (including action to be taken by other agencies such as State Government) should be covered. Project Proponent shall conduct Impact of Transportation study as per Indian Road Congress Guidelines.

Impact on local transport due to proposed project has been given in Chapter 4 under Section 4.10from Page 154to158. Projected increase in truck traffic as a result of the Project in the present road network is also discussed in in Chapter 4 under Section 4.10from Page 154to158. The existing road is capable of handling the incremental load. Project Proponent has been conducted impact of transportation study as per Indian Road Congress Guidelines and survey forms are attached as Annexure VII(a) from Page335 to 340.

31 Details of the onsite shelter and facilities to be provided to the mine workers should be included in the EIA Report.

Details of the onsite shelter and various facilities to be provided to the mine workers have been proposed in the EIA report in Chapter 9 under Section 9.15on Page 186.

32 Conceptual post mining land use and Reclamation and Restoration of mined out areas (with plans and with adequate number of sections) should be given in the EIA report.

Post mining land use and Reclamation and Restoration of mined out areas are explained in the EIA report in Chapter 4 under Section 4.3.1from Page 131to132. Mine plates are also attached as Annexure II from Page 269to282in support of the above.



33 Occupational Health impacts of the Project should be anticipated and the proposed preventive measures spelt out in detail. Details of pre-placement medical examination and periodical medical examination schedules should be incorporated in the EMP. The project specific occupational health mitigation measures with required facilities proposed in the mining area may be detailed.

Occupational Health impacts of the Project are anticipated and the proposed preventive measures are given in Chapter 9 under Section 9.15on Page 186. A provision of regular health checkups for mine workers for 3 years has been proposed in Chapter 6 under Section 6.4inTable 6.3on Page 168.

34 Public health implications of the Project and related activities for the population in the impact zone should be systematically evaluated and the proposed remedial measures should be detailed along with budgetary allocations.

Public health implications of the project and related activities for the population in the impact zone systematically evaluated and proposed remedial measures are provided in Chapter 4 under Sections 4.12 and 4.13onPage 158 and budgetary provision has been givenin Chapter 6 under Section 6.4inTable 6.3and in Chapter 9 under Sections 9.17 and 9.18on Page 168,187and187respectively.

35 Measures of socio-economic significance and influence to the local community proposed to be provided by the Project Proponent should be indicated. As far as possible, quantitative dimensions may be given with time frames for implementation.

Measures of socio-economic significance and influence to the local community evaluated and found that project will give positive impact on the social sector. Budgetary provisions are provided in Chapter 6 under Section 6.4inTable 6.3and in Chapter 9 under Sections 9.17 and 9.18on Page 168,187and187respectively.

36 Detailed environmental management plan (EMP) to mitigate the environmental impacts which, should inter-alia include the impacts of change of land use, loss of agricultural and grazing land, if any, occupational health impacts besides other impacts specific to the proposed Project.

Details of EMP to mitigate the environmental impacts due to project are presented in Chapter 9 fromPage 180to188 with budget allocation.

37 Public Hearing points raised and commitment of the Project Proponent on the same along with time bound Action Plan with budgetary provisions to implement the same should be provided and also incorporated in the final EIA/EMP Report of the Project.

This is Draft EIA report; public hearing is yet to be conducted. Details of public hearing will be incorporated after conducting public hearing.

38 Details of litigation pending against the project, if any, with direction /order passed by any Court of Law against the Project should be given.

There is no litigation pending against the project.

39 The cost of the Project (capital cost and recurring cost) as well as the cost towards implementation of EMP should be clearly addressed

The cost of the project is Rs. 3 Crores. Cost towards implementing the EMP are provided in Chapter 9 under Section9.17Page187.



40 A Disaster Management Plan shall be prepared and included in the EIA/EMP Report.

A disaster management plan has been prepared and given in Chapter 7 under Sections7.14,7.15and7.16from Page 176 to 177.

41 Benefits of the Project if the Project is implemented should be spelt out. The benefits of the Project shall clearly indicate environmental, social, economic, employment potential, etc.

Details of project benefits have been given in Chapter 8 from Page 178to179.

42 Besides the above, the below mentioned general points are also to be followed – S.


1 Executive summary of EIA/EMP report. Executive summary is given along with the EIA/EMP report.

2 All documents to be properly referenced with index and continuous page numbering.

All documents are properly referenced with index and continuous page numbering.

3 Where data are presented in the Report especially in Tables, the period in which the data were collected and the sources should be indicated.

The period in which the data was collected and the sources are indicated in tables.

4 Project Proponent shall enclose all the analysis/testing reports of water, air, soil, noise etc. using the MoEF&CC/NABL accredited laboratories. All the original analysis/testing reports should be available during appraisal of the Project.

Lab reports are attached as Annexure VIIIfrom Page 403to446.

5 Where the documents provided are in a language other than English, an English translation should be provided.

English version of all the documents has been provided.

6 The Questionnaire for environmental appraisal of mining projects as devised earlier by the Ministry shall also be filled and submitted.

Questionnaire for environmental appraisal is attached as Annexure VI fromPage 295to333.

7 While preparing the EIA report, the instructions for the Proponents and instructions for the Consultants issued by MoEF&CC vide O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006- IA.II(I) dated 4th August, 2009, which are available on the website of this Ministry, should be followed.

The MoEF&CC vide O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006- IA.II (I) dated 4th August, 2009 is being followed in the preparation of the EIA Report.

8 Changes, if any made in the basic scope and project parameters (as submitted in Form-I and the PFR for securing the TOR) should be brought to the attention of MoEF&CC with reasons for such changes and permission should be sought, as the TOR may also have to be altered. Post Public Hearing changes in structure and content of the draft EIA/EMP (other than modifications arising out of the P.H.

No changes have been made in the basic scope and project parameters (as submitted in Form-I and the PFR for securing the TOR).



process) will entail conducting the PH again with the revised documentation.

9 As per the circular no. J-11011/618/2010-IA. II (I) dated 30.5.2012, certified report of the status of compliance of the conditions stipulated in the environment clearance for the existing operations of the project, should be obtained from the Regional Office of Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change/R.O.,GPCB as may be applicable.

This is a greenfield project. Certified report of the status of compliance of the conditions shall be submitted regualary after the grant of EC.

10 The EIA report should also include (i) Surface plan of the area indicating contours of main topographic features, drainage and mining area. (ii) Geological maps and sections and (iii) sections of the mine pit and external dumps, if any, clearly showing the land features of the adjoining area.

The surface plan of the mining area is given as Annexure IIon Page 272. The contours and drainage pattern is provided in in Chapter 2asFig. 2.8on Page 37.Geological plan and sections are annexed as Annexure II on Page 273and274.All plates in mining has been attached with mine plan.

Besides above standard ToR, following additional ToRs are recommended S.


1 Approved mining plan including progressive mine closure plan shall be provided with EIA report. Letter of approval of IBM shall also be incorporated with compliance of all the recommendations mentioned in approved mining plan.

Approved Mine plan including mine closure plan has been provided in the EIA report and attached as Page209to282. The mine plan is approved by CGM and The letter of approval from CGM is also attached with the mine plan.

2 Project site specific details such as distance of the project site from nearest (1) Human Habitation (2) Water Body : River / Creek / Nallah / Lake / Pond / Reservoir / Canal /Bridge/Check dam etc. (3) National Highway (4) State Highway (5) Railway line (6) Heritage site (7) National Park/Wildlife Sanctuary/Proposed Eco Sensitive Zone/Notified Eco sensitive Zone/Reserve Forest / Protected Forest shall be included in the rapid EIA report to be prepared covering one season (other than monsoon) data. A map indicating the aerial distance of the lease area from these entities.

Site specific EIA including village, habitat, water body, national highway, state highway, railway bridge, heritage site, national park, wildlife is provided in Chapter 2 underTable 2.2andFig. 2.4on Page 17and21respectively.

3 Distance of nearby homogeneous mining lease areas from the periphery of the proposed project including a map covering

Distance of nearby homogeneous mining leases areas from the periphery of the proposed cluster project including a map



distance of 500 m from the periphery of the proposed project. In case of no mining lease areas are existing within 500 m periphery of the proposed project, a certificate of the concerned geologist in this regard clearly mentioning that cluster situation does not exist.

covering distance of 500 m from the periphery of the proposed project has been provided in Chapter 2 under Section 2.2on Page 15.

4 Copies of all requisite permissions including permissions from District Collector, Commissioner of Geology & Mining, Indian Bureau of Mines, GPCB, Current lease renewal status from Industries and Mine department, Government of Gujarat with opinion of the district geologist regarding compliance of all the conditions in lease deed and copy of renewed lease (if any) etc. to be incorporated.

Mine approval letter is attached as Annexure IIon Page 209.

5 Detailed outlay of Environmental Management plan (EMP) with year-wise budgetary provision including bifurcation of each activity with provision of capital cost and recurring cost.

Detailed outlay of EMP with year wise budgetary provision including bifurcation of each activity provision of capital cost and recurring cost has been provided inChapter 9underSection9.17on Page 187.

6 Detailed outlay of CSR with year-wise budgetary provision including bifurcation of each activity with provision of capital cost and recurring cost.

Detailed outlay of CSR with year-wise budgetary provision of capital cost and recurring cost has been provided in Chapter 9 under Section 9.18on Page 187.

7 Compliance of MoEFCC’s O.M. No. 22-65/2017-IA.III, dated 01/05/2018 regarding corporate Environment Responsibility (CER). Fund allocation based on need based analysis for CER shall be made as per the said OM dated 01/05/2018 for various activity therein.

Compliance of MoEFCC’s O.M. No. 22-65/2017-IA.III, dated 01/05/2018 regarding corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) has been complied with details for the same are provided in Chapter 9 underSection 9.18on Page 187.



CHAPTER 2 – PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1 General The proposed project is for opencast mining of granite by semi mechanized means. The project will include mining activities like drilling, loading, unloading and transportation of granite. Blasting is not proposed in this project as well as in the cluster. The Project aims to augment supply of Granite to the domestic market for the customers. The mine lease area Kajipur Granite Block – 1 of M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. falls in Survey No. 42, 43, 112 Paiki (Old Survey No. 68, 69 Paiki) Village Kajipur, Taluka Satlasana, District Mehsana, StateGujarat. 2.2 Type of Project Pertaining to the MoEF&CC Notification S.O. 141(E) dated 15th January 2016 and S.O. 2269 (E) of 1st July 2016, MoEF&CC OM (F. No. L-11-11/175/2018-IA-II (M) dated 12th December 2018 and SEAC, Gujarat Office Letter (Ref. No. EIA-10-2019/SEAC/GEN/59/19/507) dated 1st February 2019 the project of Kajipur Granite Block – 1falls under the purview of Environmental Clearance by means of Cluster. The proposed project falls under Category B1 & Schedule 1(a) of Mining of Minerals. The cluster map forKajipur Granite Block – 1, was issued by District Geologist, Mehsana vide Cluster ID – MEH 10, dated 16th August 2019 and has been provided in the figure below. Sincethe cluster encompasses the revenue village of Kajipur, hence one may call the cluster as Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project. There are 2 leasesin the cluster, whose ownership and lease details are as follows –

Table 2.1 – Lease Details in the Cluster

S. No.

Lease ID & Area Mine Leasee

Grant of LOI Date and Letter

No.

Lease Name and Address

1

MEH 10-1

3.1443 Ha

M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd.

14th August 2018 Vide letter no. CGM/Lease/Auction/Minor/Granite/MSN/2018/3674

Kajipur Granite Block – 1 Survey No. 42, 43, 112 Paiki (Old Survey No. 68, 69 Paiki) VillageKajipur, Taluka Satlasana, District Mehsana, State Gujarat

2

MEH 10-2

2.1580 Ha


10th August 2018 Vide letter no. CGM/Lease/Auction/Minor/Granite/MSN/2018/3623

Kajipur Granite Block – 2 Survey No. 44, 112 Paiki (Old Survey No. 68, 69 Paiki) Village Kajipur,Taluka Satlasana, District Mehsana, State Gujarat


2.3 Need of The Project Granite is having a great value in domestic as well as international market due to its various shades, compressive strength, tensile strength, density, p-wave velocity, etc. The project shall bring various benefits to the project proponent and to the people in its vicinity. Following are some benefits listed below –



Fig.2.1 – Cluster Map



1. It shall increase the value of Indian export market and adds economy to the country. 2. It will provide direct employment to the people of nearby villages, which will help in

improving their livelihood. 3. It shall provide indirect employment to the people associated with the project activities like

transportation, trading etc. 4. The projects will felicitate green belt & landscape development and will enrich the flora of

the area. 5. It will provide various socio-economic benefits to the people like education facility, medical

camp facility, water facility etc. 6. The project will benefit the state as well as central government in the form of Royalty. 7. The project shall ensure efficient use of the resource. 2.4 Location of The Project The cluster project is situated near Village Kajipur, Taluka Satlasana, District Mehsana and State Gujarat. 10 km study area covers Taranga Hills, Sabarmati River, Tarang Lake, Taranga Hills Railway Station, Taranga Hills, villages Timba, Hadol, Kanedia, Dabhoda etc. In addition to this, prominent features within 15 km of the cluster area are Chimnabai Sarovar, Kheralu Railway Station, Dharoi, etc. Nearest amenities, demographical and physiographical features of the cluster are listed in the table below–

Table 2.2 – Nearest Amenities, Demographical and Physiographical Features of The Cluster

S. No. Feature Name of Feature Approximate

Distance (km) Direction

1 Nearest Village Kajipur 1 South

2 River Sabarmati River 8 East

3 Surface Water Body Tarang Lake Chimnabai Sarovar Varsag Talab

2.5 8 5

NE SW

North

4 Public Road - 0.6 South

5 National/State Highway SH-56 1.5 NW

6 Railway Station Taranga Hills Railway Station 1.5 West

7 Airport Ahmedabad Airport 97 South

The coordinates of all the leases of present in the cluster are given in the table below –



Table 2.3 –Coordinates of Leases Present in The Cluster

M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd.

Pillar Boundary No. Latitude Longitude

1 23º 57' 12.0553'' 72º 43′ 45.5352″

2 23º 57' 11.6831'' 72º 43′ 47.7006″

3 23º 57' 09.8567'' 72º 43′ 53.3531″

4 23º 57' 05.3248'' 72º 43' 51.8025″

5 23º 57' 03.7518'' 72º 43' 51.3364″

6 23º 57' 05.1336'' 72º 43' 46.9927″

7 23º 57' 07.0209'' 72º 43' 47.5704″

8 23º 57' 08.4623'' 72º 43' 47.5704″

9 23º 57' 09.2176'' 72º 43' 46.4353″


Pillar Boundary No. Latitude Longitude

1 23º 57' 8.2304'' 72º 43' 57.5545''

2 23º 57' 6.536'' 72º 44' 2.8801''

3 23º 57' 2.4083'' 72º 44' 0.2516''

4 23º 57' 4.199'' 72º 43' 55.4452''



General location map of the cluster along with project site layout is given in the figure below –

Fig. 2.2 – Cluster Location

10 km buffer map and 15 km buffer map are given in Fig. 2.3 and Fig. 2.4. There are 40 other mines in the 10 km study area. These mines are of various minerals namely ordinary sand and building sand and presented in Table 2.4. Google Earth and toposheet map indicating other leases within 10 km study area have also been provided in theFig. 2.5 and Fig. 2.6.



Fig.2.3 – 10 km Buffer Map



Fig.2.4 – 15 km Buffer Map



Fig.2.5 – 40 Other Mine Leases Present Within 10 km Study Area on Google Earth



Fig.2.6 – 40 Other Mine Leases Present Within 10 km Study Area on Toposheet



Table 2.4 – 40 Other Mine Leases in The 10 km Study Area of the Cluster

S.No. Name Village Survey No. Area (Ha) Minerals

1 Jayendrasinh Jasvantsinh Puvar Dedasan 25 Paiki 0.4755 Ordinary Sand

2 Jagatsingh Dhansingh Parmar Chhelpura Riverbed 1.0000 Ordinary Sand

3 Maulik Pravinbhai Nayak Chhelpura Riverbed 1.7100 Ordinary Sand

4 Shreeji Enterprise Partner Dedasan 299 1.8190 Ordinary Sand

5 Shrimati Ramilaben Vishnubhai Raval Dedasan Riverbed 2.0000 Ordinary Sand

6 Thakor Ramaji Galaji Chhelpura 31 2.6406 Ordinary Sand

7 Pradhyumansinh Natvarsinh Chauhan Hadol 33 1.1432 Ordinary Sand

8 Ranjitsinh Umedsinh Parmar Hadol Riverbed 2.0000 Ordinary Sand

9 Gem Ashapura Granite-1 Hadol 345 1.0000 Granite

10 Gem Ashapura Granite-2 Hadol 345-P 1.0000 Granite

11 West India Granite Hadol 345 9.8000 Granite



14 Girdharlal Ramjibhai Sorathiya Khodamli 13 2.0000 Building stone



15 Gopalji Javanji Rajput Khodamli 13 1.0000 Building stone

16 Saraswati Matirials Vadnal 1 1.9696 Building stone

17 Sarswati Minerals Khodamli 13 0.9683 Building stone

18 Shah Eng. Company Khodamli 13 2.0000 Building stone

19 Shah Eng. Company Khodamli 13-A 1.9758 Building stone


21 Dineshbhai Hirabhai Patel Rajpur 13 1.0000 Building stone

22 Pravinkumar Nathaji Thakor Rajpur 13 1.0000 Building stone

23 Sahyog Stone Timba 519 1.0000 Building stone

24 Otalpur Block-1 (Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd.) Otalpur 111 & 112 (Old sur. No.:-86, 87P/P1) 6.1797 Granite

25 Otalpur Block-2 (Safal Construictions (India) Pvt. Ltd. Otalpur 111 & 112 (Old Sur.No.:-86, 87P/P1) 7.0840 Granite

26 Otalpur Block-3 (Safal Constructions (India) Pvt. Ltd) Otalpur 111 & 112 (Old sur. No.:-86, 87P/P1) 6.1533 Granite

27 Rangpur (Gadh) Block-1 (Chirag Modh) Rangpur (Gadh) 68 7.8300 Granite

28 Rangpur (Gadh) Block-3 (Safal Construction (India) Pvt Ltd Rangpur (Gadh) 295 Paiki (Old survey No:- 68 Paiki) 7.7200 Granite

29 Ganesh Stone Industries Timba 519-A 4.0469 Building stone

30 Kajipur Block-1 (Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd) Kajipur 68 P 769P (New S.No.42, 43 & 112 P) 3.1443 Granite



31 Kajipur Block-2 (Kiritsinh P Vaghela) Kajipur 68 P 769P (New S.No.44 & 112 P) 2.1580 Granite

32 Patel Bharatbhai Kanjibhai Timba 1092 1.0000 Building stone

33 Umiya Quary Industries Timba 519-A 1.0000 Building stone

34 Thakor Somaji Halaji Jaspur 56 Paiki 1 1.2141 Ordinary Sand

35 Bhatvas Block-1 (Arun Digital Corporation) Bhatvas 374 5.1000 Granite

36 Bhavtas Block-2 (Shri.Kanubhai Patel) Bhatvas 374 5.0100 Granite

37 Bhavtas Block-3 (Shri. Samir C. Patel) Bhatvas 374 4.6200 Granite

38 Bhatvas Block-4 (Ms. Devangna Patel) Bhatvas 374 7.2000 Granite

39 Bhatvas Block-5 (Shri. Jugalkishor Ramkishan Agarwal) Bhatvas 374 6.1700 Granite

40 Bhavtas Block-6 (Alchemy Stone Matrix Pvt. Ltd) Bhatvas 374 5.9800 Granite



2.5 Size or Magnitude of Operationin Cluster Mining The cluster project of Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project is having cumulative mining lease area 5.3023 Ha.The maximum annual production of the cluster is targeted at 1,20,000 MTPA as ROM. The maximum cumulative capacity of the cluster is 1,37,500 MTPA as ROM. Year-wise tentative excavation presenting development, ROM, saleable ore, total overburden and mineral reject for all the blocks are given in the tables below –

Table 2.5 –Year Wise Development and Production (Cluster)

Year

Pit No.

Total ROM (MT) Total Overburden Waste (m3)

Saleable Ore to Waste

Ratio (MT/m3)

Total ROM Saleable Ore Mineral Reject

(1) (2) (1) (2) (1) (2) (1) (2) (1) (2)

1 P-1 60,000 10,000 24,000 4,000 36,000 6,000 6,097 774 1.59:

1 12.92:

1

2 P-1 60,000 12,500 24,000 5,000 36,000 7,500 4,924 280 1.73:

1 44.64:

1

3 P-1 72,000 17,500 28,800 7,000 43,200 10,50

0 5,427 282 1.78:1

62.05:1

4 P-1 96,000 17,500 38,400 7,000 57,600 10,50

0 5,966 1,850 1.89:1 9.46:1

5 P-1 1,20,000

17,500 48,000 7,000 72,000 10,50

0 0 480 2.67:1

36.46:1

Total 4,08,000

75,000

1,63,200

30,000

2,44,800

45,000

22,414

20,316

(1) Kajipur Granite Block – 1 (2) Kajipur Granite Block – 2


Table 2.6 – Year Wise Development and Production (Cluster/Kajipur Block 1)

Year Total ROM (MT)

Saleable ore from ROM (MT)

(35% as Blockable & 5% as Rubble)

Mineral Reject (m3)

Total Overburden Waste (MT)

Saleable Ore to Waste Ratio (MT/m3)

I 70000/22472 28,000/8989 15,722/13483 6,871/6097 7.26/1.59

II 72500/22472 29,000/8989 16,282/13483 5,204/4924 23.19/1.73

III 89500/26966 35,800/10786 20,098/16180 5,709/5427 31.92/1.78

IV 113500/35955 45,400/14382 25,491/21573 7,816/5966 5.68/1.89

V 137500/44944 55,000/17978 30,884/26966 480/0 19.57/2.67


Table 2.7 –Year Wise Waste Production (Cluster/Kajipur Block 1)

Year Pit No.

Top Soil (m3)

OB/SB/IB (m3)

Total Waste (m3)

I P-1 None 6,871/6097 6,871

II P-1 None 5,204/4924 5,204



III P-1 None 5,709/5427 5,709

IV P-1 None 7,816/5966 7,816

V P-1 None 480/0 480

Total 26,080/22414 26,080 (Source: Approved Mine Plan)

2.6 Technology and Process Description The proposed method of quarrying to be practiced at the Multi Color Granite cluster is of “Open Cast” method, by semi mechanized way. The bench height in OB/Ore is 6.25 m and bench width (working ultimate) more than height of the bench 6.50 m.However, the recovery being very low in dimensional stone quarrying, care has to be taken to enhance the recovery as well as make it environmental friendly by constantly adopting suitable mining techniques. The quarrying will be carried out by deploying machineries like wire-saw, excavator, cranes, loaders, tippers, jackhammers and water tanker. The mining techniques being used in the area is in combination of line drilling-wire saw cutting method. The usage of latest technique of Wire Saw Cutting Machine both in vertical and horizontal way is the best suitable method for sheet rock quarrying, which will reduce the generation of waste and increase the recovery of dimensional blocks. No Blasting is proposed to be carried out. The loose joints can be split by feather and wedges. If the joint is tight, as we go deep, the methodology shall change accordingly. Cutting of desired blocks will be carried out using the drilling and wire saw machine. The blocks will be loaded using the cranes. The excavated Granite mineral will be stacked at proposed mineral stacking site. 2.6.1 Mining Equipments The mines will be developed and operated using the following machines –

Table 2.8 – List of Machinery to be Used in The Cluster S.

No. Type of Machinery Purpose Capacity Rated (production/hr)

1 Drilling machine Excavation - -

2 Wire saw Excavation - 3.33 MT/hr

3 Hydraulic Excavator Excavation/Loading 1.2 m3 -

4 Crane Loading 40 MT -

5 Hyva Transportation 15 MT, Ashok Leyland -

(Source – Approved Mine Plans)

2.6.2 Granite Mining Operation The material balance chart with flow sheet of the processing procedure indicating feed, product, recovery and its grade at each stage of processing is shown below –



Fig.2.7– Material Balance Flow Chart

Removal of top soil and waste rock and dumping to overburden dump with the help of hydraulic excavators and tipper trucks

Making horizontal and vertical converging holes using LD4 and jack hammers

Separation of primary blocks from mother rocks by line drilling/ Diamond wire sawing in horizontal and vertical plane

Sub division of the large primary blocks to secondary blocks by employing parallel holes

Dressing of commercial blocks by chipping the corners and uneven surfaces

Loading of commercial blocks

Transportation of commercial blocks



2.7 Cluster Description The brief detail of the cluster is given in the table below –

Table 2.9 – Brief Description of The Cluster S.


1 Mine Leases Area 5.3023 Ha 2 Proposed Production The Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project is meant for the

mining of the mineral Granite. The maximum annual production of the cluster is targeted at 1,20,000 MT (ROM) with a maximum cumulative cluster capacity of 1,37,500 MT (ROM).

3 Mine Lease Period Lease deed have not been executed. Period of mine leases will be for a period of 30 years from the date of execution of its deed as per LOIs.

4 Excavation Proposed 2019-20 to 2023-24 5 Lessees S.

No. Name of the Proponent Contact Details

1 M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd.

Authorised Signatory – Mr. Kamal Kant Vyas Address – D-409-A, Shivalik Corp Park, Satellite Ahmedabad, Gujarat 380015 Mobile No. – +91 7069038649 Email – [email protected]

2 Kiritsinh P. Vaghela

Authorised Signatory – Kiritsinh P. Vaghela Address – Plot No. 611/2 Sector 6B Gandhinagar, Gujarat 382006 Mobile No. – +91 9712288444 Email – [email protected]

6 Site Coordinates (As Per Approved DGPS Map)

M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. Pillar

Boundary No.

Latitude Longitude

1 23º 57' 12.0553'' 72º 43′ 45.5352″ 2 23º 57' 11.6831'' 72º 43′ 47.7006″ 3 23º 57' 09.8567'' 72º 43′ 53.3531″ 4 23º 57' 05.3248'' 72º 43' 51.8025″ 5 23º 57' 03.7518'' 72º 43' 51.3364″ 6 23º 57' 05.1336'' 72º 43' 46.9927″ 7 23º 57' 07.0209'' 72º 43' 47.5704″ 8 23º 57' 08.4623'' 72º 43' 47.5704″



9 23º 57' 09.2176'' 72º 43' 46.4353″ Kiritsinh P. Vaghela

Pillar Boundary

No. Latitude Longitude

1 23º 57' 8.2304'' 72º 43' 57.5545'' 2 23º 57' 6.536'' 72º 44' 2.8801'' 3 23º 57' 2.4083'' 72º 44' 0.2516'' 4 23º 57' 4.199'' 72º 43' 55.4452''

7 Type of Land Government waste land 8 Minerals of Mine Granite 9 Geological Reserve S.

No. Leasee Geological Reserves (MT)


2 Kiritsinh P. Vaghela 6,67,722 Total 33,81,777

10 Mineable Reserve The mineable reserves have not been provided in the approved mine plans. However, an approximate cumulative value of 15,69,260 MT has been calculated based on geological reserves, blocked minerals due to benches and 7.5 m statutory barrier and processing losses for the proposed cluster. S.




11 Topo-Sheet Number 46A/09(Open series sheet no. F43A09) 12 Cluster Cost Rs. 4 Crores (approx.) 13 No of Working Days 275 14 Method of Mining Open cast semi-mechanized

The authorized signatory of all the mine leases of the cluster are presented in the table below –

Table 2.10 – Authorised Signatoreies of Mine Leases in the Cluster S.

No. Mine Leasee Ownership Details Authorized Signatory

1 M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. Partnership Mr. Kamal Kant Vyas

3 Mr. Chirag Rasiklal Modh Proprietor Mr. Chirag Rasiklal Modh



Cluster mining is proposed for five years. Details of mineral and waste generation as per approved mine plans are provided in thhe table below. The highest value amongst five years has been taken. The year wise section development plan (mine plates) is annexed as Annexure II.

Table 2.11– Mineral and Waste Generation in the Cluster

S. No. Mine leases

Total ROM (MT)

Saleable Ore

(MT)

Mineral Reject (MT)

Top Soil OB/SB/IB

(MT) (MT)

1 Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. 120000 48000 17978 0 6097

2 Kiristsinh P. Vaghela 17500 7000 3918 0 1850

2.7.1 Life of Mine of Cluster The maximum life of the mine present in the cluster as per approved mine plans will be 16 years.

Table 2.12– Life of Mines of Leases in Cluster

S. No. Leasee Mine Life (Years)

1 M/s Manico Resources Private Limited 13

2 Kiritsinh P. Vaghela 16

(Source: Approved Mine Plans) The maximum annual production of the proposed cluster is targeted at 1,20,000 MTPA (ROM) with a maximum cumulative cluster capacity of 1,37,500 MTPA (ROM) of raw granite stone has been considered during the planned period out of which saleable granite may vary, depending upon controlling factor such as fractures, colours, composition, direction of gneissosity and cross cutting relationship etc., within 35% of the ROM and 5 % of ROM will be saleable as Rubble. The life of the mines present in the cluster will increase/extended further after completion of future exploration program. 2.7.2 Geology

2.7.2.1 Regional Geology Regionally, the northern part of Gujarat and adjoining southern Rajasthan exposes the Aravalli-

Delhi Orogenic belt, where NNE-SSW trending south Delhi fold belt occupies the axial zone.

These are developed on paleo-rifts within reworked Archaean granite-greenstone-granulite

basement terrain and show indications of resurgent tectonics in which dilatational and

compressional regimes alternate in time. These fold belts consist of meta-sediments belonging to

Palaeo to Mesoproterozoic Aravalli and Delhi Super groups, with vast expense of Neoproterozoic



putono-volcanic acid magmatism i.e. Erinpura and Malani igneous suits including Idar granites

(Heron, 1953; Crawford, 1975; Trivedi et al., 1987; Gupta et al., 1997).

Table 2.13 – Regional Stratigraphic Sequence

Super Group Group Braod Lithology Age

Alluvium, River Sand and Blown Sand

Recent

Dyke Swarms, Granites, Felsic and Mafic volcanic

Neoproterozoic

Mafic and Ultramafic intrusions in SDFB and Erinpura Granite

Erinpura Granite Grey and Pink Granites, Granitic Gneisses

Neoproterozoic (835-720 Ma)

Delhi SDFB Ajabgarh/Kumbalgarh Arkose, Marble, Metabasalt, Metapelite, Metagreywacke

Mesoproterozoic (1100-900 Ma)

NDFB Alwar/Gogunda Carbonaceous Phyllite, Schists, ophiolite Suite,


Rayanhalla Conglomerate, Quartzite


----------------------------------------------------Unconformity------------------------------------------------

Aravalli Upper Aravalli Ultramafic flows, Arenites, Metabasalt, Stromatolitic

Paleoproterozoic (2200-1800 Ma)

Middle Aravalli Dolostone, Carbonates, Phyllite, Greywacke

Lower Aravalli Conglomerate, Quartzite

----------------------------------------------------Unconformity---------------------------------------------

Mewar Gniess (BGC of Heron, 1953)

Gneisses, Granitoids, Amphibolites, Quartzites

Archaean (3300-300 Ma)



2.7.2.2 Local Geology The proposed cluster area exhibits uniform geology, as the entire area is covered by Granite. There are two phases of Granite intrusion. The older Sendra-Ambaji Granite partly synchronous with Delhi orogeny and the younger Erinpura Granite (Post-Delhi). As per the district resource map of Geological Survey of India the granite exposed in the block area belongs to Sendra- Ambaji Granite and Granite Gneiss. Sendra-Ambaji Granite showing an age range of 800 to 1550 M.Y. (S.S. Merh). In Sudasna and adjoining areas two distinct types of granitoids, viz. grey and pink granites belonging to the same felsic magmatic phase are exposed. Sudasna area is mostly soil/alluvium covered and granitoids are forming irregular fingers continued by isolated hillocks. They exhibit NE-SW orientation and have intrusive relationship with enclosing metasedimentary rocks of Mesoproterozoic SDFB. Megascopic observation of the granite samples has been done at the Otalpur block area. Quartz, feldspar, hornblende and biotite are the major mineral constituents. Granite of Otalpur block is having equigranular hypidiomorphic texture. Phenocryst of quartz, orthoclase feldspar and biotite has been developed. Feldspar shows the twining structures. Hornblende is black in colour with dull lustre. Biotite is golden yellow in colour with pearly lustre. It is pink granite with medium. 2.7.3 LandUse Pattern of the Cluster Since open-cast method has been adopted for cluster mining, studies of land use and terrain information is required for environment study. The main objective of land baseline data is to take remedial measures for any change in land use due to proposed cluster project. In this section both core and buffer zone areas have been considered for land use present baseline.

Table 2.14 – Land Use Breakup of The Cluster S.

No. Head Present Land Use (Ha) At The End 5 Years(Ha)

1 Area to be excavated - 2.67

2 Storage for top soil - -

3 Waste dump - 0.41

4 Mineral stack - 0.2

5 Infrastructure (workshop, administrative building etc.) - 0.0948

6 Road - -

7 Railways - -

8 Tailing Pond - -

9 Effluent Treatment Plant - -

10 Mineral separation plant - -



11 Township area - -

12 Area which will remains untouched 5.3023 1.9736

Grand Total 5.3023 5.3023

(Source: Approved Mine Plans) 2.7.4 Physiography & Drainage Pattern

2.7.4.1 Physiography The cluster area falls on the survey of India toposheet no. 46A/09(Open series sheet no. F43A09). Regionally the proposed cluster area is a part of hilly terrain. The hillock areas are about 520 m in NW-SE direction and about 360 m in NE-SW direction. These hillock areas are having maximum height of 370 m at about 0.02 km in NE direction. The maximum R.L is found 330 m in the north-east part of the block area and the minimum R.L. is 229 m in the SW of the block area. 2.7.4.2 Drainage Pattern Second order drainage pattern passes from the West direction outside the block area. The drainage flows in the south direction and further it flows in to the feeder canal. Feeder canal flows in the West direction and meets Shri Chimanbhai Sarovar near Kadarpur village. Dendritic drainage pattern is found nearby the block area. 2.7.4.3 Surface Drainage Pattern The proposed cluster is occupied by Granite. The occurrence and movement of ground water is governed by secondary porosity i.e. thickness and extent of weathering and size & interconnections of fractures/joints. These formations generally don’t form good aquifer system. The depth of dug wells ranges from 15-30 mbgl and of bore wells from 100-120 mbgl. The depth to water level in the dug wells varies from 5-14 mbgl and in bore wells from 15-60 mbgl. The yield of wells ranges from 30-120 m3/day with an average of 75 m3/day. The maximum depth of working 6 m from surface i.e. 229 mRL. As the ground water is at depth of 15-60 mbgl the expected ground water level in the area will be about 220 m RL. As the mining will be restricted to maximum 229 mRL, no ground water will be encounter during the mining operations. Thus, no pumping arrangements are required for discharge of pit water. The rain water from the catchment area will be diverted to the pit bottom and will be utilized for plantation and dust suppression purpose. Sabarmati, the major river of the district, flows from north to south along the western border of the district originating from the hill ranges of the Rajasthan at 14 km toward north-east of the block area. The area is mainly drained by the south-easterly flowing river, namely the Sabarmati River. The Sabarmati River is one the major south flowing river in Gujarat state. It flows from North to South. The Highest Flood Level recorded at Dharoi dam is 192.24 m. There are major surface water irrigation projects at Sabarmati River. Dharoi reservoir is situated in the 12.86 km NE of the cluster while Mukteshwar dam is located at 12.99 km towards NW. The total catchment area of Dharoi reservoir is 22,000 m2 within which 18,000 m2 area falls in Gujarat while remaining is in Rajasthan state. The total canal command area is 95,222 Ha. The proposed cluster area is topographically high. First order drainage passes from the proposed cluster. The drainage flows in east direction and further it flows in south-east direction. No major drainages pass from the proposed cluster, as it is a topographical high. At about 13.38 km NE of



the proposed cluster the watershed drainage meets the Luni Nala which flows into Dhamanai Nala. Dhamanai Nala ends up into Dharoi Dam. Dendritic drainage pattern is found nearby the proposed cluster.



Fig.2.8 – Drainage Map of Study Area



2.7.5 Climate & Vegetation 2.7.5.1 Climate Climate of these regions is characterized by hot summer and general dryness except in the southwest monsoon season. The year may be divided into four seasons. The year may be divided into four seasons. The cold season from December to February is followed by the hot season from March to middle of June. The period from middle of June to September is the southwest monsoon season. October and November constitute the post-monsoon or retreating monsoon season. The period from March to May is one of continuous increase in temperatures. May is generally the hottest month with a mean daily maximum temperature of about 41.8 0C and mean daily minimum of about 26.20C. The weather is intensely hot in summer and sometimes day temperature may reach up to 47.80C. From November both day and night temperatures begin to decrease rapidly. January is generally the coldest month with the mean daily maximum temperatures at about 28.40C and mean daily minimum at about 11.70C. (Source: District groundwater brochure) 2.7.5.2 Vegetation The cluster area is government waste land. The vegetation is very sparse within the block areas. The main species found in the block areas is prosopis juliflora. 2.7.6 Reclamation and Rehabilitation of Mined Out Area The depth persistence of the deposits may likely to be continued for little downward. Thus, it is proposed not to backfill the mine pits in this plan period. Backfilling maybe required at the end of the life of the mines present in the proposed cluster, depending upon on the future exploration results. Plantation will be done in the statutory boundary and in the government waste land after consultation with the Gram Panchayat. As the proposed cluster area is a government waste land, the question of Rehabilitation and Resettlement of project affected people does not arise. The conceptual plans are attached as Annexure II. 2.7.7 Post Mining Land Use Conceptualized It is proposed that plantation will be carried out in the statutory boundaries and in suitable areas after consultation with the Gram Panchayat at 300 saplings/annum during the proposed period of mining with interval of 5 m in between the saplings. The rate of survival expected to be 70 %. A part of the mined-out area will remain as a waste land as there will be hard rock exposures at the bottom of the pits. The proposed waste dump area will be recovered by selling the waste material as rubble and subsequent plantation will be done in the area. At the end of mining activities, the mine pits will be utilized as water reservoirs for the benefit of the local community. 2.7.8 Overburden/Waste Management As the waste generated during the cluster mining practice is only the granite rejects and the non-recoverable/un-sized shoulders, nibbles etc, their accommodation in the plain land is easier. The overburden generated will be stacked separately and if possible it will be sold as rubble, by taking necessary permission. The materials to be dumped shall be very hard in nature and it does not require any grading separately. The materials like granite rejects shall be graded automatically during dumping by excavator and tipper combinations. Land chosen for proposed dumping is barren and virgin and it does not contain any massive deposit. The removed overburden will be loaded in the dumper using hydraulic excavators and will be transported to proposed dump area. Proposed dump stacking area is shown in year wise development plan attached as Annexure II. The highest value amongst five years has been taken as ROM and Total OB presented in the table below –



Table 2.15– Conceptual Schedule of Individual Mines in the Cluster

S. No. Mine Lease ROM (TPA) Total OB (m3)

1 Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. 1,20,000 6,097

2 Kiristsinh P. Vaghela 17,500 1,850

(Source: Approved Mine Plans) 2.7.9 Beneficiation/ Processing No processing/beneficiation is proposed except splitting, diamond wire sawing and dressing. In mining dimension stone, it is necessary to split or cut the stone into successively smaller pieces until the final desired block size is achieved, and saleable blocks are produced. The processing stage of dimension stone extraction conforms to one of two general strategies in of these, large volumes of rocks are loosened by means of primary cuts, and then divided stepwise into smaller pieces until commercial blocks are obtained, discarding waste material as the process is performed. Under the second strategy, commercial blocks are directly cut from the rock body. The percentage recovery of the granite block from ROM is low and considered as 35% while 5% is considered as rubble. 2.7.10 Employment Generation/Manpower Requirement The total manpower requirement for the proposed mining project is 44 persons. Preference for employment will be given to locals. The proposed cluster will also generate indirect employment opportunities for the locals. The employment potential/manpower break up for the proposed mining project is shown in the table below –

Table 2.16 – Direct Employment Generation in the Cluster S.

No. Requirement Numbers

1 Geologist/Mining Engineer 02

2 Mining Mate 02

3 Driver 06

4 Watchman 02

5 Skilled Man Power 08

6 Semi-Skilled Man Power (Driller) 04

7 Unskilled Man Power 20

Total 44




2.7.11 Water Requirement The water requirement at the proposed cluster is basically for the drinking & domestic use, dust suppression and for the proposed plantation. The total water requirement for the proposed mining activity is 18.3 KLD. Water requirement will be fulfilled by procuring it from nearby village and transported through mobile water tankers. Water NOC from Gram Panchayat has been approved and attached as Annexure V. Apart from domestic requirement, water for dust suppression, plantation & other purposes will also be fulfilled by collecting rainwater into pits. After mineral deposit is exhausted from the mined-out pits, the pits will then be converted to water reservoirs. The rain water collected in these pits can then be used instead of fresh water in order to meet the water requirements of plantation and dust suppression. This will thus help in reducing the burden on the nearby fresh water resources. 2.7.12 Power Supply The mines will work in one shift (i.e., general shift) during day time only. Since, no mining activities will be carried out during night time, electricity supply is not required. The machinery to be used in the mines will be diesel operated. Hence, no power supply is required for them.



CHAPTER 3 – DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 3.1 General The baseline environment conditions are important factor to study in EIA study. Baseline environment provides us carrying capacity of environment, weather a proposed cluster project can be feasible or not. We can compare the predicted anticipated environmental impacts due to proposed cluster to the baseline study and can prepare mitigation plan to manage the harmful effects due to project. Thus baseline environment plays a decision tool to any project in EIA study. If the predicted environmental damage is more than the carrying capacity of present environment the project may not get approval from the Government of Gujarat. To study the baseline environment for the Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project of area 5.3023 Ha, the study area has been separated in two zones, core zone and buffer zone. Core zone has been considered the area within cluster and buffer zone has been considered 10 km boundary from cluster. All the environmental aspects as per the ToR prescribed by SEIAA, Gujarat have been studied including ambient air quality, ambient noise quality, ssurface and ground water quality, soil quality, land use and ecological flora and fauna. Metrological primary and secondary data have also been collected to know the baseline temperature, humidity, wind speed, wind direction and predominant down wind direction. Primary data has been collected by NABL accredited laboratory. All the laboratory reports are attached as Annexure VIII. 3.1.1 Laboratory Details Details of NABL accredited laboratory are presented in the table below –

Table 3.1 –Laboratory Details

S. No. Particulars Details

1 Name of the Laboratory

Gaheli Environmental Laboratory (A Unit of Gaheli Centre of Research And Development Pvt. Ltd.)

2 Address DSIDC, Shed-1, 2nd Floor, Opposite Meghraj Sweets, Wazirpur Industrial, Area, i, Delhi 110052

3 Accreditation Details

Certificate No. TC-7794 Valid till 29th August 2020

Secondary data has been collected from government literature and website, like CPCB, New Delhi, IMD and Census Survey of India, 2011. 10 km buffer map showing the cluster study area have been provided in the figurebelow with core and buffer zone. 3.1.2 Methodology Base line attributes like ambient air, water, meteorology, noise, soil, ecology and biodiversity and socio economy condition were collected as per approved ToR. Secondary data was also collected from various government department as well as local people. Methodology adopted in this study is as follows – 1. Setting up meteorological station near project site. 2. Collection of ecological data at the mine site. 3. Installation of air monitoring dust samplers (for PM10, PM2.5) at 9 locations in the study

area for the collection of primary air pollutants. 4. Carrying out of a detailed biological study for the Core and Buffer Zone. 5. Collection of soil samples from 10 locations in the study area to analyze physical and

chemical characteristics of soil quality.



Fig.3.1 – 10 km Buffer Map of Study Area



6. Collection of surface samples from the Sabarmati River and Tarang Lake. Ground water samples from 9 locations i.e. Otalpur, Rangpur, Kajipur, Dharawania, Hadol, Dabhoda, Shahupura, Timba, Vav within study area to analyse the existing water quality in the study area.

7. Noise measurement in core zone as well as buffer zone to analyze the existing situation in the study area.

8. Literature review that includes identification of relevant data and articles from various publications, various government agencies and other sources for socio-economy, demography has been done with primary data collection in 10 km of the study area.

9. Carrying out of field studies during the study period (March 2019 to May 2019) to establish the existing baseline conditions.

3.2 Land Environment Since open-cast method has been adopted for cluster mining, studies of land use and terrain information is required for environment study. The main objective of land baseline data is to take remedial measures for any change in land use due to proposed cluster project. In this section both core and buffer zone areas have been considered for land use present baseline. 3.2.1 Land Use in Core Zone Present land use of within mine leases have been provided in approved mining plans. The present land use of cluster as per government record is waste land. Total area of the cluster is 5.3023 Ha out of which only 2.67 Ha area will be mined out during the proposed 5-year mining period. The present land use pattern along with land use pattern at the end of proposed 5-year mining periods as per approved mine plans have been provided in the table below –

Table 3.2 – Cluster Land Use Pattern as per Approved Mining Plans S.




3 Waste dump - 0.41



6 Road - -

7 Railways - -

8 Tailing Pond - -





Grand Total 5.3023 5.3023 (Source: Approved Mine Plans)



3.2.2 Land Use in Buffer Zone Land use of study area has been prepared from latest satellite imagery. Specialised land use data has been prepared by using Arc GIS software. Different components are provided in this section. Land use and land cover has been analysed for Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project for the agricultural land, beaches, forest, open scrub, sand dunes and water body etc. To assess the land use pattern surrounding the 10 km radius of the proposed cluster, a detailed study was carried out. The land use pattern study reveals that the 10 km environment is predominantly agricultural land. The land use details are given in in table and figure below along with the false colour composite map.

Table 3.3 –Land Use Breakup

S. No. Type of Land Area (Ha) Area (%)

1 Agricultural 21,588.85 68.74

2 Open Scrub 8,577.50 27.31

3 Settlement 368.30 1.17

4 Water Body/River/Nala 871.40 2.77

Total 31,406.05 100

3.2.3 Seismicity of the Area The Bureau of Indian Standards publishes seismicity map and codes in India. Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project is present in waste land near the Village Kajipur and falls under Seismic Zone III. Seismic Zone III has been classified as moderate risk of earthquake by Gujarat Disaster Management Authority. Seismic zone showing study area is shown in the figure below. 3.2.4 Major Environmental Features in Study Area There is no wild life sanctuary and national park within study area. The main environmental features are surface water bodies of Tarang Lake along with a part of Sabarmati River falling within the buffer zone. There is no tiger and elephant corridor in study area and no archaeological site notified by ASI is present in study area. 3.3 Soil Characteristics The soil can be defined by upper horizon of soil layers. Soil serves a natural medium to plant growth. Soil physical and chemical parameter has been analysed at 10 locations including near proposed cluster. Secondary data of soil has also been collected to know the different soil types present in Gujarat. Map showing the different soil types in Gujarat is presented in the figure below.



Fig.3.2 – Land Use and Land Cover Map



Fig.3.3 – False Colour Composite Map



Fig. 3.4 – Seismic Zone Map of Study Area



Fig.3.5 – Soil Map of Gujarat



3.3.1 Soil Types in Gujarat The state is having with a wide range of macro and microclimates, Physiography, landforms, geology and vegetation that have an influence on the genesis of soil. Soil systems have developed over many millions of years. The soil characteristics in a given area at a given point of time are a function of both natural influences and human activities. This section deals with the different types of soils found in Gujarat. 1. Black Soil It is the most dominant soil type of Gujarat. Three major variations recorded are as follows –

i. Shallow Black Soils – Shallow black soils have been developed from the basaltic trap in Saurashtra and the Deccan trap in extreme eastern part while the remaining strips in Chhotaudepur and Saurashtra districts have been developed from granite and gneiss parent material. The depth of soil ranges from a few cm to 30 cm. (Gujarat State Agricultural Marketing Board (2007). Shallow black soils are light grey in colour and mainly sandy clay loam in texture. The soil is poor in fertility.

ii. Medium Black Soils – Medium black soils have a basaltic trap parent material. Such soils in

some parts of Sabarkantha and Panchmahals have been also developed from the granite and gneiss parent material. These soils vary in depth from 30 to 60 cm. They are calcareous in nature except in the Panchmahals and Sabarkantha districts. A layer of murum (unconsolidated material of decomposed trap and limestone) is found below a depth of about 40 cm, especially in the Saurashtra region (GSAMB 2007). The soils are silt loam to clay in texture and neutral to alkaline in reaction. These soils are adequately supplied with potassium and poorly supplied with phosphorous and nitrogen.

iii. Deep Black Soils – The districts of Bharuch, Surat, Valsad and southern part of Vadodara,

and the Bhal region have deep black soils. Similarly, in the Ghed tract of Junagadh districts mostly covering the talukas of Porbandar, Kutiyana, and Manavadar and part of the Mangrol taluka, the deep black soils have been formed due to the deposition of basaltic trap materials transported by the rivers Bhadar, Minsar, OsatMadhuvanti etc. They have faced the problem of salinity and alkalinity. They are also impregnated with a fairly high amount of free lime. The soils are dark brown to very dark greyish brown in colour. They contain 40 to 70 percent clay minerals. The deep black soils, in general, are clay-like in texture, poor in drainage, and neutral to alkaline in reaction. These soils are most fertile soil in Black soils.

2. Mixed Red and Black Soils The mixed red and black soils are shallow in depth with reddish brown colour at higher and greyish brown colour at lower elevations. Texturally, they are clay loam to clay and skeletal in nature, with stony material as high as 50 percent in subsurface layer. This provides an ideal drainage conditions for these soils. The soils are highly calcareous in nature and alkaline in reaction. The soils are low in available nitrogen, medium in phosphorus, and high in potassium (GSAMB 2007). 3. Laterite Soil True Laterites in the real sense of the term don't occur in Gujarat. However, in the Dangs district, which has an abundant forest vegetation and high annual precipitation of about 250 cm, lateritic soils have developed. They support good forests. Clayey in texture they become hard within hours of receiving irrigation and rainfall.



4. Alluvial Soils These soils are very deep. These soils are further divided into alluvial sandy to sandy loam soils, alluvial sandy loam to sandy clay loam, and coastal alluvial soil. 5. Alluvial Sandy to Sandy Loam Soils These soils cover all the northern districts, namely, Banaskantha and Mehsana except the southern part and the area of Sabarkantha bordering the Kheralu and Vijapur talukas of Mehsana district. The original alluvial material in Banaskantha and some parts of the Mehsana district has been overlaid by sandy material brought in by the winds blowing through the desert of Kutch. From a fertility point of view, these soils are low in available nutrients. 6. Alluvial Sandy Loam to Sandy Clay Loam Alluvial sandy loam to sandy clay soils are found in the Kheda, Gandhinagar, Ahmadabad and Mehsana district and the western part of the Vadodara district. These soils are the most productive soils in the state and contains fairly good amount of potassium. 7. Coastal Alluvial Soils The coastal alluvial soils are sandy clay loam to clay in texture. The fertility of this type of soil is of medium class. 8. Hill Soils This type of soil occurs in the hilly areas and eastern strip of the mainland Gujarat. The soil profile is not well developed due to steep slope and erosion. Soil is shallow in depth formed by undecomposed rock and poor in fertility. Hill soils have been developed from parent materials existing in the respective areas. Shallow and composed of undecomposed rock fragments, they are poor in fertility. 9. Desert Soils Desert soil is generally found in the little and greater desert of Kutch. The soil is deep and light grey in colour with no definite structure. It is sandy to sandy loam with silt clay loam in structure. This type of salt has high salt content and sufficient amount of gypsum in the soil profile. 3.3.2 Methodology of Soil Data Generation Soil samples have been taken from 10 sites within the study area. Distance and direction of soil sampling locations from mine site have been given below. The sample was collected by driving an auger into the soil up to the depth of 90 cm. The present study on the soil quality establishes the baseline characteristics and identifies the incremental concentrations if any, due to the proposed project. The objective of the sampling is as follows – 1. To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area 2. To determine the impact of proposed activity on soil characteristics 3. To determine the impact on soil more importantly agriculture production point of view The soil sample is collected from three different depths viz. 30cm, 60cm and 90cm. The sample was then packed in polythene plastic bags and sealed. The sample from three different depths is homogenized and is then analyzed. The soil samples were collected in the month of March 2019. Soil samples were collected from 10 locations. The samples were filled in polythene bags, labeled in the field with number and site name and sent to laboratory for analysis. The test results and maps for soil sampling locations are provided below.



Table 3.4 – Soil Sample Collection Points

S. No.

Location No.

Sample Collected Location Direction Distance (km)

1 SQ-1 Near Project Site - -

2 SQ-2 Kajipur S 1.05

3 SQ-3 Dabhoda W 3.18

4. SQ-4 Otalpur SE 2.36

5 SQ-5 Kanedia SE 4.77

6 SQ-6 Dharavania SE 5.74

7 SQ-7 Hadol E 7.05

8 SQ-8 Shahupura NW 2.71

9 SQ-9 Timba NE 4.43

10 SQ-10 Vav NE 8.44

3.3.2.1 Soil Monitoring Results Soil quality has been analyzed as per Indian standards prescribed by government. Soil samples have been taken from 10 locations. Soil quality analysis result is presented as Annexure VIII.



Fig.3.6 – Soil Monitoring Locations



Table 3.5 – Soil Monitoring Analysis

S. No. Parameter Units Test Method SQ-1 SQ-2 SQ-3 SQ-4 SQ-5 SQ-6 SQ-7 SQ-8 SQ-9 SQ-

10

1.

Texture -

IS 2720 (P-4): 1985, RA 2015

Loam Loam Sandy Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

Sandy Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

Loam Loam Loam Loam

Sand % 50 50 60 50 55 50 50 50 60 55

Silt % 30 15 15 25 15 25 25 25 15 15

Clay % 20 35 25 25 30 25 25 25 25 30

2. Colour - GEL/LAB/SOP/SOIL/07 Brownish

Yellowish Brow

n

Brown

Brownish

Yellow

Brown

Brown

Yellowish Brow

n

Brown

Brownish

Brownish

Yellow

3. pH (1:2 Suspension) - IS 2720 (P-26): 1987, RA

2011 7.12 6.42 6.71 7.82 6.38 6.65 7.14 7.62 7.45 7.62

4. Electrical

Conductivity (1:2)

µmhos/cm IS 14767: 2000, RA 2016 642 678 734 698 812 734 659 788 792 816



5. Moisture % IS 2720(Part-2): 1973, RA 2015 11.3 13.1 10.5 12.7 11.6 11.5 10.8 12.7 13.1 12.8

6. Exchangeable Potassium

mg/kg GEL/LAB/SOP/SOIL/04 9.2 7.6 8.4 8.2 7.4 9.3 9.6 8.8 9.1 8.6

7. Exchangeable Sodium

mg/kg GEL/LAB/SOP/SOIL/03 19.7 23.1 24.6 21.9 23.2 22.8 21.4 23.7 25.4 23.2

8. Exchangeable Calcium

mg/kg GEL/LAB/SOP/SOIL/01 312 326 345 328 356 337 322 351 370 342

9. Exchangeable Magnesium

mg/kg GEL/LAB/SOP/SOIL/02 84.6 83.3 87.1 82.5 86.9 88.4 85 83.3 81.5 85.7

10. Porosity % GEL/LAB/SOP/SOIL/014 22.3 21.4 20.5 23.4 21.1 20.6 20.5 22.7 25.4 23.6

11. Organic Matter % IS 2720 (P-22) : 1972, RA

2010 0.68 0.61 0.58 0.71 0.53 0.60 0.66 0.55 0.59 0.62

12. Phosphorous mg/kg GEL/LAB/SOP/SOIL/06 8.2 7.6 7.9 6.8 8.2 8.8 7.9 7.5 8.3 7.2



13. Nitrogen mg/kg GEL/LAB/SOP/SOIL/09 118 126 128 137 142 120 112 132 140 128

14. Chloride mg/kg GEL/LAB/SOP/SOIL/05 76 72 80 68 62 74 69 78 77 81

15. Bulk Density gm/cc IS 2720 (P-28) : 1974, RA 2010 1.39 1.38 1.39 1.41 1.40 1.39 1.38 1.41 1.40 1.41

Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project, Mehsana


3.3.2.2 Soil Analysis Inference Physical characteristics of soil were characterized through specific parameters viz bulk density, porosity, water holding capacity, pH, electrical conductivity and texture. Soil pH plays an important role in the availability of nutrients. Soil microbial activity as well as solubility of metal ions is also dependent on pH. In the study area, variations in the pH of the soil were found to be slightly acidic to slightly basic (6.38 to 7.82). Electrical conductivity is a measure of the soluble salts and ionic activity in the soil. In the collected soil samples, the conductivity ranged from 642 – 812 µmhos/cm. The soils with low bulk density have favourable physical condition where as those with high bulk density exhibit poor physical conditions for agriculture crops. 3.4 Water Environment To analyse the surface and ground water quality of study area, sampling has been carried out by NABL accredited laboratory for primary data. Secondary data has been collected from CGWB district brochure of Mehsana. Ground water levels are at a depth of 16-60 mbgl in the cluster. Sampling of surface and ground water was collected as per IS 3025 Part I. Water quality assessment is one of the essential components of EIA study. Such assessment helps in evaluating the existing health of water body and suggesting appropriate mitigation measures to minimize the potential impact from development projects. Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project is expected not have any anticipated impact on surface and ground water quality. 3.4.1 Water Quality Sampling Locations Surface and ground water have been collected from the cluster study area. The water sampling locations are provided in the following figures.The sampling locations selected are provided in the table below –

Table 3.6 – Water Sampling Locations S.

No. Location No. Sample Collected Location Direction Distance (km)

Ground Water

1 GW-1 Kajipur S 1.03

2 GW-2 Dabhoda W 3.14

3 GW-3 Otalpur SE 2.48

4 GW-4 Kanedia SE 4.57

5 GW-5 Dharavania SE 5.63

6 GW-6 Hadol E 7.31

7 GW-7 Shahupura NW 2.65

8 GW-8 Timba NE 4.44

9 GW-9 Vav E 8.24

Surface Water

1 SW-1 Sabarmati River East Side SE 7.71

2 SW-2 Tarang Lake NE 2.10



Fig.3.7 – Ground Water Quality Sampling Locations



Fig.3.8– Surface Water Quality Sampling Locations



3.4.2 Surface and Ground Water Quality 3.4.2.1 Surface Water Monitoring Surface water quality has been sampled as per Indian Standards. Surface water quality has been analyzed from the Sabarmati River East Side and Tarang Lake North side near the cluster. Surface water analyzed results are annexed as Annexure VIII. All the parameters have been analyzed by IS 3025: Part 4 to Part 62. Details of the methods are also provided in attached laboratory reports as Annexure VIII.

Table 3.7 – Surface Water Physiological & Microbiological Characteristics

S. No. Parameters Units

Limits as per IS:2296/Class

C Test Method SW-1 SW-2

1 Turbidity NTU 5 IS: 3025 (Pt-10) 1984, RA 2017 3 4

2 pH Value - 6.9 – 9.0 IS: 3025 (Pt-11) 1983, RA 2017 7.56 7.82

3 Conductivity µmohs/cm - IS: 3025 (Pt-14) 1984, RA 2013 882 925

4 Alkalinity (as CaCO3)

mg/l 200 IS: 3025 (Pt-23) 1986, RA 2014 172 175

5 Total Hardness (as CaCO3)

mg/l 300 IS: 3025 (Pt-21)1983, RA

2014 273 287

6 Calcium (as Ca2+) mg/l 75

IS: 3025 (Pt-40)1991, RA

2014 75 74

7 Magnesium (as Mg2+) mg/l 30 By Calculation 20.8 24.8

8 Chlorides (as Cl) mg/l 600 IS: 3025 (Pt-32)1988, RA

2014 93 97



9 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 1.5 4500F(D), APHA 23nd Ed. 2017 ˂0.1 ˂0.1

10 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l -

IS: 3025 (Pt-38)1989, RA

2014 7.3 6.9

11 Nitrate mg/l 50 IS: 3025 (Pt-34)1988, RA

2003 4.2 4.7

12 Biological

Oxygen Demand (BOD)

mg/l 30 IS: 3025 (Pt-44)1993, RA

2009 4 6

13 Chemical

Oxygen Demand (COD)

mg/l - IS: 3025 (Pt-58)2006 19 22

14 Lead (Pb) mg/l 0.1 3110, APHA 23rd Ed. 2017 AAS ˂0.01 ˂0.01

15 Cadmium (Cd) mg/l 0.01 3110, APHA 23rd Ed. 2017 AAS ˂0.01 ˂0.01

16 Copper (Cu) mg/l 1.5 3110, APHA 23rd Ed. 2017 AAS ˂0.05 ˂0.05

17 Zinc (Zn) mg/l 1.5 3110, APHA 23rd Ed. 2017 AAS ˂0.5 ˂0.5

18 Iron (Fe) mg/l 1 3110, APHA 23rd Ed. 2017 AAS 0.18 0.17

19 Total Suspended Solids (TSS) mg/l -

IS: 3025(Pt-17)1984, RA

2012 14 12



20 Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) mg/l 1500

IS: 3025(Pt-16)1984, RA

2017 612 633

21 Sodium (as Na) mg/l -- IS: 3025(Pt-45)1993, RA

2014 ˂5.0 ˂5.0

22 Potassium (as K) mg/l -- IS: 3025(Pt-45)1993, RA

2014 ˂5.0 ˂5.0

23 Sulphate (as SO4)

mg/l 400 IS: 3025(Pt-24)1986, RA

2014 34 41

24 Total Coliform* MPN/100 ml 5000 IS: 1622, 1981,

RA 2019 Absence Absence

25 Fecal Coliform* MPN/100 ml -- IS: 1622, 1981,

RA 2019 Absence Absence

For the sake of accuracy, two samples from the same location were collected. Two surface water samples were collected from Sabarmati River & Tarang Lake for water quality. Inference:After analysis it was found that pH was 7.56 and 7.82 in the sample SW-1 and SW-2 respectively. Electrical conductivity was measured as 882 and 925 µmohs/cm in the sample SW-1 and SW-2 respectively. Total dissolved solid was found to be 612 and 633 mg/l in the sample SW-1 and SW-2 respectively. Dissolved oxygen was present at 7.3 and 6.9 mg/l in the sample SW-1 and SW-2 respectively. Magnesium was found to be 20.8 and 24.8 mg/l and Calcium was found 75 and 74 mg/l in the sample SW-1 and SW-2 respectively. 3.4.2.2 Ground Water Quality Ground water was analyzed as per specification IS 10500:2012. Ground water was collected from 9 locations and analysis results are attached as Annexure VIII.



Table 3.8 – Ground Water Monitoring Analysis

S. No.

Parameter

Unit

IS 10500: 2012 Sampling Location

Desirable

Permissible (GW-1) (GW-2) (GW-3) (GW-4) (GW-5) (GW-6) (GW-7) (GW-8) (GW-9)

1 Color Haze n 5 15 < 5 < 5 < 5 < 5 < 5 < 5 < 5 < 5 < 5

2 Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeab

le Agreeab

le Agreeab

le Agreeab

le Agreeab

le Agreeab

le Agreeab

le Agreeab

le Agreeab

le

3 Turbidity NTU 1 5 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1

4 pH -- 6.5-8.5 No relaxation 8.09 7.41 7.32 7.2 8.26 8.23 7.68 8.01 6.96

5 Total

Hardness as CaCO3

mg/L 200 600 324 342 338 209 180 106 210 230 209

6 Iron as Fe mg/L 0.3 No

relaxation < 0.01 0.14 < 0.01 0.21 < 0.01 0.06 0.01 < 0.01 0.02

7 Chloride as Cl

mg/L 250 1000 425 403 529 124 39.98 26.99 253 220 245

8 Residual

Free Chlorine

mg/L 0.2 1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1

9 Fluoride as F

mg/L 1 1.5 0.37 0.7 0.28 0.2 0.08 < 0.01 0.11 0.22 0.2

10 Total

Dissolved Solids

mg/L 500 2000 1096 1111 1643 715 299 160 876 710 678

11 Calcium as Ca

mg/L 75 200 66.4 84.8 71.2 60.2 50.4 31.2 43.2 46.6 40.9



12 Magnesiu m as Mg

mg/L 30 100 37.92 31.2 38.4 14 12.96 6.72 24.48 27.2 25.6

13 Copper as Cu

mg/L 0.05 1.5 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01

14 Manganes e as Mn

mg/L 0.1 0.3 < 0.01 0.05 0.36 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.02 < 0.02

15 Sulphate as SO4

mg/L 200 400 39.89 147 154 22 10.31 7.38 19.58 19.25 11.5

16 Nitrate as NO3

mg/L 45 No

relaxation 0.58 0.86 1.78 9.2 1.13 0.52 1.88 1.55 2.3

17

Phenolic Compoun

d s as C6H5OH

mg/L 0.001 0.002 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001

18 Mercury as Hg

mg/L 0.001 No

relaxation <

0.00025 <

0.00025 <

0.00025 <

0.00025 <

0.00025 <

0.00025 <

0.00025 <

0.00025 <

0.00025

19 Cadmium as Cd

mg/L 0.003 No

relaxation < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001

20 Arsenic as As

mg/L 0.01 0.05 <

0.00015 <

0.00015 <

0.00015 <

0.00015 <

0.00015 <

0.00015 <

0.00015 <

0.00015 <

0.00015

21 Cyanide as CN

mg/L 0.05 No

relaxation < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01

22 Lead as Pb

mg/L 0.01 No

relaxation < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01

23 Zinc as Zn

mg/L 5 15 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05

24

Anionic Detergent

s as MBAS

mg/L 0.2 1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1



25

Hexavelant

Chromium as Cr+6

mg/L 0.05 No

relaxation < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02

26

Oil & Grease

(Mineral Oil)

mg/L 0.5 No

relaxation < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1

27 Alkalinity mg/L 200 600 336 228 540 263 216 104 428 320 254

28 Boron as B

mg/L 0.5 1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1

29 Pesticides mg/L 0.03 0.2 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02

30 Aluminium as Al

mg/L 5 15 < 5 < 5 < 5 < 5 < 5 < 5 < 5 < 5 < 5



Ground water was collected as per IS 3025: Part 1 and standards prescribed by CPCB, New Delhi India. Inference: Fluoride is a common geo-genic (resulting from geological process) contamination of drinking water. The concentration of fluoride in ground water is principally governed by the climate, composition of hard rock and hydrogeology. Fluoride is released to ground water by the process of weathering of primary rocks. Maximum fluoride was found 0.7 mg/l at GW-2 and minimum concentration were found <0.01 at GW-6. The excess amount of fluoride leads to fluorosis (Dental fluorosis and Skeleton fluorosis) for human being especially for children and pregnant women. This is a result of destruction of metabolic calcium and phosphorus. In general, general, North Gujarat is severely affected by fluoride and it affects teeth and bones of body. Sodium chloride is the main substance in chloride water. The natural water near the mine and sea coast has dissolved sodium chloride. Similarly, the presence of chloride may be due to the mixing of saline water and sewage/effluent in water. Chloride concentration more than 250 mg/l leads to corrosion in pipes and palatability. Chloride concentrations were found in the range of 26.99-529 mg/l in which maximum chloride concentration were observed at GW-3. The excess amount of chloride as per WHO guidelines may cause heart failure and hypertension. Nitrate is not so harmful but it is dangerous for children causing Mathemoglobinemia. This should not be allowed in water especially for children. Nitrate is basically non toxic but when ingested with food or water, it will convert by bacterial action to nitrate and then to ammonia, which is toxic. Nitrate concentrations were found very less than permission limit in the range of 0.52-9.2 mg/l. Sulphate is not much dangerous but it leads to Diarrhea. The Mehsana district is not affected or less affected by sulphate. The sulphate concentration was found in the range of 7.38 to 154 mg/l. Calcium and Magnesium is the greatest portion of hardness occurring in natural water. Hardness of water is objectionable from view point of water use. Taste and appearance is affected by presence of Magnesium and damage the water supply structure due to the calcium precipitate. Calcium values were found in the range of 31.2 to 84.8 mg/l and magnesium values were found between 6.72 to 38.4 mg/l. The Total Dissolved Solid indicates the nature of water quality for salinity. The total dissolved solids is obtained by evaporating the water sample and weighing the residue. It leads to gastro intestinal irritation in human body if TDS is excess. Hardness is also important parameter which prevents the lathering of soap. Total hardness was found in the range of 106-342 mg/l. Alkalinity is the important parameter of water in which excess amount leads to unpleasant taste. Total alkalinity concentration was found in the range of 104-540 mg/l. Turbidity is caused due to presence of suspended and colloidal matters in the water. Turbidity is the measure of resistance of water to the passages of light through it. Turbidity of the samples were found less than one as desired. 3.5 Air Environment 3.5.1 Meteorology The meteorological data has been recorded from near project site. Secondary data also has been collected from nearest IMD station, Idar, Gujarat. The meteorological data provides the climate information which help to find the predominant present downwind direction to predict the incremental pollution load due to project activity. Indian climate has been divided in to four major categories. The four major seasons and their duration are presented below – 1. Winter – December to February



2. Summer – March to June 3. Monsoon – July to September 4. Post Monsoon – October to December Primary site-specific meteorological data was collected for March 2019 to May 2019. 3.5.2 Secondary Data Secondary data was collected from nearest IMD station and Climatological Table 1961-1990 was used for secondary data. Significant parameters are summarized in the table below –

Table 3.9 –IMD Data from Idar (1961-1990)

Month

Temperature (°C)

Relative Humidity (%)

Rainfall (mm) Cloud Oktas

Min Max 5:30 PM 8:30AM Monthly Total

5:30 PM 8:30AM

January 4.8 34.0 39 26 0.8 0.8 0.9

February 5.1 39.0 36 21 1.3 0.8 0.8

March 9.0 41.9 34 16 2.7 1.1 1.2

April 13.0 47.6 36 14 1.5 1.0 1.2

May 15.0 45.7 53 18 6.4 1.4 0.8

June 15.0 45.5 70 58 80.7 4.6 3.6

July 16.0 40.8 85 64 215.6 6.5 5.9

August 18.0 38.8 89 72 229.2 6.6 6.0

September 17.0 39.8 78 56 113.2 3.6 3.9

October 11.0 40.9 49 31 15.0 1.1 1.1

November 10.0 37.9 37 29 1.9 0.8 0.9

December 7.7 37.0 40 30 3.1 0.9 1.1

3.5.3 Site Specific Meteorological Data Site specific meteorological data was collected by installing weather station near to cluster site. The study period for meteorological data was March, April and May 2019. Brief summary of site specific data has been presented in the table below –



Table 3.10 –Site Specific Meteorological Data

S. No.

Month and Year

Wind Speed (m/s) Temperature (°C) Relative Humidity

Min Avg Max Min Avg Max Min Avg Max

1 March 2019 0 1.97 8.99 18 26.7 35.5 42.21 12.44 58.18

2 April 2019 0 1.74 6.17 22.5 31 39.5 44.30 13.75 57.65

3 May 2019 0 1.84 6.53 26.2 33.7 41.2 44.54 14.15 52.5

Wind rose of project site has been presented in the following figure. 3.5.4 Climatology Climate of these regions is characterized by hot summer and general dryness except in the southwest monsoon season. The year may be divided into four seasons. The year may be divided into four seasons. The cold season from December to February is followed by the hot season from March to middle of June. The period from middle of June to September is the southwest monsoon season. October and November constitute the post-monsoon or retreating monsoon season. The period from March to May is one of continuous increase in temperatures. May is generally the hottest month with a mean daily maximum temperature of about 41.8 0C and mean daily minimum of about 26.20C. The weather is intensely hot in summer and sometimes day temperature may reach up to 47.80C. From November both day and night temperatures begin to decrease rapidly. January is generally the coldest month with the mean daily maximum temperatures at about 28.40C and mean daily minimum at about 11.70C (Source: District groundwater brochure). 3.5.4.1 Baseline Ambient Air Quality The ambient air quality at selected 9 locations was carried out as per Indian standards guidelines and monitoring stations was selected as per CPCB manual. The post monsoon season (March – May 2019) was selected for ambient air quality study. The locations where ambient air quality monitoring carried out presented in the table below – 3.5.4.2 Methodology Adopted for The Study Sampling Locations, Parameters and Frequency Calibrated Respirable Dust Samplers were used for the sampling of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx. Ambient air sampling for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, and NOx was performed continuously for 24 hours to determine 24-hour average concentrations. Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out with a frequency of two days per week at all five locations. The sampling was performed at a height of 1.5 m (approximately) from the ground level. Standard methods specified under NAAQS notification G.S.R. 176(E) were adopted for sampling and analysis. Five locations within the study area were scientifically selected and are based on the following considerations – 1. Meteorological conditions 2. Topography of the study area 3. The direction of the wind 4. Representation of the region for establishing baseline status 5. Representation with respect to likely impact areas.



Fig.3.9 – Wind Rose Diagram



Table 3.11 –Ambient Air Monitoring Stations

S. No. Location No.

Sample Collected Location

Direction Distance (km) Reason for Site Selection

1 AAQ-1 Kajipur S 1.00 Cross Wind

2 AAQ-2 Dabhoda W 3.12 Downwind

3 AAQ-3 Otalpur SE 2.37 Cross Wind

4 AAQ-4 Kanedia SE 4.97 Cross Wind

5 AAQ-5 Dharavania SE 5.71 Upwind

6 AAQ-6 Hadol E 7.50 Upwind

7 AAQ-7 Shahupura NW 2.50 Cross Wind

8 AAQ-8 Timba NE 2.43 Cross Wind

9 AAQ-9 Vav NE 8.64 Cross Wind

3.5.5 Air Quality Measurement Ambient air quality monitoring stations for Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project was selected on the basis of nearest anticipated receptors with reference to the predominant wind direction. One sample location was selected within 500 m of proposed cluster and other location were selected with minimum one from upwind direction and two stations on downwind direction. Two crosswind directions also selected to measure the incremental pollution load. Monitoring has been carried out by using calibrated instruments for five ambient air quality parameters. PM10, PM2.5, NOx, CO and SO2 were considered for study. Instrument was operated 1.5-3 m above ground surface to ignore any fugitive temporary emissions. Monitoring has been carried out as per standard operating procedure for 24 hourly particulate matter and gaseous samples were drown 8 hourly at 0.5 LPM. Samples were preserved below 4 °C to ensure no loss from the actual conditions. Respirable dust sampler was used for particulate matter sampling by using glass fibre filter of Whatman. Sulphur dioxide was sampled by scrubbing in Tetrachloromerchurate solution (Weast and Gaek method). NOx was measures by bubbling oxides of nitrogen in sodium hydroxide and sodium arsenate mixture (Jacob and Hochiser method). Locations marked on high imagery satellite are presented in the figure below.



Fig.3.10 –Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations



3.5.5.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results Ambient air quality monitoring was conducted for three months post monsoon March-May 2019. Interpretation has been done for entire data for four statistical parameters, minimum, maximum, average and 98th percentile was computed location wise. Data for the same has been attached as Annexure VIII.

Table 3.12 – Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results

Date PM2.5 (µg/m3) PM10 (µg/m3) SO2 (µg/m3) NO2 (µg/m3) CO (µg/m3)

Gravimetric IS:5182: Pt-23 IS:5182: Pt-2 IS:5182: Pt-6

IS:5182: Pt-10

Location-AAQ 1 04.03.2019 41.6 78.3 5.7 17.6 0.68 07.03.2019 38.4 80.1 7.1 19.2 0.76 11.03.2019 37.2 77.9 4.9 18.3 0.69 14.03.2019 40.1 73.8 6.8 18.4 0.73 18.03.2019 36.8 74.1 6.2 17.0 0.65 21.03.2019 34.2 72.9 5.4 17.6 0.62 25.03.2019 39.1 79.8 4.9 18.5 0.71 28.03.2019 40.6 81.3 5.7 19.2 0.72 01.04.2019 38.4 75.8 6.2 16.4 0.79 04.04.2019 36.9 70.4 6.7 15.2 0.46 08.04.2019 34.6 76.8 5.4 15.3 0.62 11.04.2019 38.7 80.6 6.3 17.9 0.58 15.04.2019 41.3 79.2 6.6 16.0 0.62 18.04.2019 39.5 73.6 7.4 14.7 0.61 22.04.2019 37.6 81.6 7.0 14.2 0.73 25.04.2019 40.6 74.1 6.1 16.8 0.55 04.05.2019 39.8 74.6 5.7 19.3 0.61 08.05.2019 38.2 81.4 4.5 14.2 0.73 11.05.2019 42.8 76.2 6.3 13.7 0.61 15.05.2019 38.7 80.3 5.8 18.4 0.58 18.05.2019 42.3 79.1 7.3 15.5 0.59 22.05.2019 40.5 71.1 6.6 16.2 0.71 25.05.2019 41.3 72.4 6.9 14.4 0.78 29.05.2019 38.4 80.1 7.1 17.3 0.66

Location-AAQ 2 05.03.2019 39.1 82.3 5.3 14.9 0.61 08.03.2019 38.2 76.4 4.7 14.8 0.69 12.03.2019 37.7 78.3 4.9 12.5 0.64 15.03.2019 38.8 73.2 4.7 13.4 0.65 19.03.2019 38.8 81.4 4.8 14.7 0.65 22.03.2019 35.6 74.2 4.5 15.8 0.63 26.03.2019 39.4 73.4 5.7 16.4 0.68 29.03.2019 37.9 80.2 4.7 17.8 0.63 02.04.2019 37.0 81.3 4.8 16.4 0.60



05.04.2019 38.1 82.2 5.7 14.3 0.65 09.04.2019 37.5 79.8 5.9 15.2 0.63 12.04.2019 36.7 81.3 4.3 13.9 0.66 16.04.2019 34.2 80.4 4.6 14.8 0.68 19.04.2019 35.4 77.8 5.7 15.8 0.62 23.04.2019 39.6 83.6 5.2 15.7 0.66 26.04.2019 32.5 78.1 4.1 17.6 0.64 06.05.2019 36.4 83.3 4.5 13.5 0.68 09.05.2019 38.2 82.4 6.9 14.9 0.69 13.05.2019 36.5 84.5 5.7 16.5 0.67 16.05.2019 37.4 79.8 4.9 14.8 0.65 20.05.2019 35.2 78.2 5.8 15.4 0.63 23.05.2019 39.6 76.8 3.9 13.9 0.66 27.05.2019 31.2 79.1 4.5 14.2 0.66 30.05.2019 37.5 82.5 4.3 15.7 0.65

Location-AAQ 3 06.03.2019 33.9 75.8 4.8 16.5 0.71 09.03.2019 38.4 76.3 5.4 16.4 0.68 13.03.2019 37.2 73.6 5.0 15.2 0.64 16.03.2019 36.5 65.8 4.9 14.4 0.66 20.03.2019 34.5 76.8 5.4 16.4 0.69 23.03.2019 38.9 68.1 5.9 14.9 0.71 27.03.2019 32.5 69.8 5.4 15.3 0.73 30.03.2019 36.1 69.8 5.0 14.9 0.69 03.04.2019 34.5 67.8 5.2 14.7 0.72 06.04.2019 38.7 69.8 5.1 19.4 0.73 10.04.2019 34.6 71.3 5.6 16.3 0.79 13.04.2019 36.8 74.6 5.4 16.9 0.78 17.04.2019 35.2 75.8 5.5 15.8 0.77 20.04.2019 33.6 74.9 5.5 17.5 0.75 24.04.2019 32.5 76.8 5.3 16.8 0.68 27.04.2019 34.6 67.4 5.0 17.9 0.71 07.05.2019 34.7 67.9 4.6 17.2 0.68 10.05.2019 38.7 71.2 7.1 19.8 0.66 14.05.2019 37.8 76.5 5.9 17.0 0.67 17.05.2019 36.2 74.2 4.7 18.4 0.63 21.05.2019 32.4 68.1 5.3 18.7 0.63 24.05.2019 35.1 76.1 5.4 16.4 0.65 28.05.2019 37.8 76.6 5.9 15.9 0.63 31.05.2019 32.5 71.2 5.2 19.7 0.68

Location-AAQ 4 04.03.2019 35.9 74.6 4.2 15.2 0.66 07.03.2019 33.6 73.6 4.4 14.3 0.65 11.03.2019 37.2 72.8 5.6 12.3 0.61



14.03.2019 36.5 74.1 5.2 15.6 0.62 18.03.2019 34.7 75.9 4.5 14.8 0.62 21.03.2019 31.5 69.9 4.7 18.2 0.64 25.03.2019 32.1 71.6 4.3 15.7 0.62 28.03.2019 32.4 71.3 4.1 15.7 0.61 01.04.2019 38.9 72.4 4.6 16.4 0.63 04.04.2019 36.5 73.4 5.3 14.3 0.72 08.04.2019 34.7 68.9 4.3 15.2 0.60 11.04.2019 35.4 75.8 5.1 13.9 0.61 15.04.2019 34.6 74.7 4.6 14.8 0.62 18.04.2019 35.2 72.5 5.2 15.8 0.63 22.04.2019 36.1 69.7 5.2 15.7 0.67 25.04.2019 38.4 70.6 5.4 17.6 0.69 04.05.2019 39.4 72.4 4.1 15.7 0.66 08.05.2019 39.6 73.1 5.3 15.7 0.62 11.05.2019 38.3 75.4 4.6 16.8 0.63 15.05.2019 36.7 76.4 5.8 18.4 0.66 18.05.2019 37.7 72.9 4.1 14.2 0.62 22.05.2019 35.0 74.8 4.9 16.3 0.69 25.05.2019 36.8 74.9 4.6 14.8 0.67 29.05.2019 39.2 82.3 5.2 18.8 0.66

Location-AAQ 5 05.03.2019 36.1 72.6 5.1 12.5 0.68 08.03.2019 37.9 73.5 5.5 17.4 0.67 12.03.2019 39.5 71.4 5.8 19.6 0.62 15.03.2019 35.4 72.5 5.1 17.5 0.64 19.03.2019 34.3 74.6 6.3 18.9 0.64 22.03.2019 32.8 78.7 6.8 15.4 0.62 26.03.2019 35.3 76.9 5.6 19.7 0.63 29.03.2019 38.0 75.1 6.9 13.4 0.63 02.04.2019 32.5 72.1 5.3 16.6 0.65 05.04.2019 35.9 69.4 6.2 13.6 0.62 09.04.2019 33.6 71.3 5.4 14.5 0.62 12.04.2019 37.2 74.6 5.7 12.6 0.69 16.04.2019 36.5 73.6 6.8 15.8 0.62 19.04.2019 34.7 75.8 5.9 13.6 0.62 23.04.2019 31.5 75.2 7.5 18.5 0.65 26.04.2019 32.1 72.5 6.9 17.2 0.63 06.05.2019 32.4 75.8 5.4 14.6 0.64 09.05.2019 38.9 74.6 6.1 15.2 0.65 13.05.2019 36.5 74.5 5.7 12.4 0.69 16.05.2019 34.7 71.9 5.6 16.5 0.62 20.05.2019 35.4 74.8 4.2 17.5 0.69 23.05.2019 34.6 75.2 6.4 13.6 0.61



27.05.2019 35.2 69.8 7.1 19.7 0.63 30.05.2019 36.1 72.3 4.2 18.9 0.64

Location-AAQ 6 06.03.2019 37.8 74.9 4.6 14.6 0.64 09.03.2019 36.2 74.3 5.1 16.4 0.61 13.03.2019 32.4 75.6 4.6 17.5 0.69 16.03.2019 35.1 73.8 5.4 16.3 0.70 20.03.2019 37.8 72.8 5.2 17.2 0.63 23.03.2019 32.5 79.0 5.9 14.5 0.64 27.03.2019 33.9 76.5 4.8 13.9 0.63 30.03.2019 34.7 72.4 4.5 15.8 0.62 03.04.2019 34.5 75.1 4.6 15.3 0.66 06.04.2019 36.9 72.4 5.1 14.6 0.62 10.04.2019 37.2 73.8 4.2 13.4 0.67 13.04.2019 31.5 76.8 4.7 14.8 0.70 17.04.2019 32.9 79.4 3.7 15.7 0.67 20.04.2019 33.7 76.5 4.9 14.6 0.62 24.04.2019 30.5 74.5 4.7 17.7 0.64 27.04.2019 37.7 75.3 5.4 16.9 0.68 07.05.2019 35.6 72.5 4.6 12.9 0.63 10.05.2019 34.1 71.2 4.2 13.5 0.69 14.05.2019 32.9 72.6 3.8 12.8 0.67 17.05.2019 35.4 73.6 5.4 14.7 0.67 21.05.2019 36.1 71.5 4.7 15.4 0.68 24.05.2019 37.4 75.6 5.7 14.6 0.65 28.05.2019 33.9 75.1 4.9 16.8 0.65 31.05.2019 37.1 75.2 4.4 17.3 0.64

Location-AAQ 7 04.03.2019 38.6 75.4 4.9 15.6 0.68 07.03.2019 38.2 76.4 5.4 13.5 0.63 11.03.2019 32.9 72.9 5.6 16.7 0.79 14.03.2019 34.7 74.8 4.5 17.2 0.61 18.03.2019 39.8 74.9 4.2 13.8 0.71 21.03.2019 37.8 82.3 5.7 12.9 0.68 25.03.2019 34.5 76.4 5.4 11.7 0.64 28.03.2019 36.5 78.3 4.1 16.6 0.66 01.04.2019 35.7 73.2 4.7 13.6 0.69 04.04.2019 38.6 81.4 5.4 14.2 0.71 08.04.2019 35.1 74.2 5.9 15.2 0.73 11.04.2019 33.9 73.4 4.7 14.9 0.69 15.04.2019 38.4 80.2 4.3 18.6 0.72 18.04.2019 37.2 81.3 5.2 17.9 0.73 22.04.2019 36.5 82.2 5.2 19.3 0.79 25.04.2019 34.5 79.8 4.8 13.5 0.78



04.05.2019 38.9 81.3 4.8 14.4 0.77 08.05.2019 32.5 80.4 4.6 12.1 0.75 11.05.2019 36.1 77.8 3.9 13.6 0.68 15.05.2019 34.5 83.6 5.8 18.6 0.71 18.05.2019 38.7 78.1 4.3 17.3 0.68 22.05.2019 34.6 83.3 4.9 14.5 0.66 25.05.2019 36.8 82.4 5.7 15.8 0.67 29.05.2019 35.2 84.5 5.2 17.6 0.64

Location-AAQ 8 05.03.2019 37.6 79.8 5.7 13.9 0.68 08.03.2019 35.8 77.4 5.4 15.8 0.63 12.03.2019 38.4 74.3 4.8 15.3 0.68 15.03.2019 35.2 74.5 5.7 14.6 0.66 19.03.2019 36.7 72.3 5.9 13.4 0.64 22.03.2019 34.5 75.4 4.3 14.8 0.60 26.03.2019 33.9 76.5 4.8 13.9 0.63 29.03.2019 38.7 69.8 5.1 19.4 0.73 02.04.2019 34.6 71.3 5.6 16.3 0.79 05.04.2019 36.8 74.6 5.4 16.9 0.78 09.04.2019 35.2 75.8 5.5 15.8 0.77 12.04.2019 33.6 74.9 5.5 17.5 0.75 16.04.2019 32.5 76.8 5.3 16.8 0.68 19.04.2019 34.6 67.4 5.0 17.9 0.71 23.04.2019 34.7 67.9 4.6 17.2 0.68 26.04.2019 38.7 71.2 7.1 19.8 0.66 06.05.2019 37.8 76.5 5.9 17.0 0.67 09.05.2019 36.2 74.2 4.7 18.4 0.63 13.05.2019 35.4 77.8 5.7 15.8 0.62 16.05.2019 39.6 83.6 5.2 15.7 0.66 20.05.2019 32.5 78.1 4.1 17.6 0.64 23.05.2019 36.4 83.3 4.5 13.5 0.68 27.05.2019 38.2 82.4 6.9 14.9 0.69 30.05.2019 36.5 84.5 5.7 16.5 0.67

Location-AAQ 9 06.03.2019 34.6 73.6 4.5 15.4 0.72 09.03.2019 37.9 75.5 5.3 14.9 0.64 13.03.2019 36.1 74.1 5.1 14.3 0.73 16.03.2019 35.5 69.1 4.6 15.7 0.68 20.03.2019 33.9 72.4 4.5 16.8 0.73 23.03.2019 38.2 67.7 5.0 16.6 0.68 27.03.2019 34.1 70.4 5.0 15.4 0.71 30.03.2019 33.6 69.3 4.6 14.3 0.75 03.04.2019 35.5 64.8 7.1 13.8 0.77 06.04.2019 38.3 69.8 5.9 16.9 0.69



10.04.2019 35.6 73.3 4.7 17.4 0.65 13.04.2019 37.3 75.2 5.1 12.9 0.66 17.04.2019 36.9 71.9 5.3 13.5 0.58 20.04.2019 34.7 73.5 4.9 14.4 0.77 24.04.2019 37.5 77.4 5.8 14.8 0.64 27.04.2019 38.1 68.9 4.7 14.2 0.71 07.05.2019 33.5 64.6 4.4 16.2 0.62 10.05.2019 39.1 75.2 4.2 15.8 0.65 14.05.2019 37.2 72.8 5.0 15.3 0.66 17.05.2019 34.4 74.1 5.6 17.8 0.73 21.05.2019 33.9 66.2 5.1 17.9 0.61 24.05.2019 35.0 76.6 5.3 18.3 0.68 28.05.2019 39.5 77.8 4.6 16.4 0.77 31.05.2019 32.1 73.3 4.9 18.4 0.68 3.5.5.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Graphs Based on the statistical analysis, graphical representation has been performed inthe following figuresfor all the parameters at each location. All the measured parameters were found below the standards prescribed by CPCB, New Delhi. The following are the parameters that were measured for the cluster – 1. Suspended Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

Fig.3.12 –Baseline Scenario of PM 2.5

Suspended particulate matter in general terms is the particulate matter is suspension in ambient air. PM2.5 refers to particles with a diameter of less than 2.5 µm. These are usually called fine particles and contain secondary aerosols, combustion particles and re-condensed organic

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

AAQ-1 AAQ-2 AAQ-3 AAQ-4 AAQ-5 AAQ-6 AAQ-7 AAQ-8 AAQ-9

PM 2

.5 (µ

g/m

3)

Monitoring Station

Min Max 98th Percentile NAAQS



metallic vapour, and acid components. Fine particles can reach all the way down to the alveoli in the lungs. The minimum and maximum level of PM2.5 recorded within the study area was in the range of 30.5 and 42.8 µg/m3 respectively with the 98th percentile ranging between 37.8 µg/m3 to 42.65 µg/m3. The 24-hourly average values of PM2.5 were compared with the NAAQS and found that all sampling stations recorded in the study area are within the applicable limits i.e., 60 µg/m3 for PM2.5 in rural areas. 2. Suspended Particulate Matter (PM10)

Fig.3.13 –Baseline Scenario of PM10

PM10 refers to particles with a diameter less than 10 microns. These are commonly called coarse particles and they contain dust from roads and industries as well as particles formed under combustion. Depending on their size, coarse particles can lodge in the trachea (upper throat) or in the bronchi. The minimum and maximum level of PM10 recorded within the study area was in the range of 64.6 and 84.5 µg/m3 respectively with the 98th percentile ranging between 76.8 to 84.1 µg/m3. The 24-hourly average values of PM10 were compared with the NAAQS and found that all sampling stations recorded in the study area are within the applicable limits i.e., 100 µg/m3 for PM10 in rural areas. 3. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Sulphur Dioxide gas is an inorganic gaseous pollutant. Sulphur Dioxide emissions are expected to be emitted wherever combustion of any fuel containing Sulphur takes place. The Sulphur in the fuel will combine with oxygen to form Sulphur Dioxide. Sulphur Dioxide in atmosphere is significant because of its toxicity; Sulphur Dioxide is capable of causing illness and lung injury. Further it can combine with water in the air to form toxic acid aerosols that can corrode metal surfaces, fabrics and the leaves of plants. Sulphur Dioxide is an

0

20

40

60

80

100

120


PM10

(µg/

m3)

Monitoring Station




irritant to the eyes and respiratory system. Excessive exposure to Sulphur Dioxide causes breathing related diseases as it affects the lungs. The minimum and maximum concentration of SO2 recorded within the study area was 3.7 and 7.5 µg/m3 respectively with the 98th percentile ranging between 17.6 to 19.8 µg/ m3. The 24-hourly average values of SO2 were compared with the NAAQS and it was found that all sampling stations recorded values are below the applicable limits 80 µg/m3for rural areas.

Fig.3.14 –Baseline Scenario of SO2

4. Oxides of Nitrogen (NO2)

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90


SO2

(µg/

m3)

Monitoring Station


0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90


NO

2 (µ

g/m

3)

Monitoring Station




Fig.3.15 –Baseline Scenario of NO2 The important sources of oxides of Nitrogen are from utilities and auto exhaust due to vehicular movement in proposed cluster. Oxides of Nitrogen in the presence of sunlight will undergo reactions with a number of organic compounds to produce all the effects associated with photochemical smog. NO2 has inherent ability to produce deleterious effects by themselves like toxicity. It causes asphyxiation when its concentration is great enough to reduce the normal oxygen supply from the air. The minimum and maximum level of NO2 recorded within the study area was in the range of was 11.7 to 19.8 µg/m3 respectively with the 98th percentile ranging between 17.6 to 19.8 µg/m3. The 24-hourly average values of NO2 were compared with the NAAQS and it was found that all sampling stations recorded values are below the applicable limits 80 µg/ m3 for rural areas. 5. Carbon Monoxide (CO)

Fig.3.16 –Baseline Scenario of CO

Carbon monoxide is a colourless, odourless, and tasteless gas that is slightly dense than air. It is toxic to haemoglobic animals when encountered in concentrations above about 35 ppm. In the atmosphere, it is spatially variable and short lived, having a role in the formation of ground-level ozone. The minimum and maximum level of CO recorded within the study area was in the range of was 0.5 to 0.8 µg/ m3 respectively with the 98th percentile ranging between 0.7 to 0.8 µg/ m3. The 1 hourly average values of CO were compared with the NAAQS and it was found that all sampling stations recorded values are below the applicable limits 4000 µg/ m3 for rural areas. 3.5.6 Mineralogical Composition of PM10 Filter paper of PM10 sampler was used to mineralogical study from project site of Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project. Watman filter paper was used for mineralogical composition as per EPA method. Composition of PM10 along with free silica presented in the table below –

0

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5

4

4.5


CO (µ

g/m

3)

Monitoring Station




Table 3.13 – Mineralogical Composition of PM10

S. No. Element Quantity at Project Site

(μg/m3)

1 Ca 1.09

2 Mg 0.21

3 Na 0.29

4 K 0.33

5 Cl 1.2

6 Pb 0.02

7 Fe 0.37

8 Silica 0.13

3.6 Noise Environment Project site baseline noise quality is very low because there is no source except vehicles of Tar road (public road) adjacent to cluster. Baseline noise quality monitoring was carried out with calibrated Vayubodhan instrument as per CPCB procedure. Sound was measured in dB(A) at all the receptors. 24 hourly noise monitoring was conducted at all locations and divided in two parts. One is day time from 6 am to 10 pm and night time from 10 pm to 6 am as per CPCB guidelines to compare the baseline from the prescribed standards. Sound, a normal feature of our life, is the means of communication and entertainment in most animals, including human beings. It is also a very effective alarm system. A low sound is pleasant whereas a loud sound is unpleasant and is commonly referred to as ‘noise’. Noise can be defined as an unpleasant and unwanted sound. Noise is a physical form of pollution and is not directly harmful to the life sup-porting systems namely air, soil and water. Its effects are more directly on the receiver i.e. man. Noise pollution is the result of modern industrialized urban life and congestion due to over population. 3.6.1 Types of Sound Fields Based on the distance from the source of sound generation, the types of sound field are identified. They are of three types are as follows – 1. Free Field

The sound waves that propagate without obstruction from source to the receiver are free field. The sound waves obey the inverse square law so that sound pressure level decreases by 6 dB (A) as the distance is doubled. Such a field is known as free field.

2. Near Field This field is located within a few wavelengths of the source and it is also influenced by the dimensions of the source. The inverse square law does not apply in this field.

3. Far Field



The far field has two parts one is known as free part and the other as reverberation part. In the free part of the far field, the sound pressures level obeys the inverse square law and propagate without obstruction from source to the receiver. The reverberant part of the field exists for enclosed situationwhere the reflected sound waves are superimposed on the incident sound waves. If there are many reflected waves from all possible direction, a diffuse sound field exists.

The intensity of sound energy in the environment is measured in a logarithmic scale and is expressed in a decibel (dB) scale. Ordinary sound level meter measures the sound energy that reaches the microphone by converting it into electrical energy and then measures the magnitude in dB. In a sophisticated type of sound level meter, an additional circuit (filters) is provided, which modifies the received signal in such a way that it replicates the sound signal as received by the human ear and the magnitude of sound level in this scale is denoted as dB (A). The sound levels are expressed in dB (A) scale for the purpose of comparison of noise levels, which is universally accepted by the international community. 3.6.2 Noise Level in the Study Area The baseline noise levels have been monitored at 10 locations within the cluster study zone. Locations were identified for assessment of existing noise level status, keeping in view the land use pattern, industrial area, Silence Zone, residential areas in villages etc., if available within 10 km radius of the study area. The day levels have been monitored during 6.00 AM to 10.00 PM and night noise levels, during 10.00 PM to 6.00 AM. The noise monitoring stations are shown in the figure and table below –

Table 3.14–Noise Monitoring Locations

S. No. Location No. Sample Collected

Location Type of Area Direction Distance (km)

1 NQ-1 Near Project Site Industrial - -

2 NQ-2 Kajipur Residential S 1.03

3 NQ-3 Dabhoda Residential W 3.14

4 NQ-4 Otalpur Residential SE 2.48

5 NQ-5 Kanedia Residential SE 4.87

6 NQ-6 Dharavania Residential SE 5.62

7 NQ-7 Hadol Residential E 7.63



8 NQ-8 Shahupura Residential NW 2.65

9 NQ-9 Timba Residential NE 4.42

10 NQ-10 Vav Residential NE 8.44

Baseline noise quality has been monitored from cluster project site. Incremental noise values have been compared with the standards prescribed by CPCB, New Delhi. Day and night noise Leq has been calculated as per standard norms. 3.6.3 Ambient Noise Standards MoEF&CC, New Delhi has notified the noise standards vide gazette notification dated 14th February 2000 for different zones under the Environment Protection Act (1986). These standards are given in the following table –

Table 3.15 –Ambient Noise Quality Standards

Area Code Category of Area

Noise, Leq (dB)

Day Time* Night Time**

A Industrial Area 75 70

B Commercial Area 65 55

C Residential Area 55 45

D Silence Zone 50 40

Note – 1. Daytime is from 6.00 am to 10.00 pm and Night time is from 10.00 pm to 6.00 am. 2. Silence zone is defined as area up to 100 meters around premises of hospitals, educational

institutions and courts. Use of vehicle horns, loud speakers and bursting of crackers is banned in these zones.



Fig.3.11 – Noise Monitoring Locations



3.6.4 Noise Quality The noise data compiled on noise levels are presented below. It can be observed from the table that the noise levels ranges from 43.8 to 54.9 during daytimeand 33.1 to dB (A) during night time.

Table 3.16– Hourly Leq Noise Level in the Study Area

Parameter

NQ-1 NQ-2 NQ-3 NQ-4 NQ-5 Day

Result Night Result

Day Result

Night Result

Day Result

Night Result

Day Result

Night Result

Day Result

Night Result

Lmax 53.9 42.2 54.4 42.1 52.8 43.0 54.1 42.5 54.9 43.6

Lmin 46.2 37.0 45.1 36.7 44.3 35.5 45.4 35.2 46.7 36.4

Leq 50.1 39.8 51.1 38.9 50.3 39.8 50.7 40.1 52.1 40.4 Standards 75 70 55 45 55 45 55 45 55 45

Parameter

NQ-6 NQ-7 NQ-8 NQ-9 NQ-10 Day

Result Night Result

Day Result

Night Result

Day Result

Night Result

Day Result

Night Result

Day Result

Night Result

Lmax 54.8 42.5 53.4 41.9 54.9 42.3 53.9 42.8 54.1 43.0

Lmin 46.6 36.4 44.1 34.1 45.3 35.1 44.1 34.6 43.8 33.1

Leq 51.4 39.1 49.8 38.8 50.1 39.6 50.1 39.4 49.9 38.1 Standards 55 45 55 45 55 45 55 45 55 45

In residential and industrial areas, noise level is ranging between 54.9dB(A) recorded at at NQ-5and NQ-8to 43.8 dB(A) recorded at NQ-10 during day time and 43.6dB(A) recorded at NQ-5 to 33.1 dB(A) recorded at NQ-10 during night time. 3.7 Biological Environment Baseline biological environment has been considered for environment impact assessment study because mining of mineral in core zone may affect the important medicinal species which are vulnerable and in buffer zone may affect the flora and fauna due to mining activities and its mineral transportation. There are two types of types of biological environment found in study area of Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project. One is terrestrial flora and fauna and other is aquatic flora and fauna. Fresh water environment has been assessed (Sabarmati River & Tarang Lake near cluster project site). Secondary data is to be collected from state forest department to know the status of any scheduled species within study area. As per approved ToR by SEIAA, Gujarat separate study of flora and fauna has been conducted for all RET species. 3.8 Biogeography and Physiography of the Study Area The proposed cluster is situated near village Kajipur, Taluka Satlasana and District Mehsana in the State of Gujarat. The geography of Mehsana district has a wide variety of flora and fauna which is spread across its length and breadth. Some of the mammals found in the study area are nilgai, chitals, wild boar, four horned antelopes etc. A large number of other animals like snakes, lizards, scorpions, bees, etc., are also found in the study area. Various birds such as peacocks, parrots, pheasants, geese ducks and cranes, etc. are also found in the district. A wide range of climatic condition



facilitates the prevalence of many types of flora. During survey, various species of flora are found in one of the largest dry deciduous forests in the western region of India, including trees like teak, Boswellia serrata, Anogeissus latifolia and Diospyros, etc. Owing to the arid climate, the flora and fauna of Gujarat also possess a wide range of xerophytic vegetation such as Acacia Arabica, Acacia leucophloea, Capparis ophylla and Zizyphus mauratiana, etc. During survey of the cluster study area, no endangered and endemic fauna or flora were found near the study area. 3.8.1 Objectives of Ecological Studies The objectives of ecological study during the study period are the following – 1. To characterize the environmental components like land, water, flora and fauna; 2. To understand their present status; 3. To assess present biodiversity; 4. To understand carrying capacity of the ecosystem; 5. To identify susceptible and sensitive areas. 3.8.1.1 Sampling Methodology of Study Flora Floral status was assessed in different habitat types and project site of the study area. Quantitative data was collected using standard methods of quadrate method. Floral enumeration was done following standard sampling techniques. Random quadrates were laid in order to quantify the vegetation of the study area. Quadrate size for trees was 100 x 100 m, for shrubs it was 5 x 5 m and for herbs it was 1 x 1m. Plots of 1 x 1 m were laid within the tree quadrate at each corner to record grasses. In each of the quadrates, species and their number were recorded. Fauna Avifauna Standard methods were followed to survey the avifauna. The point count method was followed for counting the birds. Opportunistic surveys were also carried out with respect to avifaunal checklist. Identification by calls was also made for species which were not directly encountered or were hidden in the vegetation or canopy (Sridharan 1989, Bhupathy 1991, Bibby et al., 1992 and Hutto et al., 1986). Herpetofauna Area searches were done in the circular plots of 10 m radius to inventory all terrestrial habitats for reptiles and amphibians. Area searches consisted of turning cover objects like logs, boulders etc. (Welsh, 1987). Sampling for these species involved capturing individuals by hand or observation through binoculars and aural surveys. Mammals Presence of mammals was documented by using both direct and indirect evidences. Opportunistic sightings were also included. Circular Plots were used to search indirect evidence i.e. animal burrows / holes, scat, pellets, feeding signs, and tracks. Photographic (colored pictorial guide) field guide were used for interviews with local residents (Burnham et al. 1980, Rodgers 1991, Sale and Berkmuller, 1988, Daniel, 1992) The data collected in the field was analyzed for secondary parameters such as density, frequency and abundance following standard phyto-sociological methods. Core zone has been considered within the cluster area and buffer zone has been considered outside the cluster area up to 10 km from cluster boundary. Study period for ecological study has been considered from March 2019 to May 2019. To know the baseline flora and fauna species composition primary and secondary survey was conducted by functional area expert.



The proposed cluster is government waste land, hence very less species were found in core zone and buffer zone study area. Mostly area outside of mine lease is agricultural land. Within study area two types of environment found where species diversity is present – 1. Terrestrial environment 2. Aquatic environment 3.8.2 Terrestrial Environment The proposed cluster is a government waste land. The core zone comprised two types of terrestrial environment. One is waste land and the other is agricultural land. 3.8.2.1 Core Zone Being a greenfield project, no mining has taken place in the cluster. There is no vegetation within mine lease except some seasonal grasses. General fauna was present like squirrel and field rat observed within the proposed cluster area. Common local bird species were also found in the proposed cluster as blue rock pigeon, house crow, koel and dove. 3.8.2.2 Buffer Zone There are two types of terrestrial environments found in the flora and fauna study within the buffer zone – waste land and agricultural land. The flora and fauna species found in waste land terrestrial environment are presented in the tables below –

Table 3.17 – FloralSpecies in Study Area S.

No. Scientific Name Local Name Family OccurRence Core Zone Buffer Zone

Tree 1 Acacia nilotica Babool Mimosaceae Present Present

2 Acacia auriculiformis Khairbelt Fabaceae - Present

3 Ziziphus mauritiana Ber Rhamnaceae Present Present 4 Acacia jacomorbi Kher Fabaceae - Present 5 Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae Present Present 6 Ailanthus excelsa Araduso Simaroubaceae - Present 7 Salvadora oleoides Pilu Salvadoraceae - Present 8 Emblica officinalis Ambala Phyllanthaceae - Present 9 Mangifera indica Aam Anacardiaceae - Present 10 Polyalthia longifolia Debadaru Annonaceae - Present 11 Plumeria rubra Golenchi Apocynaceae - Present 12 Cocos nucifera Naariyal Arecaceae - Present 13 Bombax ceiba Sawar Bombacaceae - Present 14 Delonix regia gulmoha Ceasalpiniaceae - Present 15 Cassia fistula Amaltas Caesalpiniaceae - Present 16 Tamarindus indica Mange Fabaceae - Present

17 Peltophorum pterocarpum

Peela gulmohar Fabaceae - Present

18 Carica papaya Papaiya Caricaceae - Present 19 Terminalia catappa Badamalili Combretaceae - Present

20 Casuarina equisetifolia Junglisaru Casuarinaceae - Present



21 Anogeissus latifolia Dhaura Combretaceae - Present 22 Thespesia populnea Paras pipal Malvaceae - Present 23 Albizia procera Siris Fabaceae - Present 24 Acacia catechu Mulga Fabaceae - Present

26 Pithecellobium dulce Vilayati ambli Fabaceae - Present

28 Moringa oleifera Suragavo Moringaceae - Present 29 Ficus religiosa Peepal Moraceae Present Present 30 Butea monosperma Palash Fabaceae - Present 31 Dalbergia latifolia kala-shisham Fabaceae - Present 32 Bauhinia purpurea Jasud Fabaceae - Present 33 Manilkara zapota Chikoo Sapotaceae - Present 34 Tectona grandis Saagaun Lamiaceae - Present 35 Phoenix sylvestris Khajuri Arecaceae - Present 36 Eucalyptus sp Safeda Myrtaceae - Present

Shrub 1 Nerium indicum Lalkaren Apocynaceae - Present 2 Calotropis procera Akado Apocynaceae Present Present 3 Tecoma stans Peilafol Bignoniaceae - Present 4 Xanthium strumarium Gokhru Asteraceae - Present 5 Cassia auriculata Awala Fabaceae - Present 6 Ipomea fistulosa Nasarmo Convolvulaceae - Present 7 Euphorbia neriifolia Thor Euphorbiaceae - Present 8 Jatropha curcas Ratanjot Euphorbiaceae - Present 9 Lawsonia inermis Mendhi Lythraceae - Present 10 Abelmoschus manihot Jagali bhindi Malvaceae - Present 11 Abutilon indicum Khapat Malvaceae - Present 12 Gossypium herbaceum Kapas Malvaceae - Present 13 Musa Paradisiaca Kela Musaceae - Present 14 Prosopis juliflora Gando baval Fabaceae - Present 15 Mimosa hamata Kai baval Fabaceae - Present

16 Bougainvillea spectabilis Bougainvel Nyctaginaceae - Present

17 Datura metel Daturo Solanaceae - Present 18 Solanum incanum Ubhi ringan Solanaceae - Present 19 Lantana camara Putush Verbenaceae - Present 20 Clerodendrum inerme Madhi Verbenaceae - Present

Herb & Grasses 1 Achyranthes aspera Anghedi Amaranthaceae - Present 2 Hygrophila auriculata Akaro Acanthaceae - Present 3 Aerva javanica Gorakhganjo Amaranthaceae - Present 4 Celosia argentea Survali Amaranthaceae - Present 5 Pistia stratiotes Jalasankhala Araceae - Present



6 Blumea eriantha Kalhar Asteraceae - Present 7 Eclipta prostrata Bhangro Asteraceae - Present 8 Cassia tora Kuvandio Caesalpiniaceae - Present

9 Tridax procumbens Pardesi Bhangro Asteraceae - Present

10 Trichodesma indicum Undhanphuli Boraginaceae - Present 11 Ocimum sanctum Tulsi Labiatae - Present

12 Commelina benghalensis Kanshira Commelinaceae - Present

13 Mimosa pudica Lajwanti Fabaceae - Present 14 Euphorbia hirta Ghaopata Euphorbiaceae - Present

15 Urginea indica Jungli Dungli Asparagaceae - Present

16 Boerhavia diffusa Satodi Nyctagineaceae - Present 17 Crotalaria burhia Kharshan Nyctagineaceae - Present 18 Cajanus cajan Tuvar Fabaceae - Present 19 Cynodon dactylon Durba Poaceae Present Present 20 Typha angustata Ramban Poaceae - Present

The major area in study area is agricultural land. Based on primary and secondary surveys, the major agricultural crops grown during monsoon season in the study area are Rice (Oryza sativa) and Castor (Ricinus communis), while during winter Wheat (Triticum aestivum) is cultivated as the major crop. Bajra (Pennisetum typhoides) is also grown by the villagers while vegetables grown in this region include Bhindi (Abelmoschus esculentus) and Brinjal (Solanum melongena). Fruits such as Bors (Zizyphus glabrata), Amlas (Emblica officinalis), Mangoes (Mangifera indica), were Chikoos (Manilkara zapota) and Papayas (Carica papaya) are also grown in the study area.

Table 3.18 – List of Cash Crops In The Study Area S.

No. Botanical Name Family Local Name Habit

Grain Crops

1 Pennisetum typhoides A. Rich. Poaceae Bajri, Bajaro Herb

2 Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench. Poaceae Jawar, Baru Grass

3 Cajanus cajan (L.) Millsp. Fabaceae Tuver Herb

4 Triticumaes tibvum L. Poaceae Wheat - Gahun Grass

5 Vigna radiate (L.)

wilczek.Var. radiata

Fabaceae Udad Herb

6 Ricinus communis L. Euphorbiaceae Arando, Divel Shrub

7 Vigna trilobata (L.) Verdcourt Fabaceae Mung, Math Herb

8 Zea mays L. Poaceae Makai Grass



Fruit Crops

1 Annona squamosa L. Annonaceae Sitafal Small tree

2 Annona reticulate L. Annonaceae Ramphal Small tree

3 Psidium guajava L. Myrtaceae Jamphal tree

4 Citrus aurantifolia (Chr.) Swingle Rutaceae Kag Ji Limbu Small tree

5 Limonia elephantum (Correa) Panigrahi Rutaceae Kotha Tree

6 Citrus limon (L.) Burm. f. Rutaceae Limbu Shrub

7 Musa paradisiacal L. Musaceae Kela, Kelu Small tree

8 Punica granatum L. Punicaceae Dadam Small tree

9 Phyllantus embelica Euphorbiaceae Amala Small tree

10 Morus alba L. Moraceae Shetur Tree

Vegetable Crops

1 Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench Malvaceae Bhinda, Bhindo Under Shrub

2 Capsicum annuum L. var acuminatumFingerh. Solanaceae Marchi Herb

3 Cucumis sativus L. Cucurbitaceae Kakadi Climber

4 Lageneria leucantha (Duch.) Rusby. Cucurbitaceae Dudhi Herb

5 Cicer arietinum L. Fabaceae Chana Herb

6 Momordica charantia L. Cucurbitaceae Karela Climber

7 Allium sativum vineale Liliaceae Lasun

8 Moringa oleifera Lam. Moringaceae Mitho Saragvo Tree

9 Lycopersicon lycopersicum (L.) Karst. Solanaceae Tamata, Herb

10 Solanum melongena L. Solanaceae Ringana, Under Shrub

11 Daucus carota L. var.sativa Apiaceae Gajar Under Shrub

Cash/Commercial Crops

1 Saccharum officinarum L. Poaceae Sherdi, Ganna Grass 2 Gossypium herbaceum auct.

Non L. var. acerifolium (Guill. &

Perr.)

Malvaceae Kapas, Desi Kapas

Shrub



Table 3.19 –Faunal Species in Study Area

S. No. Scientific Name English Name

Schdeule as per the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act,

1972 Mammals

1 Funambulus pennantii Five striped squirrel Schdeule IV 2 Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare Schdeule IV 3 Herpestes edwardsii Indian Grey Mongoose Schdeule II (Part I) 5 Presbytis entellus Common Langur Schdeule II 6 Canis aureus Jackal Schdeule II (Part I) 7 Hystrix indica Indian Crested porcupine Schdeule IV 8 Macaca mulatta Rhesus Macaque Schdeule II (Part I) 9 Boselaphus tragocamelus Nilgai Schdeule III 10 Rattus rattus Common house Rat Schdeule IV

Birds 1 Anas crecca Common Teal - 2 Milvus migrans Common Pariah Kite - 3 Phalacrocorax fuscicollis Indian Cormorant - 4 Streptopelia orientalis Oriental Turtle-Dove - 5 Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller - 6 Francolinus pondicerianus Grey Francolin - 7 Ardeola grayii Indian Pond-Heron - 8 Mesophoyx intermedia Intermediate Egret - 9 Acridotheres tristis Common Myna - 10 Turdoides caudatus Common Babbler - 11 Orthotomus sutorius Common Tailorbird - 12 Merops orientalis Green bee eater - 13 Pterocles exustus Chestnut-bellied sandgrouse 14 Columba livia Rock Pigeon Schdeule IV 15 Corvus splendens House crow - 16 Egretta garzetta Little Egret - 17 Ardea alba Great White Egret - 18 Himantopus himantopus Black-winged Stilt - 19 Grus grus Common crane - 20 Alcedo atthis Common kingfisher - 21 Acridotheres tristis Common Maina - 22 Psittacula krameri Rose ringed Parakeet - 23 Hirundo rustica Common Swallow - 24 Fulica atra Common Coot - 25 Copsychus saularis Magpie - Robin - 26 Prinia buchanani Rufous fronted prinia - 27 Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin -

Reptiles & Amphibians 1 Ptyas mucosa Yellow Rat Snake Schdeule II (Part II) 2 Calotes versicolor Common garden lizard -



3 Hemidactylus flaviviridis House lizard - 4 Bufo melanostictus Common Indian Toad - 5 Rana limnocharis Paddy-field Frog - 6 Rana tigrina Indian bull frog Schdeule IV

Butterflies 1 Neptis hylas Common sailor - 2 Pachliopta hector Crimson rose - 3 Papilio demoleus Lime Butterfly - 4 Junonia almana Peacock pansey -

3.8.2.3 Aquatic Biological Environment There is no aquatic environment present in core zone of proposed cluster. Within study area of 10 km radius from cluster boundary, there are two types of water environments present – 1. Sabarmati River 2. Tarang Lake Water quality of both Sabarmati River and Tarang Lake have been already covered in water environment section.

Table 3.20 – Aquatic Species (Fishes) Present in Sabarmati River S.

No. Common Name Zoological Name

1 Two-Spot barb Pethia ticto 2 Large razor belly minnow Salmostoma bacaila 3 Blackline rasbora Rasbora daniconius 4 Sucker head Garra gotyla 5 Devario danio Devario devario

3.9 Socio-Economic Environment Socio Economic is a study to identify, evaluate and determine the potential of socio economics and cultural impacts of a proposed development project on the lives of current or future residents of a community or geographic area. Socio economics study includes the demographic structure of the study area, social group present, livelihood profile of the community, literacy & Illiteracy structure, Occupational structure including total worker, main worker, marginal worker and non-worker, basic amenities like Education facilities, medical facilities etc. The proposed Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project at villagesKajipur, Taluka Satlasana, District Mehsana and State Gujarat is of cluster comprising of 2 mine leases which are shown in the table below –

Table 3.21 –Project Details S.

No. Mine Name Area (Ha)

Survey Number Village Taluka District

1 Kajipur Granite Block – 1 3.1443 42, 43, 112 Paiki Kajipur Satlasana Mehsana

2 Kajipur Granite Block – 2 2.1580 44, 112 Paiki Kajipur Satlasana Mehsana

Total 5.3023



The various attributes that have been taken into account are population composition, employment generation, occupational shift, household income, consumption pattern, ethnic issue and law & order problem. 3.9.1 Objectives The objectives of the socio-economic study are as follows – 1. To study the socio-economic status of the people living in the study area of the proposed

cluster mining project. 2. To assess the impact of the project on socio-economic environment in the study area. 3. To assess the impact of the project on Quality of life of the people in the study area. 4. To evaluate the community development measures proposed to be taken up by the project

proponent, if any. 5. To recommend Community Development measures needs to be taken up in the study area. 3.9.2 Methodology Adopted for The Study The study has been conducted based on secondary data. The secondary data has been collected from the administrative records of the Government of Gujarat, Census 2011. The primary data is collected through a sample survey of selected villages & town present in the study area. The details regarding population composition, number of literates, workers etc. have been collected from secondary sources and analyzed. Also, village /city/town wise details regarding amenities available in the cluster study area have been collected from secondary sources. Based on the above data, impacts due to mining operation on the community have been assessed and recommendations for improvement have been made. 3.9.3 Concepts & Definition (a) Cluster Study Area: “Study Area”, also known as “Impact Area” has been defined as the sum total of “Core Area and Buffer Area” within a radius of 10 Kilometers from the periphery of the Core Area. The cluster study area includes all the land marks both natural and manmade, falling therein. (b) Household: A group of persons who normally live together and take their meals from a common kitchen are called a household. Persons living in a household may be related or unrelated or a mix of both. (c) Sex Ratio: “Sex Ratio” is the ratio of Females to Males in a given population. It is expressed as 'number of Females per 1000 Males’. (d) Literates: All persons aged 7 years and above who can both read and write with understanding in any language are taken as literate. It is not necessary for a person to have received any formal education or passed any minimum educational standard for being treated as literate. People who are blind but can read in Braille are also treated as literates. (e) Literacy Rate: “Literacy Rate” of population is defined as the percentage of literates to the total population aged 7 years and above. (f) Labor Force: “Labor Force” is the number of people employed and unemployed in a geographical entity. The size of the “Labor Force” is the sum total of persons employed and unemployed. An unemployed person is defined as a person not employed but actively seeking work. (g) Work: “Work” is defined as participation in any economically productive activity with or without compensation, wages or profit, it can part time, full time, or unpaid work in a farm, family enterprise or in any other economic activity. Such participation may be physical and/or mental in nature. Work involves not only actual work but also includes effective supervision and direction of work.



(h)Worker: All persons engaged in 'work' are defined as “workers”. Persons who are engaged in cultivation or milk production even solely for domestic consumption are also treated as workers. (i)Work participation rate: the percentage of total workers (main and marginal) to total population. • Main Workers: Those workers, who had worked for the major part of the reference

period (i.e. 6 months or more in the case of a year), are termed as “Main Workers”. • Marginal Workers: Those workers, who did not work for the major part of the reference

period (i.e. less than 6 months), are termed as “Marginal Workers”. 3.9.4 Description of the study area Core Zone: There is no human settlement in the core zone of the Granite cluster. Buffer Zone:Area within 10 km radius from the “Project Site” is considered as the “Study Area”. In case of Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project in an area of 5.303 Ha near village Kajipur, the study area is spread over 68 villages in one district namely Mehsana in the state of Gujarat. The list of villages along with the sub-district and total geographical area of the Cluster Study Area is presented in the following tables –

Table 3.22 –Details of the State Gujarat district Mehsana and Study area

S. No. Particular

Details of State

Gujarat

Details of District Mehsana

Study Area Details

1 Area (km2) 1,96,024 4,401 357.40

2 No. of households 12,248,428 423,463 23,834

3 Total Population 60,439,692 2,035,064 1,20,657

4 Male Population 31,491,260 1,056,520 62,014

5 Female Population 28,948,432 978,544 58,643

6 Total Child Population (0-6 Age) 77,77,262 273,932 16,665

7 Male child population (0-6 Age) 4,115,384 129,169 8,957

8 Female child population (0-6 Age) 3,661,878 108,763 7,708

9 Sex Ratio (Females per 1000 Males) 919 926 945

10 Schedule Caste Population 89,17,174 162,288 10,362

11 Schedule Tribe Population 4,074,447 9,392 428

12 Literate Population 41,093,358 1,502,645 77,244

13 Male Literates 23,474,873 847,499 45,820

14 Female Literates 1,76,18,485 655,146 31,424



(Source: As per Census Data, 2011)

Table 3.23 –Total Geographical Area of the Cluster Study Area

S. No. Name Sub-

district

Total Geographical Area (Ha)

S. No. Name Sub-

district

Total Geographic

al Area (Ha)

1 Galalpur Satlasana 160.86 35 Davol Kheralu 522.09 2 Kajipur Satlasana 273.64 36 Dedasan Kheralu 446.91

3 Anand Bhankhari Satlasana 193.32 37 Dharavania Satlasana 232.39

4 Bhimpur Satlasana 344.14 38 Dharoi Satlasana 713.02 5 Dabhoda Kheralu 1,235.21 39 Gamanpura Satlasana 67.38 6 Isakpura Satlasana 68.39 40 Ganeshpura Vadnagar 252.59 7 Kanediya Satlasana 478.95 41 Gathaman Kheralu 329.46 8 Kuda Kheralu 385.46 42 Gorisana Kheralu 805.19 9 Nalu Kheralu 307.94 43 Hadol Satlasana 2,154.45 10 Otalpur Satlasana 373.04 44 Himmatpura Satlasana 216.33 11 Radhupura Satlasana 350.29 45 Jaspur Satlasana 175.96

12 Rahemanpura Kheralu 109.67 46 Kesarpura Satlasana 224.53

13 Rajpur (Gadh) Satlasana 181.74 47 Kevdasan Satlasana 171.18

14 Rangpur (Gadh) Satlasana 339.27 48 Khilod Satlasana 189.98

15 Sadrasan Satlasana 226.35 49 Khodamali Satlasana 987.13

16 Sangathala Kheralu 750.83 50 Kothasana Mota Satlasana 369.17

17 Shahupura (Gadh) Satlasana 217.6 51 Kothasana

Nana Satlasana 234.88

18 Timba Satlasana 2,877.38 52 Lalawada Kheralu 416.87

19 Vaghar Satlasana 1,84.33 53 Mahekubpura Kheralu 214.29

20 Varetha Kheralu 628.41 54 Mahiyal Kheralu 1,160.97 21 Amarpura Kheralu 127.57 55 Malapura Satlasana 146.32 22 Ambavada Kheralu 619.88 56 Malarpura Kheralu 264.4 23 Ankaliyara Satlasana 282.7 57 Nanivada Kheralu 493.89 24 Arathi Kheralu 919.01 58 Nijhampur Satlasana 147.78 25 Aspa Vadnagar 645.2 59 Pirojpura Satlasana 132.42 26 Bhalu Moti Satlasana 335.43 60 Rinchhada Satlasana 208.85

27 Bhalu Nani Satlasana 268 61 Sardarpur (Cheekna) Satlasana 391.21

28 Bhalusana Satlasana 778.1 62 Sartanpur (Gadh) Satlasana 227.53

29 Bhatvas Satlasana 286.8 63 Satlasana Satlasana 2,720.02 30 Chada Kheralu 856.62 64 Sheshhapur Satlasana 123 31 Chhelpura Satlasana 198.18 65 Sudasana Satlasana 1,932.19 32 Chotiya Kheralu 412.38 66 Umari Satlasana 1,395.66 33 Dabu Vadnagar 204.32 67 Vaghvadi Kheralu 964.21 34 Dalisana Kheralu 608.14 68 Vav Satlasana 479.47

Total 3,5740.87



Demographic Profile of the Cluster study area based on 2011 Census data The proposed cluster covers 68 villages in Mehsana district in Gujarat state. A study has been undertaken with respect to demography, occupational pattern, literacy rate and other important socio-economic indicators of these villages to reveal the socio-economic structure of the entire cluster area. The salient features of the cluster study area include – 1. Total population of study area is 1,20,657. The percentages of male & female population are

51.39 % & 48.61 % respectively; 2. Total household in the study area are 23,834 with a family size of 5.06; 3. Total number of literates in the study area is 77,244 (64.01%); 4. Sex ratio (number of Females per thousand Male) of the study area is 945 which shows that

male population is higher in the study area as compared with the female population. 5. Out of the total population SC population in the study area is 10362(8.58%) and ST

population is 428 (0.35%); 6. Child population (0-6 years) in the study area is 16,665 which is 13.81% of the total

population out of which 8,957 (7.42%) are boys population and 7708 (6.39%) are girls population.

3.9.5 Population of the Cluster Study Area Total population of study area is 1,20,657. The percentages of male & female population are 51.39 % & 48.61 % respectively. Sex ratio (number of Females per thousand Male) of the study area is 945 which shows that male population is higher in the study area as compared with the female population. Breakup of the population for male and female is given in following as per census data 2011 –

Fig. 3.12 – Demographic Structure of the Study Area

120657

62014 58643

0

20000

40000

60000

80000

100000

120000

140000

TOTAL POPULATION TOTAL MALE POPULATION TOTAL FEMALE POPULATION



Fig. 3.13 – Gender Structure of the Study Area

3.9.6 Social Structure 1. The SC population within the study area is 10,362 (8.58%) of the total population with

5,379 (4.45%) Male and 4,983 (4.13%) are female.

Fig. 3.14 – Schedule Caste Structure of The Study Area

51%49%

Male Population Female population

120657

103625379 4983

0

20000

40000

60000

80000

100000

120000

140000

TOTAL POPULATION

TOTAL SCHEDULE CASTE

POPULATION

TOTAL SC MALE POPULATION

TOTAL SC FEMALE POPULATION



Fig. 3.15– Schedule Caste Percentage of the Study Area

2. The ST population within the Study Area is 428 (0.35%) of the total population with 229

(0.18%) Male and 199 (0.17%) Female. Detailed status of social structure is given below.

Fig. 3.16 – Schedule Tribe Structure of the Study Area

92%

8%

Total Population

Total Scheduled Castes Population

428

229

199

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

TOTAL SCHEDULE TRIBE POPULATION

TOTAL ST MALE POPULATION

TOTAL ST FEMALE POPULATION



Fig. 3.17 – Schedule Tribe Structure of the Study Area

3.9.7 Literacy The total number of literates within the study area is approximately 77,244 which are 64.01% of total population. Male literacy rate of the study area is 45,820 (37.97%) and female literacy rate is 31,424 (26.04%). Detailed status of literacy is given below –

Fig. 3.18 – Literacy Structure of the Study Area

99%

1%

Total population

Total Schedule Tribe population

120657

77244

45820

31424

0

20000

40000

60000

80000

100000

120000

140000

TOTAL POPULATION

TOTAL LITERACY POPULATION

MALE LITERACY POPULATION

FEMALE LITERACY POPULATION



Fig. 3.19 – Literacy & Illiteracy Breakup of the Study Area

3.9.8 Illiteracy The total number of illiterates within the study area is approximately 43,413 which are 35.99% of total population. Male Illiteracy in the study area is 16,194 (13.43%) and female Illiteracy is 27,219 (22.56%). Detailed status of Illiteracy is given below.

Fig. 3.20 – Illiteracy Structure of the Study Area

64%

36%

Literacy Population Illiteracy population

120657

43413

16194

27219

0

20000

40000

60000

80000

100000

120000

140000

TOTAL POPULATION

TOTAL ILLITERACY POPULATION

MALE ILLITERACY POPULATION

FEMALE ILLITERACY POPULATION



Table 3.24 –Demographic Structure of the Cluster Study Area

S. No. Name

Total Household

s

Total Populatio

n

Total Male Population

Total Female

Population

Sex Ratio

Total Child

Population (0-6 Years)

Total Male Child

Population (0-6

Years)

Total Female Child

Population (0-6 Years)

(0-3 km) 1 Galalpur 87 461 224 237 1058 74 38 36 2 Kajipur 67 383 187 196 1048 66 26 40

(3-5 km) 3 Anand Bhankhari 136 771 397 374 942 92 44 48 4 Bhimpur 390 2140 1105 1035 937 298 173 125 5 Dabhoda 1872 10124 5164 4960 960 1688 888 800 6 Isakpura 157 801 416 385 925 119 65 54 7 Kanediya 370 2012 1022 990 969 296 163 133 8 Kuda 744 3870 1909 1961 1027 588 300 288 9 Nalu 367 1894 981 913 931 277 144 133 10 Otalpur 248 1305 675 630 933 205 116 89 11 Radhupura 175 946 478 468 979 173 89 84 12 Rahemanpura 121 753 384 369 961 151 82 69 13 Rajpur(Gadh) 275 1298 662 636 961 166 94 72 14 Rangpur (Gadh) 202 1224 657 567 863 205 117 88 15 Sadrasan ----------------------------------------------------UNHABITAT------------------------------------------------------ 16 Sangathala 457 2218 1148 1070 932 328 167 161 17 Shahupura (Gadh) 106 594 303 291 960 113 64 49 18 Timba 603 3307 1707 1600 937 497 261 236 19 Vaghar 340 1832 924 908 983 261 123 138 20 Varetha 434 2056 1074 982 914 238 145 93

(5-10 km)

21 Amarpura 68 358 178 180 1011 47 29 18



22 Ambavada 346 1860 958 902 942 272 145 127

23 Ankaliyara 248 1143 582 561 964 166 92 74

24 Arathi 381 1806 947 859 907 202 125 77

25 Aspa 396 1971 1034 937 906 259 132 127

26 Bhalu Moti 314 1572 821 751 915 214 117 97

27 Bhalu Nani 330 1851 936 915 978 298 169 129

28 Bhalusana 736 3511 1787 1724 965 417 223 194

29 Bhatvas 109 520 281 239 851 50 28 22

30 Chada 469 2227 1140 1087 954 284 144 140

31 Chhelpura 97 523 266 257 966 77 42 35

32 Chotiya 293 1425 748 677 905 141 75 66

33 Dabu 340 1808 922 886 961 238 122 116

34 Dalisana 426 2171 1132 1039 918 277 142 135

35 Davol 423 1941 989 952 963 211 112 99

36 Dedasan 206 1065 543 522 961 161 85 76

37 Dharavania 158 832 441 391 887 109 55 54

38 Dharoi 523 2417 1251 1166 932 330 174 156

39 Gamanpura 25 98 54 44 815 16 9 7

40 Ganeshpura 211 1020 536 484 903 101 62 39

41 Gathaman 196 1031 538 493 916 143 86 57

42 Gorisana 552 2748 1426 1322 927 380 202 178



43 Hadol 464 2504 1273 1231 967 338 174 164

44 Himmatpura 166 768 408 360 882 100 54 46

45 Jaspur 187 1051 513 538 1049 133 64 69

46 Kesarpura 172 912 468 444 949 112 51 61

47 Kevdasan 73 401 199 202 1015 76 38 38

48 Khilod 145 701 364 337 926 72 41 31

49 Khodamali 458 2272 1208 1064 881 336 196 140

50 Kothasana Mota 419 2075 1026 1049 1022 269 144 125

51 Kothasana Nana 262 1452 752 700 931 238 131 107

52 Lalawada 298 1714 881 833 946 309 170 139

53 Mahekubpura 187 1072 546 526 963 217 128 89

54 Mahiyal 340 1554 769 785 1021 196 97 99

55 Malapura 187 920 481 439 913 112 60 52

56 Malarpura 201 1092 558 534 957 144 73 71

57 Nanivada 602 3070 1616 1454 900 431 231 200

58 Nijhampur 102 501 266 235 883 65 35 30

59 Pirojpura 62 285 146 139 952 31 15 16

60 Rinchhada 145 639 331 308 931 87 46 41

61 Sardarpur (Cheekna) 503 2479 1276 1203 943 342 176 166

62 Sartanpur (Gadh) 316 1484 751 733 976 161 88 73

63 Satlasana 1690 8002 4118 3884 943 924 490 434



64 Sheshhapur 85 415 213 202 948 42 27 15

65 Sudasana 1027 4819 2487 2332 938 536 321 215

66 Umari 639 3215 1657 1558 940 435 243 192

67 Vaghvadi 379 1959 1026 933 909 236 120 116

68 Vav 727 3414 1754 1660 946 495 275 220 Total 23,834 1,20,657 62,014 58,643 946 16,665 8,957 7708


Table 3.25 – Population Breakup Details in Study Area

S. No. Name

Total SC

Population

Total SC

Male Popula

tion

Total SC

Female

Population

Total ST

Population

Total ST Mal

e Population

Total ST Female

Population

Total Literac

y Popula

tion

Total Male

Literacy Populati

on

Total Female Literacy Populati

on

Total Illiter

ate Population

Total Illiterate Male

Population

Total Female Illiteracy Male

Population

(0-3 km)

1 Galalpur 0 0 0 0 0 0 232 130 102 229 94 135

2 Kajipur 0 0 0 0 0 0 187 110 77 196 77 119

(3-5 km)

3 Anand Bhankhari 0 0 0 0 0 0 549 324 225 222 73 149

4 Bhimpur 263 141 122 0 0 0 1397 829 568 743 276 467



5 Dabhoda 385 192 193 11 1 10 5897 3560 2337 4227 1604 2623

6 Isakpura 28 16 12 0 0 0 497 303 194 304 113 191

7 Kanediya 100 46 54 0 0 0 1266 764 502 746 258 488

8 Kuda 23 10 13 0 0 0 2289 1343 946 1581 566 1015

9 Nalu 12 8 4 0 0 0 1182 725 457 712 256 456

10 Otalpur 0 0 0 0 0 0 746 472 274 559 203 356

11 Radhupura 1 0 1 0 0 0 464 278 186 482 200 282

12 Rahemanpura 43 24 19 0 0 0 450 272 178 303 112 191

13 Rajpur (Gadh) 260 126 134 0 0 0 825 490 335 473 172 301

14 Rangpur (Gadh) 20 12 8 0 0 0 650 425 225 574 232 342

15 Sadrasan ----------------------------------------------------UNHABITAT------------------------------------------------------

16 Sangathala 232 118 114 165 92 73 1419 824 595 799 324 475

17 Shahupura (Gadh) 70 31 39 0 0 0 350 208 142 244 95 149

18 Timba 8 5 3 0 0 0 2090 1299 791 1217 408 809

19 Vaghar 40 22 18 0 0 0 1114 691 423 718 233 485



20 Varetha 161 82 79 6 3 3 1393 790 603 663 284 379

(5-10 km)

21 Amarpura 0 0 0 0 0 0 211 123 88 147 55 92

22 Ambavada 230 126 104 0 0 0 1193 695 498 667 263 404

23 Ankaliyara 206 102 104 0 0 0 758 454 304 385 128 257

24 Arathi 235 129 106 0 0 0 1258 729 529 548 218 330

25 Aspa 247 126 121 0 0 0 1243 792 451 728 242 486

26 Bhalu Moti 148 80 68 0 0 0 1055 638 417 517 183 334

27 Bhalu Nani 4 1 3 0 0 0 910 624 286 941 312 629

28 Bhalusana 210 106 104 0 0 0 2408 1398 1010 1103 389 714

29 Bhatvas 59 32 27 0 0 0 352 222 130 168 59 109

30 Chada 293 158 135 0 0 0 1473 877 596 754 263 491

31 Chhelpura 0 0 0 0 0 0 346 200 146 177 66 111

32 Chotiya 85 44 41 0 0 0 1089 634 455 336 114 222

33 Dabu 38 23 15 0 0 0 1316 752 564 492 170 322



34 Dalisana 295 152 143 0 0 0 1461 863 598 710 269 441

35 Davol 250 131 119 0 0 0 1283 756 527 658 233 425

36. Dedasan 0 0 0 7 4 3 649 380 269 416 163 253

37 Dharavania 0 0 0 0 0 0 540 322 218 292 119 173

38 Dharoi 320 158 162 78 45 33 1762 998 764 655 253 402

39 Gamanpura 0 0 0 0 0 0 56 28 28 42 26 16

40 Ganeshpura 246 130 116 5 3 2 740 431 309 280 105 175

41 Gathaman 33 17 16 0 0 0 611 359 252 420 179 241

42 Gorisana 454 243 211 2 2 0 1718 1024 694 1030 402 628

43 Hadol 105 52 53 0 0 0 1620 940 680 884 333 551

44 Himmatpura 42 24 18 0 0 0 461 288 173 307 120 187

45 Jaspur 57 30 27 0 0 0 685 409 276 366 104 262

46 Kesarpura 239 125 114 0 0 0 648 383 265 264 85 179

47 Kevdasan 0 0 0 0 0 0 236 144 92 165 55 110

48 Khilod 230 118 112 0 0 0 455 269 186 246 95 151



49 Khodamali 159 84 75 0 0 0 1303 784 519 969 424 545

50 Kothasana Mota 142 71 71 0 0 0 1381 808 573 694 218 476

51 Kothasana Nana 53 30 23 0 0 0 851 525 326 601 227 374

52 Lalawada 22 9 13 0 0 0 883 532 351 831 349 482

53 Mahekubpura 0 0 0 0 0 0 696 390 306 376 156 220

54 Mahiyal 198 106 92 0 0 0 1051 579 472 503 190 313

55 Malapura 145 76 69 0 0 0 604 378 226 316 103 213

56 Malarpura 237 129 108 0 0 0 733 418 315 359 140 219

57 Nanivada 289 143 146 0 0 0 1819 1156 663 1251 460 791

58 Nijhampur 160 83 77 0 0 0 315 194 121 186 72 114

59 Pirojpura 30 14 16 7 5 2 191 114 77 94 32 62

60 Rinchhada 116 62 54 0 0 0 399 247 152 240 84 156

61 Sardarpur (Cheekna) 269 132 137 0 0 0 1384 836 548 1095 440 655

62 Sartanpur (Gadh) 272 141 131 0 0 0 963 571 392 521 180 341

63 Satlasana 855 453 402 125 63 62 5756 3263 2493 2246 855 1391



64 Sheshhapur 11 6 5 0 0 0 266 159 107 149 54 95

65 Sudasana 656 332 324 1 1 0 3378 1934 1444 1441 553 888

66 Umari 400 210 190 6 3 3 2012 1220 792 1203 437 766

67 Vaghvadi 394 210 184 0 0 0 1393 823 570 566 203 363

68 Vav 282 148 134 15 7 8 2332 1320 1012 1082 434 648

Total 10,362 5,379 4,983 428 229 199 77,244 45,820 31,424 43,413 16,194 27,219




3.9.9 Occupational Structure “Occupational Structure” of the population in the ‘Study Area’ has been studied with reference to the total workers and non-workers. Further total workers grouped into two categories “main workers” and “marginal workers”. Main workers have been grouped into four categories namely: Cultivators, Agricultural Labourers, Household Workers and Other Workers. 3.9.9.1 Total Workers “Work” is defined as participation in any economically productive activity with or without compensation, wages or profit, such participation may be physical and/or mental in nature. The number of total workers in the study area isapproximately 49,007 (40.61%) in which 33,992 (28.17%) are male worker and 15,015 (12.44%) are female worker. Total workers further divided into main workers and marginal workers – 1. Main Workers

The workers who had worked for the major part of the reference period (i.e. 6 months or more) are termed as “Main Workers”. Total number of main workers in the Study Area is approximately 39,783 persons, which is 81.17 % of total workers and 32.97% of total population. i. Cultivators

A person is classified as ‘Cultivators’ if he or she is engaged in cultivation of land own or from government or held from private persons or institutions for payment in money, kind or share. A person working on another person’s land for wages in cash or kind or combination of both is not treated as “Cultivator”. Total Cultivators in the “Study Area” is approximately 16,025 persons which is 32.69% of total working population and 13.28% of total population.

ii. Agricultural Laborers Persons working on the land of others for wages or share in the yield have been treated as Agricultural laborers. Total workers of this category in the “Study Area” are approximately 12,402 persons which are 25.30% of total working population and 10.27% of total population.

iii. Household Industry Laborers Household Industry is defined as an industry conducted by one or more members of the household at home or within the village in rural areas and only within the precincts of the house where the household lives in urban areas. The main criterion of a Household industry even in urban areas is the participation of one or more members of a household. Total Household Industry Laborers of this category in the “Study Area” is approximately 199 persons which are 0.40% of total working population and 0.16% of total population

iv. Other Workers All workers except “Cultivators” or “Agricultural labour” or “Household Industry” Workers are Other Workers. Total other workers of this category in the “Study Area” is approximately 11,157 persons which are 22.76% of total working population and 9.24% of total population.

2. Marginal Workers

Marginal Workers are those workers, who are engaged in some work for a period of less than six months, during the reference year prior to the census survey. Total number of marginal workers in the Study Area is approximately 9,224 persons which is 18.82 % of the total workers and 7.64 % of total population.

Non-Workers The non-workers include those engaged in unpaid household duties, students, retired persons, dependents, beggars etc. The total number of non-workers population is approximately 71,650which is 59.38% of the total population out of which 23.22% is male and 36.15% is



female. The percent distribution of Occupational pattern within the study area is given in the table below. Occupation structure of each village in the cluster study area is tabulated below and the graphical representation has also been provided.

Table 3.26 –Occupational Pattern of the Cluster Study Area

S. No. Particulars

Number of Workers In The Study Area

Total Male Male Worker % Female Female

Worker % 1 Total Workers 49007 33992 69.36 15015 30.64

2 Non-Workers 71650 28022 39.11 43628 60.89

3 Main Workers 39783 31263 78.58 8520 21.42

4 Marginal Workers 9224 2729 29.59 6495 70.41

5 Cultivators 16025 15185 94.76 840 5.24

6 Agricultural Labour 12402 8707 70.21 3695 29.79

7 Household Industry 199 182 91.46 17 8.54

8 Other workers 11157 7189 64.43 3968 35.57 (Source: As Per Census Data, 2011)

Fig.3.27 –Occupational Pattern in the Study Area

49007

71650

39783

922416025 12402 199 11157

3399228022 31263

2729 15185 8707 182 718915015

43628

8520 6495 840 3695 17 39680

10000

20000

30000

40000

50000

60000

70000

80000

TOTAL MALE WORKER FEMALE WORKER



Table 3.27 – Occupation Structure of Each Village in The Cluster Study Area

S. No. Name

Total Worke

r

Total Male

Worker

Total Female Worker

Main Worke

r

Male Main

Worker

Female Main Worke

r

Non-Worke

r

Male Non-

Worker

Female Non-

Worker

Marginal Workers

Male Marginal Worker

Female Marginal Worker

(0-3 km) 1 Galalpur 277 134 143 94 90 4 184 90 94 183 44 139 2 Kajipur 231 107 124 74 72 2 152 80 72 157 35 122

(3-5 km)

3 Anand

Bhankhari

486 231 255 242 157 85 285 166 119 244 74 170

4 Bhimpur 634 618 16 626 610 16 1506 487 1019 8 8 0

5 Dabhoda 4290 2838 1452 3314 2584 730 5834 2326 3508 976 254 722

6 Isakpura 297 207 90 240 188 52 504 209 295 57 19 38 7 Kanediya 854 555 299 668 542 126 1158 467 691 186 13 173 8 Kuda 1999 1079 920 1714 1059 655 1871 830 1041 285 20 265 9 Nalu 600 563 37 596 559 37 1294 418 876 4 4 0

10 Otalpur 647 381 266 395 376 19 658 294 364 252 5 247

11 Radhupura 268 252 16 266 251 15 678 226 452 2 1 1

12 Rahemanpura 307 206 101 306 206 100 446 178 268 1 0 1

13 Rajpur (Gadh) 417 382 35 415 382 33 881 280 601 2 0 2

14 Rangpur (Gadh) 719 354 365 390 342 48 505 303 202 329 12 317



15 Sadrasan --------------------------------------------------------------------UNHABITAT----------------------------------------------------------------------

16 Sangathala 1112 636 476 1092 634 458 1106 512 594 20 2 18

17 Shahupura (Gadh) 173 167 6 130 126 4 421 136 285 43 41 2

18 Timba 1210 887 323 919 828 91 2097 820 1277 291 59 232 19 Vaghar 509 473 36 472 437 35 1323 451 872 37 36 1 20 Varetha 596 568 28 583 557 26 1460 506 954 13 11 2

(5-10 km)

21 Amarpura 205 96 109 196 95 101 153 82 71 9 1 8

22 Ambavada 912 555 357 782 543 239 948 403 545 130 12 118

23 Ankaliyara 588 316 272 212 189 23 555 266 289 376 127 249

24 Arathi 1016 537 479 715 473 242 790 410 380 301 64 237

25 Aspa 888 593 295 875 583 292 1083 441 642 13 10 3

26 Bhalu Moti 608 460 148 579 438 141 964 361 603 29 22 7

27 Bhalu Nani 822 533 289 659 523 136 1029 403 626 163 10 153

28 Bhalusana 1195 967 228 1171 949 222 2316 820 1496 24 18 6

29 Bhatvas 166 158 8 166 158 8 354 123 231 0 0 0

30 Chada 791 657 134 625 565 60 1436 483 953 166 92 74

31 Chhelpura 383 192 191 105 93 12 140 74 66 278 99 179



32 Chotiya 720 450 270 614 383 231 705 298 407 106 67 39

33 Dabu 711 536 175 708 533 175 1097 386 711 3 3 0

34 Dalisana 652 611 41 641 608 33 1519 521 998 11 3 8

35 Davol 979 478 501 960 462 498 962 511 451 19 16 3

36 Dedasan 612 300 312 428 284 144 453 243 210 184 16 168

37 Dharavania 402 212 190 214 195 19 430 229 201 188 17 171

38 Dharoi 983 665 318 812 597 215 1434 586 848 171 68 103

39 Gamanpura 68 38 30 23 23 0 30 16 14 45 15 30

40 Ganeshpura 453 306 147 411 304 107 567 230 337 42 2 40

41 Gathaman 355 295 60 231 200 31 676 243 433 124 95 29

42 Gorisana 1227 752 475 1142 740 402 1521 674 847 85 12 73

43 Hadol 992 630 362 579 558 21 1512 643 869 413 72 341

44 Himmatpura 244 234 10 240 230 10 524 174 350 4 4 0

45 Jaspur 490 279 211 311 219 92 561 234 327 179 60 119

46 Kesarpura 332 244 88 217 209 8 580 224 356 115 35 80

47 Kevdasan 219 102 117 113 91 22 182 97 85 106 11 95

48 Khilod 234 227 7 233 227 6 467 137 330 1 0 1

49 Khodamali 1409 733 676 1144 650 494 863 475 388 265 83 182

50 Kothasan 820 550 270 536 483 53 1255 476 779 284 67 217



a Mota

51 Kothasana Nana 675 416 259 354 343 11 777 336 441 321 73 248

52 Lalawada 561 512 49 524 501 23 1153 369 784 37 11 26

53 Mahekubpura 237 221 16 206 197 9 835 325 510 31 24 7

54 Mahiyal 627 422 205 620 418 202 927 347 580 7 4 3

55 Malapura 264 243 21 263 243 20 656 238 418 1 0 1

56 Malarpura 490 304 186 483 303 180 602 254 348 7 1 6

57 Nanivada 1029 922 107 1024 919 105 2041 694 1347 5 3 2

58 Nijhampur 147 137 10 101 96 5 354 129 225 46 41 5

59 Pirojpura 100 99 1 96 95 1 185 47 138 4 4 0

60 Rinchhada 288 180 108 219 166 53 351 151 200 69 14 55

61 Sardarpur (Cheekna

) 1180 749 431 911 690 221 1299 527 772 269 59 210

62 Sartanpur (Gadh) 507 424 83 500 419 81 977 327 650 7 5 2

63 Satlasana 2848 2239 609 2127 1907 220 5154 1879 3275 721 332 389

64 Sheshhapur 108 107 1 85 84 1 307 106 201 23 23 0

65 Sudasana 1497 1318 179 1429 1289 140 3322 1169 2153 68 29 39

66 Umari 1090 842 248 805 710 95 2125 815 1310 285 132 153

67 Vaghvadi 986 549 437 930 532 398 973 477 496 56 17 39



68 Vav 1271 964 307 928 746 182 2143 790 1353 343 218 125

Total 49,007 33,992 15,015 39,783 31,263 8,520 71,650 28,022 43,628 9,224 2,729 6,495 (Source: Census Data, 2011)

Table 3.28 – Occupation Structure Breakup of Each Villages in The Study Area

S. No. Name Cultivat

ors

Male cultivat

ors

Female cultivat

ors

Agriculture

laborers

Male Agricult

ure labour

Female Agriculture labour

Household

Industry

Male Househo

ld Industry

Female Househo

ld Industry

Others

workers

Male others

workers

Female other worker

s (0-3 km)

1 Galalpur 92 89 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 2 Kajipur 69 68 1 4 3 1 0 0 0 1 1 0

(3-5 km)

3 Anand Bhankhari 115 102 13 89 21 68 19 18 1 19 16 3

4 Bhimpur 375 373 2 117 111 6 1 1 0 133 125 8

5 Dabhoda 1076 1047 29 1476 1062 414 12 10 2 750 465 285

6 Isakpura 56 55 1 121 74 47 0 0 0 63 59 4 7 Kanediya 613 504 109 31 21 10 0 0 0 24 17 7 8 Kuda 849 824 25 438 138 300 5 5 0 422 92 330 9 Nalu 358 342 16 213 192 21 0 0 0 25 25 0

10 Otalpur 356 344 12 21 15 6 0 0 0 18 17 1

11 Radhupura 256 244 12 2 2 0 0 0 0 8 5 3

12 Rahemanpura 49 44 5 119 78 41 0 0 0 138 84 54

13 Rajpur (Gadh) 73 69 4 260 238 22 0 0 0 82 75 7



14 Rangpur (Gadh) 350 311 39 27 22 5 0 0 0 13 9 4

15 Sadrasan -------------------------------------------------------------------UNHABITATED-------------------------------------------------------- 16 Sangathala 298 294 4 339 195 144 2 2 0 453 143 310

17 Shahupura (Gadh) 54 54 0 39 35 4 0 0 0 37 37 0

18 Timba 471 463 8 76 61 15 12 10 2 360 294 66 19 Vaghar 325 306 19 120 106 14 1 1 0 26 24 2 20 Varetha 164 159 5 278 266 12 0 0 0 141 132 9

(5-10 km) 21 Amarpura 91 84 7 104 11 93 0 0 0 1 0 1 22 Ambavada 254 249 5 401 216 185 0 0 0 127 78 49 23 Ankaliyara 119 116 3 22 19 3 0 0 0 71 54 17 24 Arathi 245 237 8 122 109 13 0 0 0 348 127 221 25 Aspa 398 391 7 421 176 245 0 0 0 56 16 40 26 Bhalu Moti 129 127 2 228 167 61 4 4 0 218 140 78 27 Bhalu Nani 428 357 71 34 18 16 0 0 0 197 148 49 28 Bhalusana 415 405 10 94 75 19 1 1 0 661 468 193 29 Bhatvas 62 57 5 81 81 0 0 0 0 23 20 3 30 Chada 248 242 6 255 230 25 0 0 0 122 93 29 31 Chhelpura 88 84 4 16 8 8 0 0 0 1 1 0 32 Chotiya 226 224 2 178 86 92 0 0 0 210 73 137 33 Dabu 264 253 11 409 248 161 5 5 0 30 27 3 34 Dalisana 343 334 9 231 214 17 2 2 0 65 58 7 35 Davol 296 296 0 108 106 2 3 3 0 553 57 496



36 Dedasan 304 178 126 62 49 13 0 0 0 62 57 5 37 Dharavania 108 105 3 97 82 15 0 0 0 9 8 1 38 Dharoi 161 153 8 242 215 27 8 8 0 401 221 180 39 Gamanpura 5 5 0 16 16 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 40 Ganeshpura 176 168 8 152 106 46 0 0 0 83 30 53 41 Gathaman 156 140 16 6 4 2 0 0 0 69 56 13 42 Gorisana 290 281 9 468 315 153 6 6 0 378 138 240 43 Hadol 345 339 6 160 150 10 0 0 0 74 69 5 44 Himmatpura 123 119 4 88 87 1 0 0 0 29 24 5 45 Jaspur 201 180 21 83 18 65 2 2 0 25 19 6 46 Kesarpura 65 64 1 124 121 3 1 1 0 27 23 4 47 Kevdasan 29 25 4 75 57 18 0 0 0 9 9 0 48 Khilod 117 116 1 97 94 3 0 0 0 19 17 2 49 Khodamali 235 233 2 713 311 402 12 11 1 184 95 89

50 Kothasana Mota 177 166 11 157 136 21 2 2 0 200 179 21

51 Kothasana Nana 76 75 1 112 110 2 1 0 1 165 158 7

52 Lalawada 146 144 2 347 328 19 1 1 0 30 28 2

53 Mahekubpura 27 27 0 102 96 6 0 0 0 77 74 3

54 Mahiyal 188 183 5 325 180 145 1 1 0 106 54 52 55 Malapura 199 192 7 46 34 12 1 1 0 17 16 1 56 Malarpura 155 149 6 237 94 143 5 5 0 86 55 31 57 Nanivada 451 446 5 327 288 39 0 0 0 246 185 61



58 Nijhampur 90 86 4 7 6 1 0 0 0 4 4 0 59 Pirojpura 55 55 0 31 31 0 0 0 0 10 9 1 60 Rinchhada 63 61 2 125 79 46 0 0 0 31 26 5

61 Sardarpur (Cheekna) 426 356 70 372 253 119 13 9 4 100 72 28

62 Sartanpur (Gadh) 119 114 5 95 74 21 0 0 0 286 231 55

63 Satlasana 506 486 20 205 186 19 53 48 5 1363 1187 176 64 Sheshhapur 77 77 0 4 3 1 0 0 0 4 4 0 65 Sudasana 733 712 21 330 305 25 5 5 0 361 267 94 66 Umari 210 205 5 283 243 40 2 2 0 310 260 50 67 Vaghvadi 214 214 0 410 207 203 0 0 0 306 111 195 68 Vav 193 183 10 29 24 5 19 18 1 687 521 166

Total 16025 15185 840 12402 8707 3695 199 182 17 11157 7189 3968 (Source: Census Data, 2011)



3.9.10 Infrastructural Facilities and Amenities in the cluster Study Area: Information on amenities has been provided based on information available in 2011 Census. The Infrastructural facilities and amenities like Education, Health, Drinking Water, Electricity, Transport and Communication Network. The information is provided in subsequent paragraphs of this section. 1. Medical Facilities

According to the Census-2011, there are 3 primary Health Centre, 20 Primary Health Sub Centre, 4 Veterinary Hospital, 1 Hospital Alternative Medicine present in the study area. The data for the medical facilities of the study area demonstrate the poor condition and lack of basic health facilities in the Study Area. The statistical data representing the type and number of medical facilities available within the study area is given inError! Reference source not found.Error! Reference source not found..

Fig. 3.21– Availability of Medical Facility in the Study Area

(Source – As Per Census Data, 2011) 2. Educational Facilities

In the study area, the number of Primary schools include 89 Govt. and 4 Private, Secondary School includes 19 Govt. and 3 private and Senior Secondary School includes 3 Govt. and 3 private, 1 Government degree College of Art & Science. The data shows that Primary schools, Secondary schools / Senior Secondary Schools and College are not good enough in the ‘Study Area’. The educational facilities within the study area are given below.

3

20

14

0

5

10

15

20

25

PRIMARY HEALTH CENTERPRIMARY HEALTH SUB CENTREHOSPITAL ALTERNATIVE MEDICINEVETERINARY HOSPITAL



Fig. 3.22 – Availability of Educational Facility in the Study Area

(Source – As Per Census Data, 2011)

3. Drinking Water The main source of drinking water in the study area is through hand pump, tap water, local water reservoirs constructed by district administration /land owners for storage of water.

4. Power Supply All villages in the study area have power supply for domestic agriculture and for all other purposes. The power supply details are given in the Table 8.

5. Transport Modes of transport in the ‘Study Area’ are Tractor, Jeeps along with Private Bus Services. From the project site the nearest State Highway is SH56 at 1.44 km away in the NW direction, nearest railway station is Taranga Hill Railway station at 1.5 km in West direction, nearest Airport is Ahmadabad Airport 97 km in the South direction. Transport Facilities in the studyarea is shown below.

89

19

3 14 3 30

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

PRIMARY SCHOOL SECONDARY SCHOOL SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL

ART & SCIENCE DEGREE COLLEGE

GOVT. PRIVATE

Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Proejct, Mehsana Draft EIA/EMP


Table 3.29 – Amenities in the Study Area

S. No. Name

Amenities in the study area Educational Facilities Health Facilities

Primary Secondary Senior Secondary

Govt. Degree College (Art &

Science)

Primary Health Centre

Primary health Sub

Centre

Hospital Alternate medicine

Veterinary Hospital Go

vt. private

Govt.

Private

Govt.

Private

(0-3 km)

1 Galalpur 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 Kajipur 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

(3-5 km)

3 Anand Bhankhari 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

4. Bhimpur 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

5 Dabhoda 6 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1

6 Isakpura 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

7 Kanediya 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

8 Kuda 4 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

9 Nalu 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

10 Otalpur 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0

11 Radhupura 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

12 Rahemanpura 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0



13 Rajpur (Gadh) 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

14 Rangpur (Gadh) 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

15 Sadrasan ----------------------------------------------UNHABITATED----------------------------------------------------------------

16 Sangathala 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

17 Shahupura (Gadh) 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

18 Timba 2 0 1 0 0 0 .0 0 0 0 0

19 Vaghar 1 0 0 0 0 0 .0 0 0 0 0

20 Varetha 2 0 1 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0

(5-10 km)

21 Amarpura 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 Ambavada 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 Ankaliyara 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

24 Arathi 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 Aspa 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

26 Bhalu Moti 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

27 Bhalu Nani 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

28 Bhalusana 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1

29 Bhatvas 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0



30 Chada 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0

31 Chhelpura 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

32 Chotiya 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

33 Dabu 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

34 Dalisana 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

35 Davol 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

36 Dedasan 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

37 Dharavania 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

38 Dharoi 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

39 Gamanpura 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

40 Ganeshpura 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

41 Gathaman 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

42 Gorisana 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0

43 Hadol 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

44 Himmatpura 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

45 Jaspur 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

46 Kesarpura 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

47 Kevdasan 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

48 Khilod 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0



49 Khodamali 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

50 Kothasana Mota 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

51 Kothasana Nana 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

52 Lalawada 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

53 Mahekubpura 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

54 Mahiyal 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

55 Malapura 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

56 Malarpura 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

57 Nanivada 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

58 Nijhampur 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

59 Pirojpura 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

60 Rinchhada 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

61 Sardarpur (Cheekna) 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

62 Sartanpur (Gadh) 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

63 Satlasana 3 2 2 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1

64 Sheshhapur 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

65 Sudasana 2 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0

66 Umari 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0



67 Vaghvadi 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

68 Vav 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

Total 89 4 19 3 3 3 1 3 20 1 4 (Source: As Per Census Data, 2011)

Table 3.30 – Infrastructure Facilities of The Study Area

S. No. Name

Tap Water Untreated

Functioning All-round the

year

Hand Pump Functioning All-round the year

Tube Wells/Boreh

ole Functioning All-round the year

Tank/Pond/Lake

Functioning All-round the year

Post Office Public Bus Service

Power Supply for All Users

(0-3 km) 1 Galalpur A N/A N/A N/A A A A 2 Kajipur A N/A A N/A A A A

(3-5 km)

3 Anand Bhankhari A N/A A N/A A A A

4 Bhimpur A N/A N/A N/A A A A 5 Dabhoda A N/A A N/A A A A 6 Isakpura A N/A A N/A A A A 7 Kanediya A A A N/A A A A 8 Kuda A N/A A A A A A 9 Nalu A N/A A A A A A 10 Otalpur A N/A A N/A A A A 11 Radhupura A N/A A N/A A A A

12 Rahemanpura A N/A A N/A A A A

13 Rajpur (Gadh) A A A A A A A



14 Rangpur (Gadh) A N/A A N/A A A A

15 Sadrasan -----------------------------------------------UNHABITAT-------------------------------------------------------- 16 Sangathala A A A N/A A A A

17 Shahupura (Gadh) A N/A A N/A A A A

18 Timba A A N/A N/A A A A 19 Vaghar A N/A N/A N/A A A A 20 Varetha A N/A A N/A A A A

(5-10 km) 21 Amarpura A N/A A A A A A 22 Ambavada A N/A A N/A A A A 23 Ankaliyara A A A A A A A 24 Arathi A N/A A N/A A A A 25 Aspa A N/A N/A N/A A A A 26 Bhalu Moti A A A N/A A A A 27 Bhalu Nani A A A N/A A A A 28 Bhalusana A N/A A N/A A A A 29 Bhatvas A N/A A N/A A A A 30 Chada A N/A A A A A A 31 Chhelpura A N/A A N/A A A A 32 Chotiya A N/A A N/A A A A 33 Dabu A N/A N/A A A A A 34 Dalisana A A A A A A A 35 Davol A N/A A N/A A A A 36 Dedasan A N/A A N/A A A A 37 Dharavania A N/A A N/A A A A 38 Dharoi A N/A A N/A A A A 39 Gamanpura A N/A A N/A A A A



40 Ganeshpura A N/A N/A N/A A A A 41 Gathaman A A A N/A A A A 42 Gorisana A N/A A N/A A A A 43 Hadol A N/A A N/A A A A 44 Himmatpura A N/A A N/A A A A 45 Jaspur A N/A N/A N/A A A A 46 Kesarpura A N/A A N/A A A A 47 Kevdasan A A A N/A A A A 48 Khilod A A A A A A A 49 Khodamali A N/A N/A A A A

50 Kothasana Mota A N/A A A A A A

51 Kothasana Nana A A A N/A A A A

52 Lalawada A N/A A N/A A A A

53 Mahekubpura A N/A A N/A A A A

54 Mahiyal A A A A A A A 55 Malapura A A A N/A A A A 56 Malarpura A N/A A A A A A 57 Nanivada A A A N/A A A A 58 Nijhampur A N/A A N/A A A A 59 Pirojpura A N/A A N/A A A A 60 Rinchhada A A N/A N/A A A A

61 Sardarpur (Cheekna) A N/A A N/A A A A

62 Sartanpur (Gadh) A N/A N/A N/A A A A

63 Satlasana A N/A A N/A A A A



64 Sheshhapur A N/A A N/A A A A 65 Sudasana A N/A A N/A A A A 66 Umari A A A N/A A A A 67 Vaghvadi A N/A A N/A A A A 68 Vav A N/A A N/A A A A

Total 68 17 57 12 67 68 68 A: Available, N/A: Not Available (Source: As Per Census Data, 2011)



3.10 Conclusion “Socio-Economic Study” of the ‘Study Area’ gives clear picture of its population, average household size, literacy rate, and sex ratio etc. In comparison with the facilities available in other parts of the district of Gujarat this area lacks higher level of amenities like higher education like Degree college, Govt. senior secondary school, health facilities like Hospitals, maternity home, nursing home etc. This area surely needs more medical and educational facilities to achieve good quality of life. The literacy rate and work participation rate in this area is quite average which can be improved by introduction of more employment opportunities and education facilities. It can be estimated with the data given that lack of employment, education and infrastructure is affecting the condition of the local community. More attention and care must be taken so that the needs and demand of the population of the study area can get more exposure to modern facilities of education, health facilities and development, for a brighter future.



CHAPTER 4 – ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITITGATION MEASURES

4.1 General Environmental impacts both direct and indirect on various environmental attributes due to proposed cluster mining activity will be created in the surrounding environment, during the preoperational, operational and post–operational phases. The occurrence of mineral deposits, being site specific, their exploitation, often, does not allow for any choice except adoption of eco-friendly operation. The methods are required to be selected in such a manner, so as to maintain environmental equilibrium ensuring sustainable development. The impacts due to mining operations in the cluster commence from the exploration activities, extend through extraction and processing of minerals, may continue up to post closure of the operation, with the nature and extent of impacts varying throughout the stages of project development. In order to maintain the environmental commensuration with the mining operation, it is essential to undertake studies on the existing environmental scenario and assess the impact on different environmental components. This would help in formulating suitable management plans sustainable resource extraction. Several scientific techniques and methodologies are available to predict impacts of physical environment. Mathematical models are the best tools to quantitatively describe the cause and effect relationships between sources of pollution and different components of environment. In cases where it is not possible to identify and validate a model for a particular situation, predictions have been arrived at based on logical reasoning / consultation / extrapolation. The following parameters are of significance in the EIA and are being discussed in detail – 1. Land Environment 2. Water Environment 3. Air Environment 4. Noise Environment 5. Solid waste 6. Biological Environment 7. Socio-Economic 4.2 Impact Assessment Methodology Environmental impacts are defined as any change in the environment either adverse or beneficial. EIA is the most important tool for identifying the possible impact on environment due to possible upcoming project. Baseline data has been collected through well designed scientific network. Its shows the existing environmental condition in the study area. Following methodology has been adopted for impact assessment for Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project – 1. Listing of possible activities during the construction and operational phase due to proposed

cluster project. 2. Identifying possible parameters on which the significant impact can cause possible impacts.

Environmental impacts due to cluster mining activity have been discussed in below mentioned sections in details. 4.3 Land Use Pattern 4.3.1 Anticipated Impacts The proposed cluster project is having fresh mine lease areas. These are government waste lands and proposed for the granite mining. The land use pattern for the proposed cluster granite mining project for 5 years has been shown in the table below –



Table 4.1 –Land Use Pattern Cluster/Kajipur Block-1 S.


1 Area to be excavated - 2.67/2.1


3 Waste dump - 0.41/0.12

4 Mineral stack - 0.2/0.07

5 Infrastructure (workshop, administrative building etc.) - 0.0948/0.085

6 Road - -

7 Railways - -

8 Tailing Pond - -




12 Area which will remains untouched 5.3023 1.9736/0.8458

Grand Total 5.3023 5.3023/3.2208

(Source: Approved Mine Plans) The mined out area of the cluster will be converted into water reservoirs after end of mine lives. Thus, the anticipated impact on land due to the cluster project will be significant. Areas outside the mine leases will not get affected due to proposed cluster project because overburden generated will be stacked separately and if possible it will be sold as rubble by taking necessary permission. Plantation will be done in the statutory boundary and in the government waste lands. 4.3.2 Mitigation Measures 1. As a part of eco-restoration, it is proposed that plantation like Khair, Neem, Kashid, Shisham,

Imli etc. will be carried out in the statutory boundaries of the cluster area, and in the suitable areas after consultation with Gram Panchayat at the rate of 300 saplings/annum. The rate of survival expected to be 70% in the area mined out areas.

2. Plantation will be done in the statutory boundary and in the government waste lands. 3. The waste/overburden generated will be stacked separately and if possible it be sold as a

rubble, by taking necessary permission. 4. Surface and ground water will not be affected due to mining activity. There is no perennial

source of water within the leasehold area. 5. Frequent dust suppression will be done to minimize the risk of long term buildup of

pollutants in the environment. 4.4 Water Environment Mining and its associated activities not only use a lot of water but also likely to affect the hydrological regime of the area. The major impact of deep and large mines (both underground and



open cast) is of natural groundwater table. Lowering of water table may result in reduced groundwater availability. Extraction of different minerals is known to lead to water pollution due to heavy metal, acid discharges and increased suspended solids. Deep underground mines directly affect the water table of the area. However, the impact of mining projects on groundwater hydrology and surface water regime are site specific and depends upon the characteristics of the mineral, hydrogeology and requirement of groundwater for other uses. 4.4.1 Anticipated Impacts 1. As there is no river or nallas passing through any mine leases in the cluster. Sabarmati river is

about 8 km in East direction and Tarang lake at the distance of about 2 km in the NE direction. Hence, no impact is anticipated on the hydrological regime of the area due to mining activity.

2. No natural course of water stream is interrupted or diverted due to mining activity; hence no impact on natural drain is anticipated.

3. Practically there is no overburden or reject generating from the mining activity, moreover the excavated mineral itself is non-toxic and hence no effect due to water flow during rains following the contours of the area is expected.

4. No water is being drawn from the surface water body in the cluster. 5. At the end of mine life in the cluster excavated pits will be converted into a water reservoir.

This will help in recharging the ground water table. As the mineral is non-toxic, so contamination of ground water due to leaching is not anticipated.

4.4.2 Mitigation Measures

1. Overall drainage planning has been done in such a manner that the existing pre- mining drainage conditions will be maintained to the extent possible so that run off distribution is not affected.

2. Rainwater will be collected into the mined out pits to act as water reservoirs. 3. No washing of equipments will be done inside the mining lease areas. 4. Domestic effluent will be discharged in septic tank/soak pits.

5. As the mining is restricted to 229 mRL, no ground water will be encounter during the mining operations.

6. The mining pits area will be converted to the water reservoirs at the end of mining hence possibility of improvement in ground water level is expected due to rain water collection.

7. Regular monitoring of surface water and ground water will be done to ensure there is no adverse impact due to cluster mining project.

4.5 Air Environment Mining operation in the cluster is carried out by opencast semi mechanized method generates dust particles due to various activities like drilling, loading & unloading of Granite and transportation. The air quality of the cluster depends upon the nature and concentration of emissions and meteorological conditions. Though it is an open cast semi mechanized mining cluster with all possible air quality controlling measures but the major air pollutants from mining operations include – 1. Particulate Matter (Dust) of various sizes. 2. Gases, such as, Sulphur Dioxide, Oxides of Nitrogen, Carbon Monoxide etc. from mining

machineries & vehicular exhaust. Dust is the single air pollutant observed in the open cast mines. Diesel operating drilling machines and movement of machineries/vehicles produce NOX, SO2 and CO emissions, usually at low levels. Dust can be of significant nuisance to surrounding land users and potential health risk in some circumstances.



4.5.1 Anticipated Impact The major sources of air pollution in the proposed cluster is dust generation due to drilling, excavation, loading, unloading and transportation of mineral & wind erosion of exposed material. In this present study, United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA–42 series) approved mathematical equations have been used to predict concentrations for different operations in mining including the mineral transportation. 4.5.2 Air Pollution Modeling Air quality models are the primary tools for relating emissions to air quality impacts. Models, in turn, require acceptable input data for emissions, surface topography, meteorological parameters, receptor configurations, baseline air quality, and initial and boundary conditions for each modeling scenario. Since the quality and reliability of model outputs can never be any better than the inputs, quality control of the input data is important. Prediction of impacts on air environment has been carried out employing mathematical model based on a steady state Gaussian plume dispersion model designed for area sources for short term. In the present case, Industrial Source Complex 1993 dispersion model based on steady state Gaussian plume dispersion, designed for area sources for short term and developed by United States Environmental Protection Agency has been used for simulations from point sources. 4.5.3 Pollutants Considered for Computation The model simulations deal with the major pollutants viz., PM10, SO2, NO2 emitted from the mining activity in the cluster. 4.5.3.1 Impact on Ambient Air Quality Ambient air quality impact assessment has been done for entire cluster, in which 2 mine leases are present to comply with the ToR issued from SEIAA, Gujarat. The name and area details of all mine leases are presented in the table below –

Table 4.2 – Showing Mine Leases in Cluster of Project Area

S. No. Mine Lease Name

Production (ROM) (TPA)

Saleable Granite (TPA)

Area of Mine Lease

(Ha)

Area of Excavation

(Ha)

1 Kajipur Granite Block – 1 1,20,000 48,000 3.1443 2.1

2 Kajipur Granite Block – 2 17,500 7,000 2.1580 0.57

Impact on ambient air quality of nearest habitations to mine leases within study area due to above proposed cluster was considered as fully operational mines in cluster situation as per ToR. 40 mine leases present in study area as per the Department of Mines and Geology. The entire mine lease is shown in map presented in this EIA report but not considered in impact assessment due to unavailability of lease area and production details. Only mine leases present in 500 m cluster situation has been considered in this study as cumulative impact. The detailed mines list is presented in table below –



Table 4.3 – Showing Mine Leases In Study Area (Within 10 km from Project Site) S.No

. Name Village Survey No. Area (Ha) Minerals

1 Jayendrasinh Jasvantsinh Puvar Dedasan 25 Paiki 0.4755 Ordinary Sand

2 Jagatsingh Dhansingh Parmar Chhelpura Riverbed 1.0000 Ordinary Sand

3 Maulik Pravinbhai Nayak Chhelpura Riverbed 1.7100 Ordinary Sand

4 Shreeji Enterprise Partner Dedasan 299 1.8190 Ordinary Sand

5 Shrimati Ramilaben Vishnubhai Raval Dedasan Riverbed 2.0000 Ordinary Sand

6 Thakor Ramaji Galaji Chhelpura 31 2.6406 Ordinary Sand

7 Pradhyumansinh Natvarsinh Chauhan Hadol 33 1.1432 Ordinary Sand

8 Ranjitsinh Umedsinh Parmar Hadol Riverbed 2.0000 Ordinary Sand


10 Gem Ashapura Granite-2 Hadol 345-P 1.0000 Granite




14 Girdharlal Ramjibhai Sorathiya Khodamli 13 2.0000 Building stone



15 Gopalji Javanji Rajput Khodamli 13 1.0000 Building stone


17 Sarswati Minerals Khodamli 13 0.9683 Building stone

18 Shah Eng. Company Khodamli 13 2.0000 Building stone

19 Shah Eng. Company Khodamli 13-A 1.9758 Building stone


21 Dineshbhai Hirabhai Patel Rajpur 13 1.0000 Building stone

22 Pravinkumar Nathaji Thakor Rajpur 13 1.0000 Building stone

23 Sahyog Stone Timba 519 1.0000 Building stone

24 Otalpur Block-1 (Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd.) Otalpur 111 & 112 (Old sur. No.:-86, 87P/P1) 6.1797 Granite

25 Otalpur Block-2 (Safal Construictions (India) Pvt. Ltd. Otalpur 111 & 112 (Old Sur.No.:-86, 87P/P1) 7.0840 Granite

26 Otalpur Block-3 (Safal Constructions (India) Pvt. Ltd) Otalpur 111 & 112 (Old sur. No.:-86, 87P/P1) 6.1533 Granite

27 Rangpur (Gadh) Block-1 (Chirag Modh) Rangpur (Gadh) 68 7.8300 Granite

28 Rangpur (Gadh) Block-3 (Safal Construction (India) Pvt Ltd Rangpur (Gadh) 295 Paiki (Old

survey No:- 68 Paiki) 7.7200 Granite

29 Ganesh Stone Industries Timba 519-A 4.0469 Building stone

30 Kajipur Block-1 (Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd) Kajipur 68 P 769P (New S.No.42, 43 & 112 P) 3.1443 Granite



31 Kajipur Block-2 (Kiritsinh P Vaghela) Kajipur 68 P 769P (New S.No.44 & 112 P) 2.1580 Granite

32 Patel Bharatbhai Kanjibhai Timba 1092 1.0000 Building stone

33 Umiya Quary Industries Timba 519-A 1.0000 Building stone

34 Thakor Somaji Halaji Jaspur 56 Paiki 1 1.2141 Ordinary Sand

35 Bhatvas Block-1 (Arun Digital Corporation) Bhatvas 374 5.1000 Granite

36 Bhavtas Block-2 (Shri.Kanubhai Patel) Bhatvas 374 5.0100 Granite

37 Bhavtas Block-3 (Shri. Samir C. Patel) Bhatvas 374 4.6200 Granite

38 Bhatvas Block-4 (Ms. Devangna Patel) Bhatvas 374 7.2000 Granite

39 Bhatvas Block-5 (Shri. Jugalkishor Ramkishan Agarwal) Bhatvas 374 6.1700 Granite

40 Bhavtas Block-6 (Alchemy Stone Matrix Pvt. Ltd) Bhatvas 374 5.9800 Granite

Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project Draft EIA/EMP


4.5.3.2 Estimation of Emission Factors Emission factors was calculated as per USEPA guidelines AP-42, and some equations from Indian authors including Chakraboraty, et al. (2002), Chaulya, et al. (2006) was also considered for emission factors calculations.An emission factor is a representative value that attempts to relate the quantity of a pollutant released to the atmosphere with an activity associated with the release of that pollutant. The general equation for emissions estimation is – E = A x EF x (1-ER/100) where E = emissions; A = activity rate; EF = emission factor, and ER =overall emission reduction efficiency, % The proposed mining activity includes various activities like ground preparation, excavation, handling and transport of ore. These activities have been analyzed systematically based on United States Environment Protection Agency – Emission Estimation Technique Manual, for Mining AP-42, to arrive at possible emissions to the atmosphere.

Table 4.4 – Input Parameters And Emission Factors For All Mine Lease In Cluster Situation

Description Kajipur Granite Block – 1 (3.1443 Ha)

Kajipur Granite Block – 2 (2.1580 Ha)

Annual production (ROM) 1,20,000 17,500

Lease area (sq m) 31443 21580

Query area 31443 21580

Dump area 2.1 0.57

Avg wind speed (m/s) 3.14 3.14

Avg wind direction (degree) 285 285

Haul road width (m) 1500 1500

Activity wise emission factors for cumulative study of ambient air modelling

Drilling (g/s/m2) 4.47E-05 2.88E-05

Waste dump (g/s/m2) 5.60E-09 3.61E-09

Open pit (g/s/m2) 5.75E-07 3.67E-07

Haul road (g/s/m2) 1.15E-06 6.46E-07

Total emissions 4.64E-05 2.98E-05



There are 2 sources considered for ambient air quality modelling. Wire saw operation was not considered in study due to its operation by electricity. Drilling operation, waste dump, open pit and haul road was considered as per approved mine plan. The final emission factors of PM10 for each mine lease are presented in below mentioned table. 4.5.3.3 Modeling Procedure Prediction of Ground Level Concentrations due to proposed mines in the cluster has been made by ISCST3 as per CPCB guidelines. ISCST3 is US-EPA approved model to predict the air quality. The model uses rural dispersion and regulatory defaults options as per guidelines on air quality models (PROBES/70/1997-1998). The model assumes receptors on flat terrain.

Table 4.5 – Final Emission Factor with Mine Lease Details S.

No. PM10 Values Kajipur Granite Block – 1 (3.1443 Ha)

Kajipur Granite Block – 2 (2.1580 Ha)

1 Drilling (g/s/m2) 4.46679E-05 2.88244E-05

2 Waste dump 5.59981E-09 3.61359E-09

3 Open pit 5.75383E-07 3.67102E-07

4 Haul road 1.15342E-06 6.46173E-07

Total 4.64023E-05 2.98413E-05 Input parameters are considered as follows –

Table 4.6 – Input Parameters

S. No. Description Unit Symbol Quantity

1 Moisture content % m 8

2 Silt content % s 4

3 Wind speed m/s u 2.2

4 Hole dia mm d 110

5 Frequency Holes /day f 2

6 loading frequency no/Hr Ff 2

7 Production TPD variable

8 Average vehicle speed km/hr v 10

9 No of working days days n 300

10 Waste dumping area sq km a variable

11 Open pit area sq km Aa Variable

12 Control efficiency during drilling cutting operation (%) % n 90%



4.6 Meteorological Data Data recorded at the continuous weather monitoring station on wind speed, direction, and temperature at one-hour interval for the monitoring period was used as meteorological input and is tabulated below –

Table 4.7 – Meteorological Input

S. No. Data Used met File

1 Year

2 Month

3 Day

4 Hour

5 Random flow vector

6 Wind speed m/s

7 Ambient temperature K

8 Stability category

9 Rural mixing height (m)

10 Urban mixing height (m) The 24 hourly resultant concentrations at study villages or locations are presented in below mentioned table and compared with NAAQS 2009.

Table 4.8 – Predicted Incremental Concentrations of PM in Study Area

Villages Latitude Longitude Incremental (µg/m3)

Baseline (µg/m3)

Resultant (µg/m3)

NAAQS PM10

(µg/m3) Hadol 23°56'35.34"N 72°48'33.28"E 0.02 79.4 79.42 100

Dharawania 23°55'34.77"N 72°47'22.04"E 0.05 78.7 78.75 100

Kanedia 23°55'15.987"N 77°46'27.58"E 0.11 82.3 82.43 100

Otalpur 23°55'33.47"N 72°44'46.05"E 0.27 76.8 77.07 100

Kajipur 23°56'15.92"N 72°43'48.15"E 0.15 81.6 81.75 100

Dadhoda 23°56'51.28"N 72°41'41.01"E 0.01 84.5 84.51 100

Sahupura 23°58'49.64"N 72°43'18.90"E 0.01 84.5 84.51 100

Timba 23°59'15.46"N 72°45'29.98"E 0.02 84.5 84.52 100

Vav 24° 0'55.93"N 72°47'10.63"E 0.02 77.8 77.82 100

The resultant concentrations of PM at all locations are well within the NAAQS standard limit.



Fig.4.1 – Isopleth Showing Incremental Concentration Within Study Area



Fig.4.2 – Isopleth Showing Incremental Concentration Within Study Area for PM2.5



Fig.4.3 – Isopleth Showing Incremental Concentration Within Study Area on Toposheet



From the above, it could be clearly seen that due effective implementation of various control measures, there will not be any significant impact on the ambient air quality in the region. 4.6.1 Conclusion This was observed during the ambient air quality modelling studies due to cumulative impact assessment on nearest villages and habitation, the maximum impact of particulate matter would be up to 500 m from mine lease boundary. The nearest habitation is Village Ktalpur witch present at approximately 1 km from the cluster. The resultant concentration after adding incremental concentration to maximum PM10 concentration were found within NAAQS proposed by CPCB. 4.7 Mitigation Measures 4.7.1 Drilling To control fugitive dust at source, wet drilling is proposed. Where there is a scarcity of water, suitably designed dust extractor will be provided for dry drilling along with dust hood at the mouth of the drill-hole collar. 4.7.1.1 Advantages of Wet Drilling 1. In this system dust gets suppressed close to its formation. Dust suppression is very effective

and the work environment will be improved from the point of occupational comfort and health.

2. Due to dust free atmosphere, the life of engine, compressor etc. will be increased. 3. The life of drill bit will be increased. 4. The rate of penetration of drill will be increased. 5. Due to the dust free atmosphere visibility will be improved resulting in safer working

conditions after day light hours. 4.7.2 Haul Road The long life Water Bound Macadam haul roads will be constructed and maintained for traffic movement. 4.7.3 Transport

The speed of dumpers/ trucks on haul road will be controlled as increased speed increases dust emissions. Overloading of transport vehicles will be avoided. The trucks/tippers will have sufficient free board. Spillage of ore on public roads will be cleared immediately and vehicles will play at safe speed. 4.7.4 Green Belt

Planting of trees all along main mine haul road and regular grading of haul roads will be practiced to prevent the generation of dust due to movement of dumpers/trucks. Green belt of adequate width will be developed around the lease area. Plantation will also be done in dumping area, mineral stockyard. 4.8 Noise Environment Noise pollution is mainly due to occasional plying of trucks. These activities will not cause any problem to the inhabitants of this area because there is no human settlement in the close proximity to the mining area in the cluster.Noise will be generated within mine lease area due to excavator; diamond wire saw cutting and dumpers and dumper operation. Noise generation due to transportation truck will be temporary for any receptor location. Details of noise causing



equipment as per approved mining plan for all the mine leases have been shown in below. The impact of noise producing equipment on receptor locations has been estimated.

Table 4.9 – Equipment For Noise Generation (Cumulative) Type of Vehicle Number Used

Excavator / loader 2

Hydraulic excavator 2

Drilling 2

Diamond wire saw 2

Dumper (15 Tonnes) 38 Baseline noise quality has been monitored in the study area of the cluster. Incremental noise values have been compared with the standards prescribed by CPCB, New Delhi. Day and night noise Leq has been calculated as per standard norms. 4.8.1 Anticipated Impacts There is no significant additional noise impact on receptor location reason being only one excavator of (102 dB) 118 HP will be used at project site at each location. If the noise level will be taken from 10 m distance the measured value will be 95 dB (A) only due to excavator. Similarly, noise will reduce 6 dB(A) when distance is doubled from source. The only possible source for noise generating equipment will be old haulage vehicle and unmaintained mining equipment which will be avoided during mining operations. Impacts due to mining equipment on receptor locations has been calculated as summarized in the table below –

Table 4.10 – Incremental Noise Analysis dB(A) S.

No. Location Baseline Source Incremental Result Standard

1 Hadol Residential Zone 53.4 98 21.44 53.4 55

2 Dharavania Residential Zone 54.8 98 25.34 54.8 55

3 Kanedia Residential Zone 54.9 98 30.23 54.9 55

4 Otalpur Residential Zone 54.1 98 28.61 54.1 55

5 Kajipur Residential Zone 54.4 98 32.24 54.5 55

6 Dadhaba Residential Zone 52.8 98 20.76 52.8 55

7 Shahupura Residential Zone 54.9 98 21.72 54.9 55

8 Timba Residential Zone 53.9 98 22.35 53.9 55

9 Vav Residential Zone 54.1 98 18.08 54.1 55

With the calculated results this was found that there will be no impact due to noise to receptor locations. Permissible noise limits as per EPA 1986 for exposure are presented in the table below –



Table 4.11 – Permissible Exposure Noise Levels

Total Time of Exposure (per day in hours) Sound Pressure level 8 90 6 92 4 95 6 97 2 100 1 105

Frequency levels and associated mental and physical response of humans are given in the table below –

Table 4.12 – Noise Exposure Levels & Its Effects

Noise Levels dB(A) Exposure Time Effects 85 Continuous Safe

85-90 Continuous Annoyance and irritation

90-100 Short term Temporary shift in hearing threshold, generally with complete recovery

Above 100 Continuous Permanent loss of hearing Short term Permanent hearing loss can be avoided

100-110 Several years Permanent deafness 110-120 Few months Permanent deafness

120 Short term Extreme discomfort 140 Short term Discomfort with actual pain

150 and above Single exposure Mechanical damage to the ear (Source: Hand Book of EIA, Rao & Wooten)

Equivalent continuous Α-weighted sound pressure level LAT Sound pressure level, in decibels, defined by below equation:

where, pA (t) is the instantaneous Α-weighted sound pressure, in Pascal’s; p0 is the reference sound pressure (= 20 × 10-6 Pa); Τ is a specified time interval, in seconds. The Α-frequency weighting is that specified for sound level meters in IEC 651. 4.8.2 Mitigation Measures 1. Maintenance of machinery: Good and regular maintenance of machinery will be ensured to

keep the noise generated at minimum. The vehicles operating will be maintained and provided with good silencers. All machines will be used at optimum capacity.

2. Trained operators: Only trained operators will be allowed to operate machines.



3. Vegetation: Plantation of trees around haul roads will be done to reduce the noise. 4. Hearing protection: Equipment like ear-muffs, ear-plugs, etc. are commonly used devices

for hearing protection. Workers and operators working at drilling sites will be provided with earmuffs.

5. Drilling: Drilling will be carried out with the help of sharp drill bits. 6. Blasting: Blasting has not proposed in the proposed cluster hence no vibrations are

anticipated. 4.9 Biological Environment The impact on biodiversity is not very much anticipated because no wild life sanctuary is located near the mine sites in the cluster. 4.9.1 Anticipated Impacts Mining activities in the cluster generally result in the deforestation, land degradation, water, air and noise pollution which directly or indirectly affect the faunal and floral status of the project area. However, occurrence and magnitude of these impacts are entirely dependent upon the project location, mode of operation and technology involved. Impact prediction is the main footstep in impact evaluation and identifies project actions that are likely to bring significant changes in the project environment. The present study was carried out to predict the likely impacts of the proposed granite mining cluster at village Kajipur in the surrounding environment with special reference to biological attributes covering habitats/ecosystems and associated biodiversity. Although impacts on key habitat elements will occur on a local scale, but on a regional scale they would not be critical for the life cycle needs of the species observed or expected. Moreover, the successive reclamation of mined out areas, following completion of mining activities, will replace habitat resources for fauna species in this locality over a longer time. Wild life is not commonly found in the plains because of lack of vegetal cover and surface water except domestic animals. 4.9.2 Mitigation Measures 1. Regular water sprinkling will be done on haul roads to reduce suspended particulate matter

emission which blocks the stomata thus interrupting photosynthesis. 2. Green belt development will be done in 33% of mine lease area. The plants proposed in green

belt development are presented inthe table below.Few of them have also been presented. 3. Green belt development reduces noise level, reduces gaseous pollution and particulate matter

pollution. 4. Pollution tolerant plants with consultation to state forest department have been proposed for

plantation. In order to compensate the loss of vegetation cover, it is suggested to carry out afforestation program mainly in mine lease area earmarked for plantation program by IBM in different phases. This habitat improvement program would ensure the faunal species to re-colonize and improve the abundance status in the core zone of the cluster. In order to improve the fodder availability, some of the grass species suggested to grow within the plantation area. Wherever, mining is completed, within that area (preferably flat terrain) these grass species can also grow simply sowing grass seeds in pellet form after plowing at sub-surface level before the onset of monsoon season in phase manner. This can provide fodder for the local livestock.



Table 4.13 –List of Plants ProposedFor Green Belt Development

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name

(Gujarati, Hindi, English)

Family Sensitive/ Tolerant Habitat Growth Rate Regeneratio

n Evergreen/ Deciduous

1 Abutilon indicum Khapat Malvaceae T Shrub Quick Growing Seeds Deciduous 2 Acacia catechu Cutch tree Mimoseae T Shrub Quick Growing Seeds Evergreen 3 Acacia dealbata Silver wattle Mimoseae T Shrub Quick Growing Seeds Evergreen 4 Acacia nilotica Baubra Mimoseae T Shrub Quick Growing Seeds Evergreen 5 Acacia Pennata Biswal Mimoseae T Shrub Quick growing Seeds Evergreen 6 Acacia Senegal Kumta Mimoseae T Tree Quick Growing Seeds Deciduous 7 Acacia sinuata Kochi Mimoseae T Tree Quick Growing Seeds Deciduous 8 Acacia tortolis The umbrella thorn

tree Mimoseae T Tree Quick Growing Seeds Evergreen

9 Adenanthera pavonina

Girit Fabaceae T Tree Quick Growing Seeds Deciduous

10 Aegle marmelos Belo Rutaceae T Tree Slow Growing Seeds, Root Cuttings

Evergreen

11 Ailanthus excels Mahala Simarubaceae T Tree Quick Growing Seeds, Shoot, Roots Cuttings

Deciduous

12 Albizia amara Sirisha Mimoseae T Tree Quick Growing Seeds, Root suckers

Deciduous

13 Albizia lebbeck Sirish Mimoseae T Tree Quick Growing Seeds Deciduous 14 Albizia moluccano Rajokosundori Mimoseae T Tree Quick Growing Seeds Evergreen 15 Albizia odoratissimo Kala sirish Mimoseae T Tree Quick Growing Seeds Evergreen 16 Albizia procera White sirish Mimoseae T Tree Quick Growing Seeds Deciduous 17 Alstonia scholaris Devil tree Aposynaceae T Tree Quick Growing Seeds Evergreen 18 Anona squamosa Seethaapholo Anomaceae T Smaal tree Fast Growing Seeds,

Grafting, Budding

Evergreen

19 Anona reticulate Raamaphala Anomaceae T Tree Fast Growing Seeds Evergreen 20 Anogeissus latifolia Dohu Combretaceae T Tree Slow Growing Seeds, Root Evergreen



Suckers 21 Anthocephalus

chinensis Kadam Rubiaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds Deciduous

22 Aphanamixis polystachya

Rohituka Meliaceae T Tree Slow growing Seeds Evergreen

23 Artocarpus heterophyllus

Jackfruit Urticaceae T Tree Slow growing Seeds Evergreen

24 Artocarpus lacucha Monkey jack Urticaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds Deciduous 25 Azadirachta indica Nimb Meliaceae T Tree Quick growth

after 1st season Seeds Evergreen

26 Balanites roxburghii Ingoriyo Balanitaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds Evergreen 27 Butea Monosperma Khakharo Fabaceae T Tree Slow growing Seeds Deciduous 28 Bauhinia acuminate Kanchan Caesalpinaceae T Shrub Quick growing Seeds Deciduous 29 Bauhinia purpurea Butterfly tree Caesalpinaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds Deciduous 30 Bischofia javanica Paniala Bischofiaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds,

cutting Semi-Deciduous

31 Bougainvillea spectabilis

Bougainvillea Nyctaginaceae T Shrub Quick growing Cutting Evergreen

32 Bridelia squamosa Khaja Euphorbiaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds, Root Suckers

Deciduous

33 Callistemon citrinus Bottle brush Myrtaceae T Small tree Slow growing Seeds, cutting

Evergreen

34 Cealophyllun inophyllum

Paanang Clusiaceae T Tree Slow growing Seeds Evergreen

35 Calotropis gigantean

Akada Asclepiadaceae T Shrub Quick growing Seeds, cuttings

Evergreen

36 Carissa spinarun Anka Apocynaceae T Shrub Quick growing Seeds, Root suckers

Evergreen

37 Cassia fistula Sunari Caesalpinaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds, Root suckers

Deciduous

38 Cassia siamea Kaishid Caesalpinaceae T Tree Fast growing Seeds Evergreen 39 Citrus aurantium Nimbu Rutaceae T Tree Quick growing Cutting,

Grafting Evergreen



40 Clerodendrum infortunatum

Bhantaka Verbenaceae T Shrub Quick growing Seeds, cutting

Evergreen

41 Cordia dichotoma Sebespan fruit tree Cardiaceae T Tree Quick growing after 1st year

Seeds, stem cutting

Evergreen

42 Dalbergia sisoo Sissu Fabaceae T Tree Moderate during 1st year and rapid afterwards

Seeds, Root & stem cutting

Evergreen

43 Delonix regia Gulmohur Caesalpinaceae S Tree Quick growing Seeds, cutting

Deciduous

44 Dendrocalamus strictus

Saliabanso Poaceae T Shrub/Tall perennial grass

Quick growing Seeds, stem, rhizome cutting, layering

Deciduous

45 Derris indica Karanjo Fabaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds Evergreen 46 Diospyros

melanoxylon Kendu Ebenaceae T Tree Slow growing Seeds, root

suckers Deciduous

47 Dryptes roxburghii Putronjiva Euphorbiaceae T Tree Slow growing Seeds Evergreen 48 Duranta repens - Verbenaceae T Shrub Quick growing Seeds Evergreen 49 Emblica officinalis Amala Euphorbiaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds,

Cutting, Budding, Inarching

Deciduous

50 Embryopteris peregrina

- Ebenaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds Deciduous

51 Erythrina variegata Bangoro Fabacea T Tree Quick growing Seeds, Stem cutting

Deciduous

52 Eucalyptus citriodora

Lemon scented gum Myrtaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds Evergreen

53 Ficus benghalensis Banyan Tree Moraceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds, Cuttings

Evergreen

54 Ficus benjamina Pakur Moraceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds, Cuttings

Evergreen

55 Ficus gibbosa Karatosani Moraceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds, Evergreen



Cuttings 56 Ficus religiosa Pipal Moraceae T Tree Grows slow in

early stages, later grows fast

Seeds, Cuttings

Evergreen

57 Ficus virens Pilkhan Moraceae T Tree Grows slow in early stages, later grows fast

Seeds, Cuttings

Evergreen

58 Gardenia jasminoides

Anant Rubiaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds, Cuttings

Evergreen

59 Gardenia resinifera Dikamali Rubiaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds, Cuttings

Deciduous

60 Grevillea robusta Silky aak Proteaseae T Tree Quick growing Seeds Evergreen 61 Grewia subinequalis Pharasakoli Tiliaceae T Shrub Quick growing Seeds Evergreen 62 Guazma ulmifolia Rudraksha Sterculiaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds Evergreen 63 Hamelia patens Scarletdush Rubiaceae T Shrub Quick growing Seeds,Cuttin

g Evergreen

64 Heterophragma roxburghii

- Bignaniaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds Evergreen

65 Hibiscus rosa sinensis

Gurhal Malvaceae T Shrub Quick growing Cutting Evergreen

66 Holoptelia integrifiolia

Dauranja Ulmaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds, Stem cutting

Deciduous

67 Ixora arborea - Rubiaceae T Tree Quick growing Cutting Evergreen 68 Juniperus communis Betar Pinaceae S Shrub Quick growing Seeds Evergreen 69 Kigelia africana Sausage tree Vignoniaceae T Small Tree Quick growing Seeds Evergreen 70 Lagerstroemia

parviflora Patali Lythraceae T Tall tree Quick growing Seeds Deciduous

71 Lantana camara Lantana Verbenaceae T Shrub Quick growing Seeds Evergreen 72 Lawsonia inermis Heena Lythraceae T Shrub Quick growing Seeds,

cutting Evergreen

73 Mollotus philippensis

Kamala Euphorbiaceae T Tree Slow growing Seeds Evergreen

74 Madhuca longifolia Mahula Sopotaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds Deciduous



75 Mangifera indica Aam Anacardiaceae S Tree Quick growing after 1st year

Seeds, transplanting,

Evergreen

76 Millingtonia hortensis

Indian cork Bignoniaceae S Tree Quick growing Seeds, cutting

Evergreen

77 Murraya paniculata Kamini Rutaceae T Shrub Quick growing Seeds, cutting

Evergreen

78 Nerium indicum Kaner Apocynaceae T Shrub Quick growing cutting Evergreen 79 Nyctanthus arbor-

tristis Harsingar Oleaceae T Shrub Quick growing Seeds,

cutting Deciduous

80 Ouginia oojeinensis Banjan Fabaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds, Root cutting

Deciduous

81 Peltophorum pterocarpum

Copper pod tree Caesalpinaceae T Tall Tree Quick growing Seeds Evergreen

82 Phoenix sylvestris Khajuri Arecaceae T Tree Slow growing Seeds Evergreen 83 Phyllanthus acidus Country gooseberry Euphorbiaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds,cuttin

g, budding Deciduous

84 Pinus roxburghii Chilgoza Pinaceae S Tree Slow growing Seeds Evergreen 85 Pithecellobium

ducle Jungle jalebi Mimosaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds,

Branch cutting

Evergreen

86 Polyalthia longifolin Ashok Anonaceae S Tree Quick growing Seeds Evergreen 87 Populus deltoides Poplar Salicaceae S Tree Quick growing Seeds, stem,

root cutting, root sucker

Deciduous

88 Prosopis chilensis Vilayati Babul Mimosaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds, root sucker

Evergreen

89 Psidium guayava Amrud Myrtaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds, cutting, budding, grafting

Evergreen

90 Pterygota alata - Sterculioceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds, cutting

Semi- Deciduous

91 Ricinus communis Castar Euphorbiaceae T Shrub Quick growing Seeds Evergreen



92 Salix tetrasperma Baisi Solicaceae T Tree Quick growing cutting Deciduous 93 Samaneo samom Rain tree Mimosaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds,

cutting Evergreen

94 Sapindus emarginatus

Ritha Sapindaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds Evergreen

95 Sapium sebiferum Makhan tree Euphorbiaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds Deciduous 96 Saraca asoka Ashok Caesalpinaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds Evergreen 97 Sesbania

grandiflora Ogasti Fabaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds Evergreen

98 Soymida febrifuga Sahan Meliaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds Deciduous 99 Spondias pinnata - Anacardiaceae T Tree Quick growing

after 1st year Seeds Deciduous

100 Sterculia foetida Jangli Badam Sterculiaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds Deciduous 101 Syzygium cumini Jamun Myrtaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds,

cutting, grafting, budding

Evergreen

102 Tabernaemantane divaricata

Tagar Apocynaceae T Shrub Quick growing cutting Evergreen

103 Tamarindus indica Imli Caesalpinaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds Evergreen 104 Tecoma stans - Bignaniaceae T Shrub Quick growing Seeds,

cutting Evergreen

105 Tectona grandis Teak Verbenaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds Deciduous 106 Terminalia arjuna Arjuno Combretacea T Tree Quick growing Seeds,

cutting, layering

Deciduous

107 Trema orientalis Kharkas Ulmaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds, stumps

Evergreen

108 Zizyphus mauritiana Bodori Rhamnaceae T Tree Quick growing Seeds Evergreen 109 Zizyphus rugosa Suran Rhamnaceae T Shrub Quick growing Seeds Evergreen 110 Zizyphus xylopyra Ber Rhamnaceae T Shrub Quick growing Seeds Evergreen

(Source:Guidelines for Developing Greenbelts, CPCB, March 2000)



Butea monosperma Callistemon citrinus

Grewia subinequalis Lawsonia inermis

Fig. 4.4 – Photograph Showing Proposed Plants for Green Belt 4.10 Traffic Due to Transportation 4.10.1 Vehicular Traffic Density Traffic study was carried out as primary data to know the existing traffic density. Enumeration and calculation of traffic density as per IRC 106:1990 has been calculated to estimate level of services. The width of the is 3.5 m. Transportation survey was carried out on 25-03-2019 between 9:00 AM to 9:00 PM. The traffic survey is attached as Annexure VII(a). The existing traffic,V/c ratio & LOS and traffic density are presented below –

Table 4.14 –Existing Traffic Scenario

S. No. Mode Conversion

Factor Value from

Field Survey Total PCU/day

1 Car/Jeep/Van/Taxi 1 31 31

2 Auto/Shared Auto 1 14 14

3 Two-Wheeler 0.5 113 56.5

4 Mini Bus 1.5 4 6

5 Standard Bus 3 18 54

6 Mini LCV 1 41 41



7 LCV 1.5 29 43.5

8 2/3 Axle 3 14 42

9 Multi Axle Vehicle 4.5 1 4.5

10 Agricultural Tractor 1.5 21 31.5

11 Agricultural Tractor Trolley 4.5 18 81

12 Animal/Hand Drawn 3 10 30

13 Cycle 0.5 23 11.5

Total 337 446.5 (Source: IRC64:1990)

Note – V= Volume of PCU/day C= Capacity of PCU/hr. Here, C= 1900 PCU/hr for one lane in both the direction. Total PCU= 446.5 Therefore, V/C ratio = 446.5/(1900/2) = 0.47 The existing Traffic Senario is having “C” LOS i.e. Good/Average/Fair when compared with LOS recommended by IRC, as given in the following table –

Table 4.15 – V/C Ratio & LOS

V/C LOS Performance

0.0 - 0.2 A Excellent

0.2 - 0.4 B Very Good

0.4 - 0.6 C Good / Average / Fair

0.6 - 0.8 D Poor

0.8 - 1.0 E Very Poor

(Source: IRC64:1990)



Fig.4.5 – Transporatation Map



4.10.2 During Mine Operation The number of trucks that will be added to the existing traffic senario is 16 after the commencement of the mining activities. It has been tabulated below –

Table 4.16 –Increase in Traffic Due to Proposed Cluster

Parameter Value Unit

Total Capacity of Cluster 55,000 Saleable TPA

No. of Working Days 275 Days

Production per day 200 Saleable TPD

Truck Capacity 15 MT

No. of Truck Trips per day 16 Trucks/day Total PCU (with addition of 16 trucks after commencement of mining activities) 518.5 PCU/day

V/C Ratio 0.54

Table 4.17 – Traffic Scenario After Commencement of Mining S.

No. Mode Conversion Factor

Value From Field Survey Total PCU

1 Car/Jeep/Van/Taxi 1 31 31

2 Auto/Shared Auto 1 14 14

3 Two-Wheeler 0.5 113 56.5

4 Mini Bus 1.5 4 6

5 Standard Bus 3 18 54

6 Mini LCV 1 41 41

7 LCV 1.5 29 43.5

8 2/3 Axle 3 14 42

9 Multi Axle Vehicle 4.5 17 76.5

10 Agricultural Tractor 1.5 21 31.5

11 Agricultural Tractor Trolley 4.5 18 81

12 Animal/Hand Drawn 3 10 30

13 Cycle 0.5 23 11.5

Total 353 518.5 After the addition of 16 trucks the total PCU/Day will be 518.5 PCU/day.



Therefore, The V/C ratio after the commencement of mining V/C = 518.5/(1900/2) = 0.54 The value is less than 1; therefore, carrying capacity of the road can bear the additional traffic load of 16 trucks which will be added due to cluster mining activity. From the above analysis it can be seen that the V/C ratio will change to 0.47 from 0.54 with LOS being “C” which is “Good/Average/Fair” near adjacent public road. There is negligible impact on the road network due to proposed cluster mining project. 4.11 Impact On Law &Order As local people will be employed, no law & order problem is envisaged. It is expected that the workers will attend their duties and will return to their homes on the same day. There would have been law & order problem if the workers were migrants and living close to the mining area. 4.12 Socio - Economic Environment The socio-economic impacts of mining are many. Impacts of a mine project may be positive or Negative. The adverse impacts attribute to physical displacement due to land acquisition, which is followed by loss of livelihood, mental agony, changes in social structure, and risk to food security etc. People are also directly affected due to pollution. Social Impact Assessment is a process of analysis, monitoring and managing the social consequences of a project. Study on socio-economic status of the cluster has already been carried out using primary socio-economic survey for generating the baseline data of socio- economic status. 4.12.1 Anticipated Impacts From the primary socio-economic survey and through secondary data available from established literature and census data 2011, it is found that there would be positive impact on socio-economic condition of the nearby area. 4.12.1.1 Impact on Population Composition The impact of the proposed cluster mining project on population composition will be marginal as there will be no major immigration of people from distant areas. Only few skilled and managerial staff will be recruited from outside and the rest will be recruited locally. Similarly, there is no scope for emigration of people and there will be no displacement of people due to land acquisition. The Project proponent will ensure that all the unskilled workers deployed for cluster mining activities are local recruits.

4.13 Impact on Employment Generation The proposed cluster mining project is expected to provide direct and indirect employment opportunities to local people of different skills and trades. It is a positive impact that needs to be encouraged. It has been estimated that 44 workers of various categories will be employed directly. The employment potentiality of the project is expected to ameliorate the economic condition of the families of those persons who will get employed in the proposed cluster mining project. Further, the project will provide indirect employment to people who will be involved in segregation of extracted mining materials, petty business and service oriented industries. 4.14 Mine Waste Management No backfilling will be done in the mined out area. The waste generated during the cluster mining practice is only the granite rejects and the non-recoverable/un-sized shoulders, nibbles etc. Their accommodation in the plain land is easier. The overburden generated will be stacked separately



and if possible it will be sold as rubble by taking necessary permission. The overburden generation of 5 leases of the cluster is given below –

Table 4.18 – Overburden Generation

S. No. Mine Lease ROM (TPA) Total Overburden (m3)

1 Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. 1,20,000 22,414

2 Kiristsinh P. Vaghela 17,500 3,666

Total 1,37,500 26,080 The volume of excavated area is much more than material available for backfilling, therefore the mined out area cannot be backfilled. The mined pits will be used as water reservoir. The waste will be stacked on statutory barrier. 4.15 Mine Closure Mine closure plan is the most important environmental requirement in mineral mining projects. The mine closure plan should cover technical, environmental, social, legal and financial aspects dealing with progressive and post closure activities. The closure operation is a continuous series of activities starting from the decommissioning of the project. Therefore, progressive mine closure plan should be specifically dealt with in the mining plan and is to be reviewed every five years in the scheme of mining. As progressive mine closure is a continuous series of activities, it is obvious that the proposals of scientific mining have included most of the activities to be included in the closure plan. While formulating the closure objectives for the site, it is important to consider the existing or the pre-mining land use of the site; and how the operation will affect this activity. Some operations such as mining in agricultural areas have clearly defined this objective of returning the land to viable agricultural purposes or for bringing the land for economically viable productive purposes. The primary aim is to ensure that the following broad objectives along with the abandonment of the mine can be successfully achieved – 1. To create a productive and sustainable after-use for the site, acceptable to mine owners,

regulatory agencies and the public. 2. To protect public health and safety of the surrounding habitation. 3. To minimize environmental damage. 4. To conserve valuable attributes and aesthetics. 5. To overcome adverse socio-economic impacts.



CHAPTER 5 – ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY AND SITE

5.1 General Consideration of alternatives to a project proposal is a requirement of EIA process. During the scoping process, alternatives to a proposal can be considered or refined, either directly or by reference to the key issues identified. A comparison of alternatives helps to determine the best method of achieving the project objectives with minimum environmental impacts or indicates the most environmentally friendly and cost effective options. 5.2 Factors Behind the Selection of Project Site The proposed project is forms a part of a cluster for excavation of Granite deposits, which is mineral specific. The mining leases in the cluster have been granted by Indian Bureau of Mines. The proposed cluster mining has following advantages – 1. The mineral deposit occurs in a non-forest area. 2. There is no habitation within any of the lease area; hence no R&R issues exist. 3. There is no river, stream, nallas and water bodies in any mine lease area. 4. Availability of skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled workers in this region. 5. All the basic amenities such as medical, firefighting, education, transportation,

communication and infrastructural facilities are accessible. 6. Cluster connectivity through road and rail is good. The nearest highway is SH56 passes at a

distance of about 1.5 km from the cluster boundary in the NW direction. The Nearest Railway Station is Taranga Hill Railway Station which is about 1.5 km in West direction.

7. The proposed cluster mining operations do not intersect the ground water level. Hence, no impact on ground water environment.

8. Study area of the cluster falls in Seismic Zone – III, however there is no major history of landslides, earthquake, subsidence etc.

5.3 Analysis of Alternative Site 5.3.1 Site Alternatives under Consideration Presence of Granite for commercial exploitation has been identified based on the result of geological investigations and exploration carried out by the GSI. Since the mining activity is site specific and it depends upon the occurrence of minerals and ores. Therefore, alternative site analysis is not done. 5.4 Analysis of Alternative Technology 5.4.1 Selection of Mining Methodology Factors which are considered for the selection of an actual mining method for a given deposit are deposit characteristics, percentage recovery, requirement of health and safety and environmental concerns, production, scheduling scope of mechanization and automation, workforce requirements wage rates and land reclamation, operating and capital cost estimates. The selection of the mining method (development and extraction) is a key decision to be made for the opening up of a mine. The open-pit or open cast mining method is the suitable choice for a property with wide area of mineralization exposed or exists in a close proximity to the surface and continues to greater to depth. Surface mining requires the removal and disposal of layers of top soil and underlying rock commonly called the overburden. Mining must be planned so that the combination of mining processing and reclaiming the land is taken up concurrently.



The open-cast mining method will be adopted because of the following reasons – 1. Open cast mining methodology ensures higher mineral conservation due to full visualization

of exposed ore-body. 2. No need of artificial light in the day shift with natural ventilation round the clock.

Therefore, opencast semi-mechanized method for granite mining for the proposed cluster mining site is efficient, so no alternative mining method is proposed.



CHAPTER 6 – ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMMES

6.1 General Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the status of environment during cluster operation. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, the monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the cluster project, to enable taking up suitable mitigatory steps in time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is important to measure the efficiency of control measures. An environmental impact assessment study is carried over for a specified period of time and the data cannot bring out all variations induced by the natural or human activities. Therefore, regular monitoring programme of the environmental parameters is essential to take into account the changes in the environmental quality. The objectives of monitoring are to – 1. Verify effectiveness of planning decisions 2. Measure effectiveness of operational procedures 3. Conform statutory and corporate compliance 4. Identify unexpected changes 6.2 Implementation Schedule of Mitigation Measures The mitigation measures suggested in Chapter 4 – Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures will be implemented so as to reduce the impact on the environment due to the operations of the proposed cluster project. The implementation of the monitoring programme is not confined to the mines sites only, but also to the nearby vicinity. As the mining impacts on environment is not limited to core zone only. Therefore, study comprises of 10 km zone around the mines lease from the periphery. Implementation schedule of mitigation measures is given the following table –

Table 6.1 – Implementation Schedule

S. No. Recommendations Time Requirement Schedule

1 Air pollution control measures Before commissioning of respective units Immediate

2 Water pollution control measures Before commissioning of the mines Immediate

3 Noise pollution control measures Along with the commissioning of the mines Immediate

4 Ecological preservation and up gradation Stage-wise implementation

Immediate &

Progressive 6.2.1 Administrative Aspects & Environmental Monitoring Programme As per the guidelines laid down by the MoEF&CC regular monitoring of environmental parameters needs to be submitted to SEIAA and Pollution Control Board to ensure control of environmental pollution due to proposed project. With the baseline data, the monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the cluster project. It will enable taking up suitable mitigatory steps in time and to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as important as



that of control of pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring. Usually, as in the case of the study, an impact assessment study is carried over short period of time and the data cannot bring out all variations induced by the natural or human activities. Therefore, regular monitoring programme of the environmental parameters is essential to take into account the changes in the environmental quality. The post project monitoring work forms part of Environmental Monitoring Program. Environmental Monitoring Program will be implemented once the project activity commences. Environmental monitoring program includes – 1. Proper Environmental surveillance. 2. Data Analysis & its interpretation. 3. Reports preparations to support environmental management system. 4. Organizational set up for ensuring the proper and time bound manner implementation of the

environmental programme. 6.2.2 Environment Management Cell In order to maintain the environmental quality within the standards, regular monitoring of various environmental components is necessary. The proponent will have a full-fledged EMC which will report directly to Functional Head for environmental monitoring and control. The EMC team will take care of pollution monitoring aspects and implementation of control measures. A group of qualified and efficient engineers with technicians will be deputed for maintenance, up keep and monitoring the pollution control equipments to keep them in working at the best of their efficiencies. The organizational structure for Environment Cell for mining operations is shown in the figure below. This Environment Cell is responsible for the management and implementation of the environmental control measures. Basically, this department will supervise the reclamation planning, air & water pollution control management, Liasoning with State & Central Statutory agency & Committee. 6.2.3 Environment Management Cell Responsibility Their responsibilities are as follows – 1. To monitor the environment of core zone as well as Buffer Zone 2. To monitor the performance of pollution control equipments. 3. To develop the green belt 4. To control the excess water usages 5. Ensuring that standards are maintained 6. Carrying out the Environment management plan. The flow chart showing the Organizational structure of the Environment management cell is shown below.



Fig. 6.1– Organization Structure for Environment Management

6.3 Environment Monitoring Programme The environmental monitoring will be conducted for the below mentioned parameters – 1. Air quality 2. Water quality 3. Noise levels 4. Soil Quality 5. Greenbelt Development 6.3.1 Air Quality Monitoring Ambient quality will be monitor each month. PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2 and CO monitoring will be carried out on regular basis. Proper care will be taken during drilling by adopting wet drilling or by putting cloth around the hole. Micro metrological data will also be monitor the on regular basis. 6.3.2 Water Quality Monitoring Water quality monitoring will involve periodical analysis and observation of surface water and the ground water near the mining project.The water quality monitoring will be monitor for all the selected locations in every season. 6.3.3 Noise Levels and Vibration Noise level in the work zone will be monitored on regular basis to determine the exposure level of noise due to the mining activity and from its related equipments. Noise level monitoring will be done for achieving the following objectives – 1. To compare sound levels with the validated regulations. 2. To determine the various noise generating sources. 3. To determine the need and extent of noise control measures This is open cast semi-mechanized mining of granite without blasting, so vibration due to blasting will not be occur due to this project. 6.3.4 Soil Quality The objective of soil quality monitoring is to determine the status and trends of soil quality in the region so as to evaluate their levels and determine trends after the implementation of the proposed

Mine Agent

Mine Manager

Environmental Engineer

Reclamation planning and management

Air and pollution control

Management

Liasioning with state and central

statutory agency and committee



mining activity. Soil monitoring will be conducted on the regular basis to ensure its sustainability by determining various soil parameters like pH, colour, moisture etc. 6.3.5 Green Belt Development The green belt plantation/development will be done along the statutory boundary and haul road. Locally available types of trees, which are resistant to pollutants is being planned. Plant species act as bio-monitoring agent to monitor the air environment as well as to keep and maintain the project environment healthy. Trees have substantial inter-specific as well as intra-specific variation in air pollution tolerance. Green belt development/tree plantation in organized manner will be carried out around the existing mine site by the end of the mining activity. The species suggested are Local tree species in the mine area and nearby villages, to reduce the impact of expansion activities in the surroundings of the existing mine site. The suggested plants are suitable for green belt development have characteristics like, fast growing, thick canopy cover, perennial and evergreen large leaf area, naturally growing, efficient in absorbing pollutants without major effects on natural growth. The environmental monitoring plan that will be implemented is given below.



Table 6.2 – Environmental Monitoring Programe

Attributes Sampling Measurement Method Test Procedure Network Frequency

A. Air Environment Pollutants PM2.5, PM10

5 locations in the cluster impact area (Minimum 2 locations in upwind side, 2 sites in downwind side / impact zone and 1 in core zone)

Once in a season.

Gravimetric method - Gravimetric method -

SO2 EPA Modified West & Geake method

Absorption in Potassium Tetra Chloromercurate followed by Colorimetric estimation using P-Rosaniline hydrochloride and Formaldehyde (IS: 5182 Part - II).

NO2 Arsenite modified Jacob & Hochheiser

Absorption in dil. NaOH and then estimated colorimetrically with sulphanilamide and N (I-Nepthyle) Ethylene diamine Dihydrochloride and Hydrogen Peroxide (CPCB Method).

B. Water Environment

pH, Turbidity, Colour, Odour, Taste, TDS, Total Hardness, Calcium Hardness, Magnesium Hardness, Chloride, Fluoride, Sulphate, Nitrates, Alkalinity, Iron, Copper, Manganese, Mercury, Cadmium,

Set of grab samples during pre and post-monsoon for ground and surface water in the vicinity

Diurnal and Season wise As per IS 10500

Samples for water quality should be collected and analysed as per IS: 2488 (Part 1-5) methods for sampling and testing of Industrial effluents Standard methods for examination of water and wastewater analysis published by APHA.



Selenium, Arsenic, Cyanide, Lead, Zinc, Chromium, Aluminium, Boron, Phenolic Compounds

C. Noise

Noise levels at Day & night time – Leq

Mine Boundaries, High noise Generating areas within the cluster

Quarterly / Half yearly As per CPCB norms As per CPCB norms

D. Soil pH, Bulk Density, Soil texture, Nitrogen, Available Phosphorus, Potassium, Calcium, Magnesium, Sodium, Electrical Conductivity, Organic Matter, Chloride

5 locations in the cluster impact area

Yearly/half yearly As per USDA Method As per USDA Method



6.4 Occupational Health and Safety Occupational safety and health is very closely related to productivity and good employer-employee relationship. The factors affecting occupational health in Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project are mainly dust and land degradation. Safety of employees during operation and maintenance etc. shall be as per mines rules and regulations. To avoid any adverse effect on the health of workers due to various pollutants, sufficient measures relating to safety and health will also be practiced – 1. Provision of rest shelters for mine workers with amenities like drinking water etc. 2. All safety measures like use of safety appliances, such as dust masks, helmets, shoes, safety

awareness programs, awards, posters, slogans related to safety etc. 3. Training of employees for use of safety appliances and first aid in vocational training centre. 4. Regular maintenance and testing of all equipment as per manufacturers’ guidelines. 5. Periodical medical examination of all workers by a medical officer. 6. First Aid facility is provided in all mines present in the cluster. 7. Close surveillance of the factors in working environment and work practices which may

affect environment and worker’s health. 8. Working of mines as per approved mining plan and environmental plans.

Table 6.3 – Proposed Budget Allocation for Labour Welfare

S. No. Activities

Fund Allocated (Rs. Lakhs)

1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year

1 Labour Health Checkup 0.5 0.5 0.5

2 Sanitation 0.2 0.2 0.2

3 Crèche 0.05 0.05 0.05

4 Drinking Water 0.1 0.1 0.1

5 Occupational Safety 0.05 0.05 0.05

6 Travel Arrangements 0.1 0.1 0.1

Total 1.0 1.0 1.0

Grand Total 3.0 The proposed allocated Budget for labour welfare of M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. is Rs. 1.0 Lakh per year.The approximate budget allocation for labour welfare for other lease of the cluster is Rs. 1.0 Lakh. This amount may vary. 6.4.1 Public Health Implication Proper mitigation measures in relation to air pollution, water pollution, soil contamination and noise pollution is proposed to be adopted at the mines.Green belt plantation along the periphery of mining lease boundary will be done. It is expected that there will be no impact of mining on the population in the impact zone. However, the following measures shall be adopted – 1. Health checkups of all villagers in the immediate vicinity of the mines shall be carried out

periodically. 2. In case any person or a group of persons is found to be suffering from any ailment, directly

related to mining, their medical treatment will be carried out free of cost. 3. Surface water management shall be adopted to ensure that run-off from the mining does not

adversely affect natural water streams or other water bodies. 4. All water bodies e.g. wells and surface water sources in the vicinity of the mines, shall be

periodically tested for any pollution related to mining operations and remedial action taken, if



needed. Operators of all transport vehicles shall be instructed not to horn unnecessarily while passing through villages or nearby schools.

6.5 Corporate Environmental Policy The project proponent commits to contributing towards a clean and sustainable environment and continually enhancing the environmental performance as an integral part of the business philosophy and values.The proposed CER budget is prepared as per MoEF&CC OM F. No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1st May 2018. 2 % of the total project cost is proposed as part of CER budget as per Section 6 (II) of the said Office Memorandum.The proposed CER budget for the cluster is given below –

Table 6.4 – Proposed CER Budget for Cluster S.

No. Mine Leasee Project Cost (Rs.) CER Budget (Rs.)

1 M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. 3 Crores 6 Lakhs

2 Kiritsingh P. Vaghela 1 Crores 2 Lakhs (approx.)

Total Cost 4 Crores (approx.) 8 Lakhs (approx.)

The CER budget for Kajipur Granite Block – 1 is given below –

Table 6.5 – CER budget for M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd.

S. No. Activities

Fund allocated (Rs. in Lakhs)

1st Year

2nd Year

3rd Year

4th Year

5th Year

1 Sanitation (construction of toilets and maintenance) 0.5 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

2 Skill development like training of sewing etc. for girls and ladies of nearby villages on yearly basis 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

3 Fruit bearing trees plantation in the community area of nearby villages along with maintenance 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

4

Awareness Programme for the locals for water conservation, increase yield of crops and fodder, soil moisture conservation etc. as well as environment protection by nukkad natak, poster presentation, campaigns etc.

0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

5 Haulage road maintenance 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

6 Yearly general health check ups camps for nearby village Kajipur 0.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

Total 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Grand Total 6.0



CHAPTER 7 – ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7.1 Additional Studies As per EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006, as amended from time to time, the SEIAA, Gujarat has suggested various ToR for the preparation of the EIA and EMP. The following Additional Studies were carried out as per ToR – 1. Public Hearing 2. Risk Assessment 3. DMP 7.2 Public Hearing This is Draft EIA report; public hearing is yet to be conducted. Details of public hearing will be incorporated after conducting public hearing. 7.3 Risk Assessment The complete mining operation will be carried out under the management control and direction of a qualified mines manager. The DGMS risk assessment process is intended to identify existing and probable hazards in the work environment and all operations and assess the risk levels of those hazards in order to prioritize those that need immediate attention. Further, mechanisms responsible for these hazards are identified and their control measures, set to timetable are recorded along with pinpointed responsibilities. In the unlikely event that a consequence has occurred, disaster management kicks in. This includes instituting procedures pertaining to a number of issues such as communication, rescue, and rehabilitation. These are addressed in the DMP. Both, the Risk Assessment and DMP, are living documents and need to be updated whenever there are changes in operations, equipment, or procedures. Assessment is all about preventing accidents and taking necessary steps to prevent it from happening. However, following natural/industrial hazards may occur during normal operation – 1. Accident due to operation of heavy mining equipments 2. Accident during transportation activity because of mishandling by the drivers. In order to take care of above hazard/disasters, the following control measures will be adopted – 1. All safety precautions and provisions of Mine Act 1952, Metalliferrous Mines Regulations

1961 and Mines Rules1955 will be strictly followed during all the mining operations. 2. Entry of unauthorized persons in the cluster mining area will be prohibited. 3. Fire fighting and first-aid provisions in the mines office complex and mining area. 4. Provisions of all the safety appliances such as safety boots, helmets, goggles etc. will be

made available to the employees free of cost for their use. 5. Under mines vocational training rules all employees of mines shall have to undergo the

training at regular interval. 6. Working of cluster mines, as per approved mine plans. Regular updation of the mines plans. 7. Cleaning of mines faces will be regularly done. 8. Regular maintenance and testing of all mining equipments as per manufacturer’s guidelines. 9. Suppression of dust on the haulage roads and loading & unloading points. 10. Increasing the awareness of safety and disaster through competitions, posters and other

similar drives.



7.3.1 Key Definitions Hazard: Source of potential harm, injury, or loss. Consequence: Size of the loss or damage. In terms of health and safety, it is the degree of harm that could be caused to people exposed to the hazard, the potential severity of injuries or ill health and / or the number of people who could be potentially affected. Consequence of a hazard need not only be in terms of safety criteria but could also be in terms of a money loss, incurred costs, loss of production, environmental impacts as well as public outrage. Risk: Combination of the likelihood of a specific unwanted event and the potential consequences if it should occur. Risk Assessment: Is a process that involves measurement of risk to determine priorities and to enable identification of appropriate level of risk treatment (used also to describe the overall process of risk management). Risk Control: Implementation of strategies to prevent or control hazards. Risk Rating: The category or level or risk assigned following risk assessment (e.g. High, Medium or Low). Risk Management: Overall description of the steps taken to manage risk, by identifying hazards and implementing controls in the workplace. Emergency: A situation of process deviation that, if uncontrolled, may lead to a major accident /disaster with potential short term and/or long term risk damage consequence to life and property in and/or around the workplace. Disaster: A catastrophic consequence of a major emergency / accident that leads to not only extensive damage to life and property, but also disrupts all normal human activity for a significant period of time and requires a major national and / or international effort for rescue and rehabilitation of those affected. 7.3.2 Scope of Work for Risk Assessment& Disaster Management Plan Study The scope of work has been framed as per DGMS requirements for risk and safety studies in mines and includes the hazard identification, risk assessment, and ranking, resulting in treatment controls and action plans. 7.3.2.1 Level 1: Hazard Identification Hazard identification includes: Study of Safety Issues Pertaining to The Project 1. Study of operational information, including safety concepts used in design of equipment and

Storages. 2. Listing of hazardous inventory and identification of key hazardous substances to be used. 3. Available procedures and the extent to which they are followed in operational mines by the

same organization. 4. Consultations with employees who carry out or are likely to carry out the jobs. 5. Safety statistics for this and other mines, as applicable and available. 6. Statutory mine inspection reports, where available. 7. Past history of accidents and near misses.



7.3.2.2 Identification of Hazard Scenarios Identification of scenarios that can cause damage to life & property. Level 2: Risk Assessment As defined earlier, risk is a function of likelihood and consequence. Likelihood is the chance that the hazard might occur. Since the risk of any hazard is dependent upon the chance that it will occur (likelihood) and the impact of an occurrence (consequence). Risk Score = Likelihood x Consequence In some cases, personnel are only exposed to the hazard for part of the time. Hence, a more detailed analysis of the risk ranking can be carried out by taking exposure (% time personnel are present) and probability (chance that they will be injured) into consideration. Risk Score = (Probability x Exposure) x Consequence The values used for likelihood, consequence, exposure or probability need to be agreed by the risk assessment team, and there is an element of professional judgment in exercising these choices. Level 3: Treatment Controls After examining the high priority risks, consideration is given to consider the potential to reduce or eliminate the risk by using the hierarchy of controls. This assists establishing methods to reduce the risk. From experience, the effectiveness of each method is given as a percentage after each of the control descriptions. The desirability of control plans (with reducing effectiveness) is as follows – Elimination: Remove steps to eliminate the hazard completely. Substitution: Replace with less hazardous material, substance, or process. Separation: Isolate hazard from person by guarding, space, or time separation. Administration: Adjusting the time or conditions of risk exposures. Training: Improving skills making tasks less hazardous to persons involved. Personal protective equipment: Used as the last resort, appropriately designed and properly fitted equipment where other controls are not practicable. Control measures can reduce either the likelihood or consequence of the event or both. Depending on the level of reduction of the hazard, there could still be a residual risk that needs to be monitored so that a secondary prevention process can be initiated when trigger points are reached. 7.4 Mine Disaster Management Plan The DMP is a guide, giving general considerations, directions, and procedures for handling emergencies likely to arise from planned operations. The DMP has been prepared for the cluster on the basis of the Risk Assessment and related findings covered in the report. 7.4.1 Disaster Management Plan 7.4.1.1 Structure The DMP is supposed to be a dynamic, changing, document focusing on continual improvement of emergency response planning and arrangements. A structure working on a Plan, Do, Check & Review cycle has been therefore suggested. Another advantage of doing this is to have a system that is in synchronicity with commonly used Safety Health and Environmental systems such as ISO 14001 and OHSAS 18001. 7.4.1.2 Policy The Safety Health and Environmental policy is existing & accessible to all at site and to other stakeholders. The policy has been framed considering legislative compliance, stakeholder involvement, continual improvement, and management by objectives.



7.4.1.3 Identification and Prevention of Possible Emergency Situations Possible emergency situations can broadly be classified into unintended explosions, vehicle collision, and inundation. Additional emergency situations can be developed on the basis of audit or other procedures prior to commencement of operations. 7.4.1.4 Emergency Prevention Some of the ways of preventing emergencies are as follows – 1. Preparation of a Preventive Maintenance Schedule Programme and also covering

maintenance schedules for all critical equipments and instruments as per recommendations of the manufacturers user manuals.

2. Importantly, it is of great importance to collect and analyze information pertaining to minor incidents and accidents at the site, as well as for recording near-mines or emergencies that were averted. This information gives an indication of how likely or unlikely it is for the site to face actual emergency and what shall be further action to prevent them from occurring.

3. Establishment of an ongoing training and evaluation programme, incorporating the development of capabilities amongst employees about potential emergencies and ways and means of identifying and averting the same. Most emergencies do not occur without some incident or an abnormal situation. So there is always sometime of few seconds to few minutes to arrest an incident of abnormal situation from turning in to an emergency. This is the role of the shift in-charge who is the incident controller along with his shift team.

7.4.1.5 Emergency Plan Objectives Specific objectives of the Emergency Response Plan are to be clearly listed with regards to the responses desired for successful management of the possible emergency situations. Suggested objectives could include – 1. To define and assess emergencies, including risk and environmental impact assessment 2. To control and contain incidents 3. To safeguard employees 4. To minimize damage to property or / and the environment 5. To inform employees, the general public and the authority on the hazards/risks assessed 6. Safeguard provided residual risk if any and the role to be played by them in the event of

emergency. 7. To inform authorities like Safety and Fire Department and Mutual Aid Centers to come up

for help. 8. For effective rescue and treatment of casualties and to count the injured. 9. To identify and list fatal accidents if any. 10. To secure the safe rehabilitation of affected areas and to restore normally. 11. To provide authoritative information to the news media. 12. To preserve records, equipments etc. and to organize investigation into the cause of the

emergency and preventive measures to stop its recurrence. 13. To ensure safety of staff and patients and resume work. 7.5 Fire Fighting Person noticing the fire shall immediately raise alarm and ask the nearest person to inform Manager-Quarry. Portable Fire Extinguisher shall be used in an attempt to extinguish the fire, by the person at site. Manager shall assess the severity of fire and if likely to be severe shall take following steps – 1. Call fire tenders and mobile trailer pump from nearby fire department. 2. Call for assembly of all persons at assembly points 3. Arrange for turning "OFF" main switch of electricity supply.



7.6 First Aid Basic items in a first aid kit consist of items listed as follows –

Table 7.1 – First Aid Kit S. No. Particulars

1 First aid leaflet 2 Sterilized finger dressing 3 Sterilized hand or foot dressing 4 Sterilized body or large dressing 5 Sterilized burns dressing - small 6 Sterilized burns dressing - large 7 Sterilized burns dressing – extra large 8 Sterilized cotton wool (25 gm) 9 Cetavolon (28 gm) 10 Eye pads 11 Adhesive plaster 12 Assorted roller bandage 13 Triangular bandages 14 Safety pins 15 Scissors, ordinary, 12.7cms, both sides sharp 16 Savlon liquid, 150 ml, or equivalent 17 Cotton wool for padding, 100 gm 18 Eye Ointment of sulphacetamide preparation 19 Loose woven gauze compressed pack 20 Aspirin, 300 mg (10 tablets) 21 Scribbling Pad with a pencil in a plastic 22 Adhesive dressing strips 23 Field dressing of modified army pattern 24 Record cards in a plastic cover 25 Torch, medium size without cells 26 Eye wash 27 Wooden splints, small 28 Wooden splints, big

7.7 Post Emergency Activities Medical Checkup: Medical checkup of affected persons if any and suitable medical aid shall be provided. Collection of Records: Exact information shall be collected regarding cause of Emergency and remedial measures suggested preventing recurrence. Inquiry: Detailed inquiry shall be carried out to find out the cause which will be in the form of fact finding and recommendations made to suitable authority. Insurance Claims (if any): Insurance claims for damage due to consequences of emergency shall be filed. 7.7.1 Mock Drill Full scale mock drill shall be conducted at least once a year in coordination with Safety Department. 7.7.2 Training



Regular training of all concerned personnel will be conducted to enable the Staff to face any type of Emergency be it Natural Disasters, Fire in Equipment, Building or any explosion in quarry. 7.7.3 Disaster Management Plan Audit, Non Conformance and Corrective Action and

Preventive Action Since this DMP has been designed as a dynamic document, it is required that its performance be audited at regular intervals. Ideally, persons auditing the DMP should be external auditors (i.e. not employed at the site being audited). The audit should result in a set of findings that are put before the site management for review. Audits will be periodic, at intervals that are decided by the Head Office. Audit reports shall state the exact non-compliance with the particular clause of this DMP, and should include steps to be taken to attain compliance, through corrective and preventive actions. 7.7.4 Review of Emergency Performance The site/head office management will review the findings of the audit and the non- compliances. It will consider whether the DMP is providing adequate safety assurance to the management, delivering performance as desired, and whether it continues to be in the spirit of Environment, Health and Safety Policies, and changing requirements. On the basis of these, the management will record its decisions and consider modifying the DMP, as deemed appropriate. 7.8 Blasting No blasting is proposed for this cluster project. 7.9 Overburden Waste generated during the mining practice is only the granite rejects and the non recoverable/un-sized boulders; nibbles etc, their accommodation in the plain land are easier. Therefore, the proper maintenance of overburden will be take place to avoid any type of water or soil contamination. 7.10 Heavy Machinery Most of the accidents occur during transportation by tippers/trucks. Operation of poclains and ripper dozers and other heavy vehicles are often attributable to mechanical failures and human errors. This can be prevented by regular training of all vehicle/machinery drivers/operators, regular maintenance of equipment and ensuring safe operations. 7.11 Fuel Storage Most of the machines will operate on diesel. However, no major storage is envisaged at the ML areas. A diesel bourse will be provided for the crawler mounted machines operating in the mines. 7.12 Water Logging Water logging in the mines site can be avoided by adopting following measures – 1. Due care will be taken by providing retaining walls around the pits. 2. Proper drainage will be maintained to eliminate inundation of working pits during rains from

run-off water. 3. There is no danger of flood or inundation as the ground level is well below the plateau top,

where mining of Granite will be carried out. 7.12.1 Natural Resource Conservation 1. A green belt will be developed so that minimum soil erosion takes place. 2. The excavated soil will be spread over the backfilled mined out area in order to minimize the

impact on environment. 3. In any case the natural habitats of the existing flora and fauna will not be disturbed. 4. Use of traditional knowledge in all aspects of conservation shall be utilized.



5. Water conservation techniques will be employed. 6. Time to time analysis of the soil, water resources etc will be done in order to analyze the

negative impacts of mining activities on the environment. 7. To prepare management plans for village landscapes. Villages to be seen as landscapes of

diverse elements such as forests, scrub, grassland, streams/river, ponds etc. The dynamics of the village as an ecosystem to be assessed, corridors to be devised between major natural landscape elements, so as to facilitate movement of species.

7.13 Safety Measures Safety Measures at the proposedproject are as follows – 1. The opencast mines have been planned for working with shovel, tipper system which requires

proper benching not only for slope stability but also for movement of tippers and other heavy machineries. The inclination of the quarry sides at the final stage i.e. at the dip most point will not exceed 400 to the horizontal. (This angle is measured between the line joining the toe of the bottom most bench to the crest of the top most bench and the horizontal line).

2. The gradient of the haul road inside the pit, access trench and on the dumps will not be steeper than 1 in 16.

3. A minimum safe distance of 100-m will be kept between the surface edge of the quarry and the nearest public building, roads etc. When the surface edge of the quarry approaches within a limit of 300 m from any road, public building special permission from DGMS will be taken to conduct controlled blasting to prevent damage/injury to public life and property.

4. All mining operations both within the quarry and outside will be conducted as per the conditions laid down by DGMS and under the strict supervision of competent persons appointed under Metalliferrous Mines Regulations, 1961.

Measures to Prevent Accidents due to Trucks and Tippers are as follows – 1. All transportation within the main working area should be carried out under the direct

supervision and control of the management. 2. The vehicles must be maintained in good repairs and checked thoroughly at least once a week

by a competent person authorized for this purpose by the management. 3. Broad signs should be provided at each and every turning point especially for the guidance of

the drivers of vehicles. 4. To avoid dangers while reversing the trackless vehicles, especially at the embankment and

tripping points, all areas for reversing of lorries should, as far as possible, be made man free, and there should be a light and sound device to indicate reversing of trucks.

5. A statutory provision of the fence, constant education, training etc. will go a long way in reducing the incidence of such accidents.

7.14 Disaster Management Plan 7.14.1 Objectives of Disaster Management Plan The DMP is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of environment, protection of installation and restoration of production. For effective implementation of the DMP, it should be widely circulated and personnel training should be given. The objective of the DMP is to make use of the combined resources of the mines and the outside services to achieve the following – 1. Rescue and medical treatment to the affected persons 2. Safeguard other people 3. Minimize damage to property and the environment 4. Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area 5. Preserve relevant records and equipments for the subsequent inquiry into the cause and

circumstances of the emergency.



In effect, it is to optimize operational efficiency to rescue rehabilitation and render medical help and to restore normalcy. 7.15 Fire Fighting Facilities Sufficient fire extinguishers will be installed at selected locations such as mines office, garage, stores etc. Besides, sufficient water hydrants with sufficient length of hosepipes will be made available on the surface for fire protection. 7.16 Emergency Medical Facilities Emergency Communication system will be available at all times to report any emergency instances. Contact details of nearest hospital, police department, fire brigade and other important bodies will be kept handy 7.17 Rehabilitation & Resettlement As there is no habitation with in mine lease areas no Rehabilitation & Resettlement required. However, the project proponent of is committed towards development of the surrounding area.



CHAPTER 8 – PROJECT BENEFITS 8.1 General The proposed project is mining of Granite; it shall have no major impact on surrounding environment. The proposed activity shall provide raw material to various industries, thereby boosting overall improvement in economic growth of the state. 8.2 Improvement in the Physical Infrastructure The impact on the civic amenities after the commencement of mining activities is likely to be substantial. The basic requirements of the community needs will be strengthened by extending health care, educational facilities developed in the township for the community, providing drinking water to the villages, building/strengthening of existing roads in the area. The proponent will initiate the above amenities either by providing or by improving the facilities in the area, which will help in uplifting the living standards of local communities. Medical facilities will be provided in the form of first-aid facility at the mine. These medical facilities will also be available to local people in the surrounding in case of emergencies. 8.3 Improvement in the Social Infrastructure 1. Employment generation and improved standard of living 2. Increased revenue to the State in the form of royalty, taxes and duties 3. Communicationand transport facilities etc. 4. In addition to above, due to increase in purchasing power of local habitants –

a) There will be significant change in the socio-economic scenario of the area. b) The proposed project will enhance the prospects of employment. Recruitment for the

unskilled and semiskilled workers for the proposed project will be from the nearby villages.

c) The development of the basic amenities viz. roads, transportation, electricity, drinking water, proper sanitation, educational institutions, medical facilities, entertainment, etc.

d) Overall, the proposed cluster project will change living standards of the people and improve the socio-economic conditions of the areas.

8.4 Employment Potential Employment generation will be the major benefit to the society. The number of unskilled labor may increase depending on the quantum of overburden removal. The cluster mine lessees will directly employ 44 personnel for mining of ore, removal of overburden, quarry cleaning & road repairing. Apart from this proposed cluster project it is expected to generate substantial indirect employment in other sectors such as transportation, service units, small shops and other service providers etc.The details of employment are given in Chapter 2 – Project Description. The employment of local people in primary and secondary sectors of cluster project will upgrade the prosperity of the region. These will in-turn improves the socio-economic conditions of the areas. In addition to the above, contractual labor and indirect employment opportunities will also be getting benefited after installation of mining project. 8.5 Socio-Economic Benefits The benefits of cluster mining activity will be similar to any industrial set-up. There will be opportunities of direct and indirect employments. However, the operations being semi mechanized will not generate large scale direct employment. As mentioned earlier there will be around 44 personnel, most of them will be skilled or semi-skilled & unskilled workers. Total 90 % staff will be employed from the local villages. Regular health check-up of the labor will be done.



8.6 Conclusion As discussed, it is safe to say that the cluster project is not likely to cause any significant adverse impact on the ecology of the area, as adequate preventive measures will be adopted to contain the various pollutants within permissible limits. Green belt development around the areas will also be taken up as an effective pollution mitigation technique, as well as to control the pollutants released from the premises of the cluster.



CHAPTER 9 – ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 9.1 General The EMP is required to ensure sustainable development in the study areas. This chapter covers cause of pollution, main source of pollution, nature of pollution proposed mitigative measures for that pollution. The environmental management plan consists of a set of mitigation, management, monitoring and institutional measures to be taken during implementation and operation of the project, to eliminate adverse environmental impacts or reduce them to acceptable levels. The present environmental management plan addresses, the components of environment, which are likely to be affected by the different operations in a cluster mining project. The objectives of EMP are as follows – 1. Overall conservation of environment. 2. Minimization of waste generation and pollution. 3. Judicious use of natural resources and water. 4. Safety, welfare and good health of the work force and populace. 5. Ensure effective operation of all control measures. 6. Vigilance against probable disasters and accidents. 7. Monitoring of cumulative and long term impacts. 8. Ensure effective operation of all control measures. 9.2 Environment Management System 9.2.1 Policy Proponents have a well laid down Safety Health and Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors. The Policy prescribes for comply with all applicable safety, health and environment laws and regulations. 1. Comply with all applicable safety, health and environment laws and regulations. 2. Enhance Safety, Health and Environment awareness among employees through effective

communication and training 3. Investigate all workplace incidents and illness in order to promptly correct any unsafe

conditions or practices. 9.2.2 Environment Cell Proponents have well established Environmental Management System which is headed by General Manager- Safety, Health & Environment. The flow chart of EMC is given below. 9.2.3 Proposed Environmental Management Plan The EMP is prepared with a view to facilitate effective environmental management of the project, in general and implementation of the mitigation measures in particular. The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. For each stage of the programme, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of every potential biophysical and socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation, which could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented – 1. A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions). 2. The parameters that will be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action. 3. The timing for implementation of action to ensure the objectives of mitigation is fully met. In order to minimize impacts of mining on different environmental parameters and to keep air and water quality within prescribed limits of CPCB, an EMP has been prepared. This will help in resolving all environmental and ecological issues due to mining in the area. The environmental management plan includes all preventive as well as mitigation measures to minimize impact on environment along-with reclamation and rehabilitation measures form in and out land.



Fig. 9.1– Organization Structure for Environment Management

9.3 Surface Subsidence Entire mining operations in the cluster will be carried out under the supervision of technically qualified person. The height of dump shall be kept upto 5 m for the safety purpose. 9.4 Waste Management The waste which is likely to be generated during the cluster mining practice is only the granite rejects and the non-recoverable/un-sized shoulders, nibbles etc. It values has been tabulated below.

Table 9.1 – Details of Overburden of All The Mine Leases In The Cluster

S. No. Name of Lessee

Overburden (cum)

1st Year 2ndYear 3rd Year 4th Year 5th Year

1 Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. 6,097 4,924 5,427 5,966 0

2 Kiristsinh P. Vaghela 774 280 282 1,850 480

Total 6,871 5,204 5,709 7,816 480

Grand Total 26,080

(Source: Approved Mine Plans) Overburden/Waste Management: Their accommodation in the plain land is easier. The overburden generated will be stacked separately and if possible it will be sold as rubble by taking necessary permission. 9.5 Acid Mine Drainage Since there is no mineral of such nature, acid mine drainage will be nil; hence no action is required under this head. 9.6 Air Pollution Management and Control Overall air quality of the lease areas as well in the buffer zone of the cluster are well within

Mine Agent

Mine Manager

Environmental Engineer

Reclamation planning and management

Air and pollution control

Management

Liasioning with state and central

statutory agency and committee



permissible limit. Dust emissions due to mineral handling, during mining operations are not much and it is restricted to the lease areas only. Air pollution is caused mainly due to dust generation added with gaseous emission from transportation activities along with mining operation like loading, haulage etc. 9.6.1 Control of Fugitive Emissions and Gaseous Pollution To control the fugitive emissions and to minimize the adverse impact on air quality the following measures will be taken – 1. Dust suppression will regularly be done through water spraying on haul roads. 2. Regular maintenance of machineries will be done at suitable interval to prevent gaseous

pollution. 3. Good maintenance and monitoring of fuel and oil will not allow significant addition in the

gaseous emission. 4. Periodic maintenance, levelling and smoothening of haulage roads shall be carried out. 5. PPE like dust mask etc. will be provided to the workers likely to be exposed in dusty

environment. 6. Regular health check-ups of the workers will be done and record maintained. 7. Ambient air quality monitoring will be conducted on regularly basis to assess the quality of

ambient air. 8. Development of green belt/plantation around the lease boundary, roads, dumps etc. 9.7 Water Management and Control 9.7.1 Surface Water Management There is no river stream, nallas or any other water body passing through the lease area in the cluster. Tarang Lake is at a distance of about 2km in NE direction and Sabarmati River at the distance of 8 km East direction. During rains some natural drains may flow from nearby of the mine lease area. Moreover, the possibility of surface water contamination due to erosion and runoff from the mines is already stroked out as there is practically no soil and no waste will be produced from the mines. The surface run off during the rainy season will be prevented from entering into the active pits. This will be channelized to the mined out pit or proposed water reservoir via Garland drains. 9.7.2 Ground Water Management The maximum depth of working 6 m from surface i.e. 229 mRL. As the mining will be restricted to 229 mRL, no ground water will be encounter during the mining operations. 9.7.3 Details of Water Conservation Measures Proposed The rain water collected in the pits after spell of rain will be used for plantation and dust suppression. At the end of life of mines, excavated area will be used as a rain water pit. The quality of ground water near Kajipur Granite ClusterMining Project is less likely to be degraded as there are no toxic elements present in granite mineral which can contaminate the groundwater. However, following measures are proposed to be taken continuously to reduce the adverse impact on water quality – 1. Mining will be done on surface area only and should not go beyond water table. 2. Regular testing of water samples will be carried out. 3. Rainwater will be collected into the mined out pit to act as water reservoir. 4. No washing of equipment will be done inside the mining lease areas. No wet beneficiation of granite shall be carried out within the cluster area.



9.8 Noise Pollution 9.8.1 Noise Abattement and Control 1. Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals will be done to

reduce the generation of noise. 2. Adequate silencers will be provided in all the diesel engines. 3. Plantation along the sides of approach roads and mine areas will be done to minimize the

propagation of noise. 4. PPE like earmuffs/earplugs will be provided to all operators and employees working near

mining machineries or at higher noise zone. 5. Periodical noise level monitoring will be done. Attenuation calculation shows that the sound level of about 95 db (A) will dampen down to about 50 db (A) after a distance of about 75 m, hence, adverse impact is not anticipated. In all the operations related to mining of granite, noise generation is there, which increase the ambient noise level of the area but due to continuous monitoring as well as proper maintenance, lubrication, optimum operation of various earth moving machineries, drilling machines the noise levels kept within permissible safe limits as notified by Director General of Mines Safety vide. DGMS circular No. 18 (Tech) of 1975 and (Tech) (5) of 1990 Drilling, cutting and transportation will increase the noise level. 9.8.1.1 Mitigation Measures The following measures are proposed to be allowed to keep the noise levels within the permissible limits – 1. Peripheral plantation will be done to screen noise. Greenbelt development will also be carried

out. 2. Periodic maintenance of machinery and vehicles. 3. Operators of high noise generating equipment like drills are provided with ear muffs. 4. Air silencers for noise reduction on machines. 5. Imposition of speed limit on heavy Earth moving machinery near residential areas. 6. Reducing the exposure time of workers to the higher noise levels. 7. Regular monitoring of noise levels will be carried out at different location and necessary

action will be taken for improvements as per requirements. 8. Acoustic enclosure will be provided to D.G Set. 9. Mining operation will be carried out during day light hour only to avoid high noise intensity

in night time. 9.9 Control of Vibration and Fly Rock Generation During Blasting Blasting is not proposed in this cluster hence vibrations are not anticipated from the mines. 9.10 Land Reclamation and Waste Management 9.10.1 Land Use Planning and Mine Closure The reclamation plan, post mine land use and progressive greenbelt development plan as per approved mine plans land use pattern for pre-operational, operational and post- operational phases are given below –



Table 9.2 – Cluster Land Use Pattern As Per Approved Mining Plans S.




3 Waste dump - 0.41



6 Road - -

7 Railways - -

8 Tailing Pond - -





Grand Total 5.3023 5.3023 A schematic diagram showing conceptual mine land use along with relevant cross-sections is attached as Annexure II. 9.11 Biological Management Measures There is a requirement to establish a stable ecosystem with both ecological and economic returns. Minimization of soil erosion and dust pollution enhances the beauty of the core and the buffer zone. To achieve this, it is planned to increase plantation activities. The basic objectives of plantation are as follows – 1. Improvement of soil quality 2. Quick vegetative cover to check soil erosion 3. Improvement in mining site stability 4. Conservation of biological diversity 5. As dust receptor which likely to produce during mining 9.12 Greenbelt Development Plan Greenbelt development programme will be designed within the natural constraints of the site and in particular species selection reflects flora known to be resistant to the local conditions. Green plants form a surface which is capable of absorbing air pollutants and forming sinks for pollutants. It improves the aesthetic value of local environment. Under cluster project, green belt has been planned with emphasis on creating biodiversity; enhance natural surroundings and mitigating pollution. The greenbelt development plan aims to overall improvement in the environmental conditions of the region. The plan with a five-fold objective addresses issues such as providing sink for air pollutants likely to emitted from the project; enhancing the forest cover for increasing the biodiversity of the region; providing aesthetic value to the project area



enhancing the ecological equilibrium of the area; and to a large proportion in combating soil erosion. Greenbelt development is necessary for – 1. Landscaping and providing shelter. 2. Improvement in site conditions. 3. Surface air purification by providing oxygen and letting SPM to settle on the leaves. 4. To attenuate noise generation by movement of vehicles and other machinery. 5. To check soil erosion. The following characteristics will be taken into consideration while selecting plant species for green belt development and tree plantation – 1. They should be local indigenous and drought resistant species. 2. They should be fast growing and tall trees. 3. They should be perennial and evergreen. 4. They should have thick canopy cover. 5. The planting should be in appropriate alternate rows around the site to prevent lateral

pollution dispersion. 6. The trees should maintain regional ecological balance and conform to soil and hydrological

conditions. Indigenous species should be preferred. 7. Species will be planted as per CPCB guidelines and native species. 9.13 Plantation Programme The proposed cluster (core zone) falls under the land use of waste land and thereby no designated protected forest land existing within it. Therefore, the proposed mining activities will not have any impacts like loss of true forest habitat and associated floral and faunal diversity. However, in order to compensate the loss of vegetation cover, it is proposed to carry out afforestation program mainly in mine lease areas in the cluster earmarked for plantation program as per Mining Plan approved by the Indian Bureau of Mines in different phases. This habitat improvement program would ensure the faunal species to re-colonies and improve the abundance status in the core zone. On the basis of the general principles mentioned and as per the CPCB guidelines for the development of Greenbelts following species are recommended – Outer Periphery Trees

• Azadirachta indica • Ficus religios • Syzygium cumini • Tamarindus indica • Zizyphus xylopyra

Inner Periphery Trees

• Balanites roxburghii • Bougainvillea spectabilis • Derris indica

Small Size Shrubs

• Acacia catech • Hibiscus rosa sinensi • Lawsonia inermis • Callistemon citrinus



9.13.1 Post Plantation Care The post plantation care will be an important aspect to be taken care of for better survival rate of plantation. The following care will be taken – 1. Fencing:It will be provided around the area where mass plantation has been proposed. This

will help in preventing cattle from entering in to such area and will protect unauthorized entry of out-side person. Due care will be taken to protect plantation as well as the fencing by the guards.

2. Water in During Dry Spell: During dry spell, water will be sprinkled using water tanker provided with hose pipes.

3. Manuring: Initially fertilizer/ manure will be given to the plants before and after plantation. Thereafter, manuring will be continued on reduced scale till the plant attains growth of2 to 3 m height. Provision of utilizing bio-manure will also be made within the lease areas.

4. Weeding and Soil Working: Man power will be engaged in mulching the soil frequently along with removal of weeds.

9.14 Solid Waste Management The cluster area lies on hilly land having rocky exposure and has no soil cover; therefore, storage of soil is not required. As per approved mining plans practically no soil cover as well as overburden is present hence solid waste management is not much needed for the cluster mining. 9.15 Occupational Hazards and Safety Occupational safety and health is very closely related to productivity and good employer-employee relationship. The factors of occupational health in Kajipur Granite ClusterMining Project are mainly dust and land degradation. Safety of employees during operation and maintenance etc. shall be as per mines rules and regulations. Occupational hazards involved in mines are related to dust pollution, noise pollution and injuries from equipments and fall from high places. DGMS has given necessary guidelines for safety against these occupational hazards. The management will strictly follow these guidelines. All necessary first aid and medical facilities will be provided to the workers. Mines will be well equipped with proper fire protection and firefighting equipment. All operators and mechanics will be trained to handle fire-fighting equipments. Further all the necessary protective equipments such as helmets, safety goggles, earplugs, earmuffs, etc. will be provided to persons working in mines as per Mines Rules, 1955. Initial medical examination will be carried out prior to employment of every person and periodical medical examination will be carried out of persons employed in the mine once in a five years. Provided that in case any dust related disease need to be confirmed, the pertaining tests may be conducted more frequently as the examining authority deems necessary. To avoid any adverse effect on the health of workers due to various pollutants, sufficient measures relating to safety and health will also be practiced – 1. Provision of rest shelters for mine workers with amenities like drinking water, portable toilets

etc. 2. All safety measures like use of safety appliances, such as dust masks, helmets, shoes, non

breakable goggles, knee pads, as the case may be, shall be ensured. Safety awareness programs, awards, posters, slogans related to safety etc. will be encouraged.

3. Training of employees for use of safety appliances and first aid in vocational training center. 4. Regular maintenance and testing of all equipment as per manufacturers’ guidelines. 5. Periodical medical examination of all workers by a medical officer. 6. First aid facility will be provided at the mine site. 7. Close surveillance of the factors in working environment and work practices which may

affect environment and worker’s health. 8. Working of mine as per approved mining plans and environmental plans.



9.16 Socio-Economic Conditions of the Region The mining cluster will create employment opportunities to number of people directly or indirectly. Mining operations will give direct employment and associated activities like transportation, trading etc. will generate indirect employment, thereby improving the status of the peripheral local communities whose living standards will go up considerably due to good income levels. The social status and standards of life of local population will change with greater inflow of financial and material resources. This is bound to improve the economic conditions of the people in and around the project area. According to corporate social responsibility local needs of facilities like school, crèche, hospital, veterinary hospital, sanitation, drinking water etc. shall be considered positively and will provide financial assistance as per necessity. Vocational training programme will be conducted for the skills improvement and in manner of sustainable development. 9.17 Cost of Environment Control Measures As a part of its responsibility towards protection of environment, project proponent M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd.has allocated budget for environment protection measures. The same is detailed in the following table –

Table 9.3– Proposed Activities and Budget Allocated for Environment Management

S. No. Activities

Fund Allocated (Rs. Lakhs)

Capital Cost Recurring Cost

1 Dust Suppression - 0.8

2 Environmental Monitoring - 0.5

3 Green Belt - 0.2

4 Reclamation of Mined Out Land - 0.3

Total - 1.8

9.18 Corporate Environmental Policy The proposed CER budget is prepared as per MoEF&CC Office Memorandum F. No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1st May 2018. 2 % of the total project cost is proposed as part of CER budget as per Section 6 (II) of the said Office Memorandum. The CER budget forKajipur Granite Block – 1 is given below –

Table 9.4 –CER Budget for Kajipur Granite Block – 1

S. No. Activities

Fund allocated (Rs. in Lakhs)

1st Year

2nd Year

3rd Year

4th Year

5th Year

1 Sanitation (construction of toilets and maintenance) 0.5 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

2 Skill development like training of sewing etc. for girls and ladies of nearby villages on yearly basis 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2



3 Fruit bearing trees plantation in the community area of nearby villages along with maintenance 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

4

Awareness Programme for the locals for water conservation, increase yield of crops and fodder, soil moisture conservation etc. as well as environment protection by nukkad natak, poster presentation, campaigns etc.

0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

5 Haulage road maintenance 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

6 Yearly general health check ups camps for nearby village Kajipur 0.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

Total 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Grand Total 6.0

The proposed budget allocation for all the leases of the cluster is tabulated below –

Table 9.5 – Proposed CER Budget forAll The Leases Of The Cluster S.

No. Mine Leasee Project Cost (Rs.) CER Budget (Rs.)

1 M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. 3 Crores 6 Lakhs

2 Kiritsingh P. Vaghela 1 Crores 2 Lakhs (approx.)

Total Cost 4 Crores (approx.) 8 Lakhs (approx.)

9.19 Conclusion As discussed, it is safe to say that the proposed cluster project is not likely to cause any significant impact on the ecology of the area, as adequate preventive measures will be adopted to contain the various pollutants within permissible limits. Green belt development around the areas will also be taken up as an effective pollution mitigative technique, as well as to control the pollutants released from the premises of the cluster.



CHAPTER 10 – SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

10.1 Introduction The proposed project of Kajipur Granite ClusterMining Project is spread over an area of 5.3023 Ha (cumulative area). The maximum annual production of the cluster is targeted at 1,20,000 TPA (ROM). The maximum cumulative capacity of the cluster is 1,37,500TPA(ROM). Pertaining to the MoEF&CC Notification S.O. 141(E) dated 15th January 2016 and S.O. 2269 (E) of 1st July 2016, MoEF&CC OM (F. No. L-11-11/175/2018-IA-II (M) dated 12th December 2018 and SEAC, Gujarat Office Letter (Ref. No. EIA-10-2019/SEAC/GEN/59/19/507) dated 1st February 2019 the project of Kajipur Granite Block – 1 falls under the perview of Environmental Clearance by means of Cluster. The proposed project falls under Category B1 & Schedule 1 (a) of Mining of Minerals. 10.2 Details About the Project

Table 10.1 –Project Details S.


1 Mine Leases Area 5.3023 Ha 2 Proposed Production The Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project is meant for the

mining of the mineral Granite. The maximum annual production of the cluster is targeted at 1,20,000 MT (ROM) with a maximum cumulative cluster capacity of 1,37,500 MT (ROM).

3 Mine Lease Period Lease deed have not been executed. Period of mine leases will be for a period of 30 years from the date of execution of its deed as per LOIs.

4 Excavation Proposed 2019-20 to 2023-24 5 Lessees S.

No. Name of the Proponent Contact Details

1 M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd.

Authorised Signatory – Mr. Kamal Kant Vyas Address – D-409-A, Shivalik Corp Park, Satellite Ahmedabad, Gujarat 380015 Mobile No. – +91 7069038649 Email – [email protected]

2 Kiritsinh P. Vaghela

Authorised Signatory – Kiritsinh P. Vaghela Address – Plot No. 611/2 Sector 6B Gandhinagar, Gujarat 382006 Mobile No. – +91 9712288444 Email – [email protected]

6 Site Coordinates (As Per Approved DGPS Map)

M/s Manico Resources Pvt. Ltd. Pillar

Boundary No.

Latitude Longitude



1 23º 57' 12.0553'' 72º 43′ 45.5352″ 2 23º 57' 11.6831'' 72º 43′ 47.7006″ 3 23º 57' 09.8567'' 72º 43′ 53.3531″ 4 23º 57' 05.3248'' 72º 43' 51.8025″ 5 23º 57' 03.7518'' 72º 43' 51.3364″ 6 23º 57' 05.1336'' 72º 43' 46.9927″ 7 23º 57' 07.0209'' 72º 43' 47.5704″ 8 23º 57' 08.4623'' 72º 43' 47.5704″ 9 23º 57' 09.2176'' 72º 43' 46.4353″

Kiritsinh P. Vaghela Pillar

Boundary No.

Latitude Longitude

1 23º 57' 8.2304'' 72º 43' 57.5545'' 2 23º 57' 6.536'' 72º 44' 2.8801'' 3 23º 57' 2.4083'' 72º 44' 0.2516'' 4 23º 57' 4.199'' 72º 43' 55.4452''

7 Type of Land Government waste land 8 Minerals of Mine Granite 9 Geological Reserve S.




10 Mineable Reserve The mineable reserves have not been provided in the approved mine plans. However, an approximate cumulative value of 15,69,260 MT has been calculated based on geological reserves, blocked minerals due to benches and 7.5 m statutory barrier and processing losses for the proposed cluster. S.




11 Topo-Sheet Number 46A/09(Open series sheet no. F43A09) 12 Project Cost Rs. 4 Crores (approx.) 13 No of Working Days 275 14 Method of Mining Open cast semi-mechanized

10.3 Air Environment Mining operation in the cluster is carried out by opencast semi mechanized method generates dust particles due to various activities like drilling, blasting (controlled if required in any circumstances) loading & unloading of Granite and transportation. The air quality of the cluster



depends upon the nature and concentration of emissions and meteorological conditions. Though it is an open cast semi mechanized mining cluster with all possible air quality controlling measures but the major air pollutants from mining operations include – 1. Particulate Matter (Dust) of various sizes. 2. Gases, such as, Sulphur Dioxide, Oxides of Nitrogen, Carbon Monoxide etc. from mining

machineries& vehicular exhaust. 3. Dust is the single air pollutant observed in the open cast mines. Diesel operating drilling

machines and movement of machineries / vehicles produce NOX, SO2 and CO emissions, usually at low levels. Dust can be of significant nuisance to surrounding land users and potential health risk in some circumstances.

10.4 Water Environment The major impact of deep and large mines (both underground and open cast) is of natural groundwater table. Lowering of water table may result in reduced groundwater availability. Extraction of different minerals is known to lead to water pollution due to heavy metal, acid discharges and increased suspended solids. However, the impact of mining projects on groundwater hydrology and surface water regime are site specific and depends upon the characteristics of the mineral, hydrogeology and requirement of groundwater for other uses. The quality of ground water near the proposed project is less likely to be degraded as there are no toxic elements present in granite mineral which can contaminate the groundwater. There is no surface water body which can be affected due to proposed cluster project. Water table has not been intersecting due to project activities. 10.5 Noise Environment Noise pollution is mainly due to occasional playing of trucks. These activities will not cause any problem to the inhabitants of this area because there is no human settlement in the close proximity to the mining area in the cluster.Noise will be generated within mine lease area due to excavator; diamond wire saw cutting and dumpers and dumper operation. Noise generation due to transportation truck will be temporary for any receptor location. The only possible source for noise generating equipment will be old haulage vehicles and unmaintained mining equipment which will be avoid during operations. Therefore, there is no anticipated significant impact due to proposed Granite cluster mining project on selected receptors. 10.6 Waste Management The waste which is likely to be generated during the cluster mining practice is only the granite rejects and the non-recoverable/un-sized shoulders, nibbles etc. Their accommodation in the plain land is easier. The overburden generated will be stacked separately and if possible it will be sold as rubble by taking necessary permission. 10.7 Greenbelt Development Green belt development will be done in 33% of total cluster mine lease area at 1 plant per 5 m2 of land. 300 saplings will be planted per year in suitable locations after consultation with Gram Panchayat and forest department. Green belt development reduces noise level, reduces gaseous pollution and particulate matter pollution. 10.8 Conclusion As per above discussion there is no major impact on the environment due to mining except fugitive emission in the form of dust generation during handling and loading of mineral. The adequate preventive measures will be adopted to contain the various pollutants within permissible limits. Plantation development will be carried out in the cluster along the approach roads, around Govt. Buildings, Schools, etc. It will prove an effective pollution mitigate technique and help



avoid soil erosion during monsoon season. Employment opportunities will be provided to the locals as extraction of minerals from the cluster is an important prevailing occupation for them for their livelihood. Overall, the proposed cluster will have positive impact for socio-economic development of nearby communities.



CHAPTER 11 – DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED 11.1 General Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA of Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project (Category – B1) I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.

EIA Consultant GeogreenEnviro House Pvt Ltd, Lucknow

NABET/EIA/1720/IA0023 dated 31st May 2017

Name Dr. Vijay Kumar Mishra

Contact Details: 0522-2339000, 09415215163

Signature and date

List of Functional Area Experts

S.

No.

Functional

areas

Name of the expert/s Involvement

(period and task)

Signature and

date

1 AP 9.5.1 PawanSut

Sharma

March 2018-Present 9.5.2

2 WP 9.5.3 Saroj Singh March 2018-Present 9.5.4 9.5.5 Dr. B.P Giri

9.5.6 Mr.SumitVerma

3 SHW 9.5.7 Partho S.

Mukherjee


9.5.9 Dr. B.P Giri

9.5.10 Mr.SumitVerma

4 SE 9.5.11 Dr. V.K.Mishra March 2018-Present 9.5.12

5 EB 9.5.13 Dr.

FauziaSiddiqui


6 HG 9.5.15 Dr. V.K.Mishra March 2018-Present 9.5.16

7 GEO 9.5.17 Dr. V.K.Mishra March 2018-Present 9.5.18

8 SC 9.5.19 Dr. Tulsi Ram

Rathore


9 AQ 9.5.21 Partho S.

Mukherjee




9.5.23 Mr.SumitVerma

10 NV 9.5.24 PawanSut

Sharma


11 LU 9.5.26 Dr. Ajay Mishra March 2018-Present 9.5.27

12 RH 9.5.28 PawanSut

Sharma


11.2 Declaration by TheHead of the Accredited Consultant Organization/ Authorized

Person I, Dr. Vijay Kumar Mishra, hereby, confirm that the above-mentioned experts prepared the EIA of Kajipur Granite Cluster Mining Project.I also confirm that EIA Coordinator (EC) has gone through the report, and the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any misleading information. It is certified that no unethical practices, plagiarism involved in carrying out the work and external data / text has not been used without proper acknowledgement while preparing this EIA report. Signature

Name Dr. Vijay Kumar Mishra

Designation Director

Name of the EIA Consultant

Organisation GeogreenEnviro House Pvt Ltd, Lucknow

NABET Certificate No. & Issue

Date NABET/EIA/1720/IA0023 dated 31st May 2017

******

draft environment impact assessment report …

Documents